\n\tEmploying specific JavaScript animation frameworks\n\tMaking use of all the powerful properties of CSS Transforms and CSS Animation\n\tTrying out emerging CSS3 animation tools like Sencha Animator\n\n\nIf it wasn\u2019t already apparent, these demos show an exaggerated example and probably aren\u2019t practical in a lot of environments. However, there are a handful of great sites out there that honor animation techniques\u2014metaphor, physics, and misdirection, among others\u2014like Benjamin De Cock\u2019s vCard, 20 Things I Learned About Browsers and the Web by Fantasy Interactive, and the Nike Snowboarding site by Ian Coyle and HEGA. They\u2019re wonderful testaments to what you can do to aid interaction for users.\n\nMy goal was to show you the \u2018why\u2019 and the \u2018how.\u2019 Your charge is to discern the \u2018where\u2019 and the \u2018when.\u2019 Happy animating!", "year": "2010", "author": "Dan Mall", "author_slug": "danmall", "published": "2010-12-15T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2010/real-animation-using-javascript-css3-and-html5-video/", "topic": "code"}
{"rowid": 236, "title": "Extreme Design", "contents": "Recently, I set out with twelve other designers and developers for a 19th century fortress on the Channel Island of Alderney. We were going to /dev/fort, a sort of band camp for geeks. Our cohort\u2019s mission: to think up, build and finish something \u2013 without readily available internet access.\n\n Alderney runway, photo by Chris Govias\n\n\n\nWait, no internet?\n\nWell, pretty much. As the creators of /dev/fort James Aylett and Mark Norman Francis put it: \u201cImagine a place with no distractions \u2013 no IM, no Twitter\u201d. But also no way to quickly look up a design pattern, code sample or source material. Like packing for camping, /dev/fort means bringing everything you\u2019ll need on your back or your hard drive: from long johns to your favourite icon set.\n\nWe got to work the first night discussing ideas for what we wanted to build. By the time breakfast was cleared up the next morning, we\u2019d settled on Russ\u2019s idea to make the Apollo 13 (PDF) transcript accessible. Days two and three were spent collaboratively planning (KJ style) what features we wanted to build, and unravelling the larger UX challenges of the project. The next five days were spent building it. Within 36 hours of touchdown at Southampton Airport, we launched our creation: spacelog.org\n\nThe weather was cold, the coal fire less than ideal, food and supplies a hike away, and the process lightning-fast. A week of designing under extreme circumstances called for an extreme process. Some of this was driven by James\u2019s and Norm\u2019s experience running these things, but a lot of it materialised while we were there \u2013 especially for our three-strong design team (myself, Gavin O\u2019 Carroll and Chris Govias) who, though we knew each other, had never worked together as a group in this kind of scenario before.\n\nThe outcome was a pretty spectacular process, with a some key takeaways useful for any small group trying to build something quickly.\n\nWhat it\u2019s like inside the fort\n\n/dev/fort has the pressure and pace of a hack day without being a hack day \u2013 primarily, no workshops or interruptions\u201a but also a different mentality. While hack days are typically developer-driven with a \u2018hack first, design later (if at all)\u2019 attitude, James was quick to tell the team to hold off from writing any code until we had a plan. This put a healthy pressure on the design and product folks to slash through the UX problems before we started building.\n\nWhile the fort had definitely more of a hack day feel, all of us were familiar with Agile methods, so we borrowed a few useful techniques such as morning stand-ups and an emphasis on teamwork. We cut some really good features to make our launch date, and chunked the work based on user goals, iterating as we went.\n\nWhat made this design process work?\n\nA golden ratio of teams\n\nMy personal experience both professionally and in free-form situations like this, is a tendency to get/hire a designer. Leaders of businesses, founders of start-ups, organisers of events: one designer is not enough! Finding one ace-blooded designer who can \u2018do everything\u2019 will always result in bottleneck and burnout. Like the nuances between different development languages, design is a multifaceted discipline, and very few can claim to be equally strong in every aspect. Overlap in skill set will result in a stronger, more robust interface.\n\nMore importantly, however, having lots of designers to go around meant that we all had the opportunity to pair with developers, polishing the details that don\u2019t usually get polished. As soon as we launched, the public reception of the design and UX was overwhelmingly positive (proof!). But also, a lot of people asked us who the designer was, attributing it to one person.\n\nWhile it\u2019s important to note that everyone in our team was multitalented (and could easily shift between roles, helping us all stay unblocked), the golden ratio James and Norm devised was two product/developer folks, three interaction designers and eight developers.\n\n photo by Ben Firshman\n\nEquality inside the fortress walls\n\nSomething magical about the fort is how everyone leaves the outside world on the drawbridge. Job titles, professional status, Twitter followers, and so on. Like scout camp, a mutual respect and trust is expected of all the participants. Like extreme programming, extreme design requires us all to be equal partners in a collaborative team. I think this is especially worth noting for designers; our past is filled with the clear hierarchy of the traditional studio system which, however important for taste and style, seems less compatible with modern web/software development methods.\n\nBeing equal doesn\u2019t mean being the same, however. We established clear roles and teams for ourselves on the second day, deferring to that person when a decision needed to be made. As the interface coalesced, the designers and developers took ownership over certain parts to ensure the details got looked after, while staying open to ideas and revisions from the rest of the cohort.\n\nCreate a space where everyone who enters is equal, but be sure to establish clear roles. Even if it\u2019s just for a short while, the environment will be beneficial.\n\n photo by Ben Firshman\n\nHang your heraldry from the rafters\n\nForts and castles are full of lore: coats of arms; paintings of battles; suits of armour. It\u2019s impossible not to be surrounded by these stories, words and ways of thinking. Like the whiteboards on the walls, putting organisational lore in your physical surroundings makes it impossible not to see.\n\nRyan Alexander brought some of those static-cling whiteboard sheets which were quickly filled with use cases; IA; team roles; and, most importantly, a glossary. As soon as we started working on the project, we realised we needed to get clear on what certain words meant: what was a logline, a range, a phase, a key moment? Were the back-end people using these words in the same way design and product was? Quickly writing up a glossary of terms meant everyone was instantly speaking the same language. There was no \u201cAh, I misunderstood because in the data structure x means y\u201d or, even worse, accidental seepage of technical language into the user interface copy.\n\nPut a glossary of your internal terminology somewhere big and fat on the wall. Stand around it and argue until you agree on what it says. Leave it up; don\u2019t underestimate the power of ambient communication and physical reference.\n\nPlan more, download less\n\nWhile internet is forbidden inside the fort, we did go on downloading expeditions: NASA photography; code documentation; and so on. The project wouldn\u2019t have been possible without a few trips to the web. We had two lists on the wall: groceries and supplies; internets \u2013 \u201cloo roll; Tom Stafford photo\u201c.\n\nThis changed our usual design process, forcing us to plan carefully and think of what we needed ahead of time. Getting to the internet was a thirty-minute hike up a snow covered cliff to the town airport, so you really had to need it, too. \n\n The path to the internet\n\nFor the visual design, especially, this resulted in more focus up front, and communication between the designers on what assets we required. It made us make decisions earlier and stick with them, creating less distraction and churn later in the process. \n\nTry it at home: unplug once you\u2019ve got the things you need. As an artist, it\u2019s easier to let your inner voice shine through if you\u2019re not looking at other people\u2019s work while creating.\n\nSocial design\n\nFinally, our design team experimented with a collaborative approach to wireframing. Once we had collectively nailed down use cases, IA, user journeys and other critical artefacts, we tried a pairing approach. One person drew in Illustrator in real time as the other two articulated what to draw. (This would work equally well with two people, but with three it meant that one of us could jump up and consult the lore on the walls or clarify a technical detail.) The result: we ended up considering more alternatives and quickly rallying around one solution, and resolved difficult problems more quickly.\n\nAt a certain stage we discovered it was more efficient for one person to take over \u2013 this happened around the time when the basic wireframes existed in Illustrator and we\u2019d collectively run through the use cases, making sure that everything was accounted for in a broad sense. At this point, take a break, go have a beer, and give yourself a pat on the back.\n\nPut the files somewhere accessible so everyone can use them as their base, and divide up the more detailed UI problems, screens or journeys. At this level of detail it\u2019s better to have your personal headspace.\n\nGavin called this \u2018social design\u2019. Chatting and drawing in real time turned what was normally a rather solitary act into a very social process, with some really promising results. I\u2019d tried something like this before with product or developer folks, and it can work \u2013 but there\u2019s something really beautiful about switching places and everyone involved being equally quick at drawing. That\u2019s not something you get with non-designers, and frequent swapping of the \u2018driver\u2019 and \u2018observer\u2019 roles is a key aspect to pairing.\n\nTackle the forest collectively and the trees individually \u2013 it will make your framework more robust and your details more polished. Win/win. \n\nThe return home\n\nGrateful to see a 3G signal on our phones again, our flight off the island was delayed, allowing for a flurry of domain name look-ups, Twitter catch-up, and e-mails to loved ones. A week in an isolated fort really made me appreciate continuous connectivity, but also just how unique some of these processes might be. \n\nYou just never know what crazy place you might be designing from next.", "year": "2010", "author": "Hannah Donovan", "author_slug": "hannahdonovan", "published": "2010-12-09T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2010/extreme-design/", "topic": "process"}
{"rowid": 237, "title": "Circles of Confusion", "contents": "Long before I worked on the web, I specialised in training photographers how to use large format, 5\u00d74\u2033 and 10\u00d78\u2033 view cameras \u2013 film cameras with swing and tilt movements, bellows and upside down, back to front images viewed on dim, ground glass screens. It\u2019s been fifteen years since I clicked a shutter on a view camera, but some things have stayed with me from those years.\n\nIn photography, even the best lenses don\u2019t focus light onto a point (infinitely small in size) but onto \u2018spots\u2019 or circles in the \u2018film/image plane\u2019. These circles of light have dimensions, despite being microscopically small. They\u2019re known as \u2018circles of confusion\u2019.\n\nAs circles of light become larger, the more unsharp parts of a photograph appear. On the flip side, when circles are smaller, an image looks sharper and more in focus. This is the basis for photographic depth of field and with that comes the knowledge that no photograph can be perfectly focused, never truly sharp. Instead, photographs can only be \u2018acceptably unsharp\u2019. \n\nAcceptable unsharpness is now a concept that\u2019s relevant to the work we make for the web, because often \u2013 unless we compromise \u2013 websites cannot look or be experienced exactly the same across browsers, devices or platforms. Accepting that fact, and learning to look upon these natural differences as creative opportunities instead of imperfections, can be tough. Deciding which aspects of a design must remain consistent and, therefore, possibly require more time, effort or compromises can be tougher. Circles of confusion can help us, our bosses and our customers make better, more informed decisions.\n\nAcceptable unsharpness\n\nMany clients still demand that every aspect of a design should be \u2018sharp\u2019 \u2013 that every user must see rounded boxes, gradients and shadows \u2013 without regard for the implications. I believe that this stems largely from the fact that they have previously been shown designs \u2013 and asked for sign-off \u2013 using static images.\n\nIt\u2019s also true that in the past, organisations have invested heavily in style guides which, while maybe still useful in offline media, have a strictness that often fails to allow for the flexibility that we need to create experiences that are appropriate to a user\u2019s browser or device capabilities.\n\nWe live in an era where web browsers and devices have wide-ranging capabilities, and websites can rarely look or be experienced exactly the same across them. Is a particular typeface vital to a user\u2019s experience of a brand? How important are gradients or shadows? Are rounded corners really that necessary? These decisions determine how \u2018sharp\u2019 an element should be across browsers with different capabilities and, therefore, how much time, effort or extra code and images we devote to achieving consistency between them. To help our clients make those decisions, we can use circles of confusion.\n\nCircles of confusion\n\nUsing circles of confusion involves plotting aspects of a visual design into a series of concentric circles, starting at the centre with elements that demand the most consistency. Then, work outwards, placing elements in order of their priority so that they become progressively \u2018softer\u2019, more defocused as they\u2019re plotted into outer rings.\n\nIf layout and typography must remain consistent, place them in the centre circle as they\u2019re aspects of a design that must remain \u2018sharp\u2019.\n\nWhen gradients are important \u2013 but not vital \u2013 to a user\u2019s experience of a brand, plot them close to, but not in the centre. This makes everyone aware that to achieve consistency, you\u2019ll need to carve out extra images for browsers that don\u2019t support CSS gradients.\n\nIf achieving rounded corners or shadows in all browsers isn\u2019t important, place them into outer circles, allowing you to save time by not creating images or employing JavaScript workarounds.\n\nI\u2019ve found plotting aspects of a visual design into circles of confusion is a useful technique when explaining the natural differences between browsers to clients. It sets more realistic expectations and creates an environment for more meaningful discussions about progressive and emerging technologies. Best of all, it enables everyone to make better and more informed decisions about design implementation priorities.\n\nInvolving clients allows the implications of the decisions they make more transparent. For me, this has sometimes meant shifting deadlines or it has allowed me to more easily justify an increase in fees. Most important of all, circles of confusion have helped the people that I work with move beyond yesterday\u2019s one-size-fits-all thinking about visual design, towards accepting the rich diversity of today\u2019s web.", "year": "2010", "author": "Andy Clarke", "author_slug": "andyclarke", "published": "2010-12-23T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2010/circles-of-confusion/", "topic": "process"}
{"rowid": 238, "title": "Everything You Wanted To Know About Gradients (And a Few Things You Didn\u2019t)", "contents": "Hello. I am here to discuss CSS3 gradients. Because, let\u2019s face it, what the web really needed was more gradients.\n\nStill, despite their widespread use (or is it overuse?), the smartly applied gradient can be a valuable contributor to a designer\u2019s vocabulary. There\u2019s always been a tension between the inherently two-dimensional nature of our medium, and our desire for more intensity, more depth in our designs. And a gradient can evoke so much: the splay of light across your desk, the slow decrease in volume toward the end of your favorite song, the sunset after a long day. When properly applied, graded colors bring a much needed softness to our work.\n\nOf course, that whole \u2018proper application\u2019 thing is the tricky bit.\n\nBut given their place in our toolkit and their prominence online, it really is heartening to see we can create gradients directly with CSS. They\u2019re part of the draft images module, and implemented in two of the major rendering engines.\n\nStill, I\u2019ve always found CSS gradients to be one of the more confusing aspects of CSS3. So if you\u2019ll indulge me, let\u2019s take a quick look at how to create CSS gradients\u2014hopefully we can make them seem a bit more accessible, and bring a bit more art into the browser.\n\nGradient theory 101 (I hope that\u2019s not really a thing)\n\nRight. So before we dive into the code, let\u2019s cover a few basics. Every gradient, no matter how complex, shares a few common characteristics. Here\u2019s a straightforward one:\n\n I spent seconds hours designing this gradient. I hope you like it.\n\nAt either end of our image, we have a final color value, or color stop: on the left, our stop is white; on the right, black. And more color-rich gradients are no different:\n\n (Don\u2019t ever really do this. Please. I beg you.)\n\nIt\u2019s visually more intricate, sure. But at the heart of it, we have just seven color stops (red, orange, yellow, and so on), making for a fantastic gradient all the way.\n\nNow, color stops alone do not a gradient make. Between each is a transition point, the fail-over point between the two stops. Now, the transition point doesn\u2019t need to fall exactly between stops: it can be brought closer to one stop or the other, influencing the overall shape of the gradient.\n\nA tale of two syntaxes\n\nArmed with our new vocabulary, let\u2019s look at a CSS gradient in the wild. Behold, the simple input button:\n\n\n\nThere\u2019s a simple linear gradient applied vertically across the button, moving from a bright sunflowerish hue (#FAA51A, for you hex nuts in the audience) to a much richer orange (#F47A20). And here\u2019s the CSS that makes it happen:\n\ninput[type=submit] {\n\tbackground-color: #F47A20;\n\tbackground-image: -moz-linear-gradient(\n\t\t#FAA51A,\n\t\t#F47A20\n\t\t);\n\tbackground-image: -webkit-gradient(linear, 0 0, 0 100%,\n\t\tcolor-stop(0, #FAA51A),\n\t\tcolor-stop(1, #F47A20)\n\t\t);\n}\n\nI\u2019ve borrowed David DeSandro\u2019s most excellent formatting suggestions for gradients to make this snippet a bit more legible but, still, the code above might have turned your stomach a bit. And that\u2019s perfectly understandable\u2014heck, it sort of turned mine. But let\u2019s step through the CSS slowly, and see if we can\u2019t make it a little less terrifying.\n\nVerbose WebKit is verbose\n\nHere\u2019s the syntax for our little gradient on WebKit:\n\nbackground-image: -webkit-gradient(linear, 0 0, 0 100%,\n\tcolor-stop(0, #FAA51A),\n\tcolor-stop(1, #F47A20)\n\t);\n\nWoof. Quite a mouthful, no? Well, here\u2019s what we\u2019re looking at:\n\n\n\tWebKit has a single -webkit-gradient property, which can be used to create either linear or radial gradients.\n\tThe next two values are the starting and ending positions for our gradient (0 0 and 0 100%, respectively). Linear gradients are simply drawn along the path between those two points, which allows us to change the direction of our gradient simply by altering its start and end points.\n\tAfterward, we specify our color stops with the oh-so-aptly named color-stop parameter, which takes the stop\u2019s position on the gradient (0 being the beginning, and 100% or 1 being the end) and the color itself.\n\n\nFor a simple two-color gradient like this, -webkit-gradient has a bit of shorthand notation to offer us:\n\nbackground-image: -webkit-gradient(linear, 0 0, 0 100%,\n\tfrom(#FAA51A),\n\tto(#FAA51A)\n\t);\n\nfrom(#FAA51A) is equivalent to writing color-stop(0, #FAA51A), and to(#FAA51A) is the same as color-stop(1, #FAA51A) or color-stop(100%, #FAA51A)\u2014in both cases, we\u2019re simply declaring the first and last color stops in our gradient.\n\nTerse Gecko is terse\n\nWebKit proposed its syntax back in 2008, heavily inspired by the way gradients are drawn in the canvas specification. However, a different, leaner syntax came to the fore, eventually appearing in a draft module specification in CSS3.\n\nNaturally, because nothing on the web was meant to be easy, this is the one that Mozilla has implemented.\n\nHere\u2019s how we get gradient-y in Gecko:\n\nbackground-image: -moz-linear-gradient(\n\t#FAA51A,\n\t#F47A20\n\t);\n\nWait, what? Done already? That\u2019s right. By default, -moz-linear-gradient assumes you\u2019re trying to create a vertical gradient, starting from the top of your element and moving to the bottom. And, if that\u2019s the case, then you simply need to specify your color stops, delimited with a few commas.\n\nI know: that was almost\u2026 painless. But the W3C/Mozilla syntax also affords us a fair amount of flexibility and control, by introducing features as we need them.\n\nWe can specify an origin point for our gradient:\n\nbackground-image: -moz-linear-gradient(50% 100%,\n\t#FAA51A,\n\t#F47A20\n\t);\n\nAs well as an angle, to give it a direction:\n\nbackground-image: -moz-linear-gradient(50% 100%, 45deg,\n\t#FAA51A,\n\t#F47A20\n\t);\n\nAnd we can specify multiple stops, simply by adding to our comma-delimited list:\n\nbackground-image: -moz-linear-gradient(50% 100%, 45deg,\n\t#FAA51A,\n\t#FCC,\n\t#F47A20\n\t);\n\nBy adding a percentage after a given color value, we can determine its position along the gradient path:\n\nbackground-image: -moz-linear-gradient(50% 100%, 45deg,\n\t#FAA51A,\n\t#FCC 20%,\n\t#F47A20\n\t);\n\nSo that\u2019s some of the flexibility implicit in the W3C/Mozilla-style syntax.\n\nNow, I should note that both syntaxes have their respective fans. I will say that the W3C/Mozilla-style syntax makes much more sense to me, and lines up with how I think about creating gradients. But I can totally understand why some might prefer WebKit\u2019s more verbose approach to the, well, looseness behind the -moz syntax. \u00c0 chacun son gradient syntax.\n\nStill, as the language gets refined by the W3C, I really hope some consensus is reached by the browser vendors. And with Opera signaling that it will support the W3C syntax, I suppose it falls on WebKit to do the same.\n\nReusing color stops for fun and profit\n\nBut CSS gradients aren\u2019t all simple colors and shapes and whatnot: by getting inventive with individual color stops, you can create some really complex, compelling effects.\n\nTim Van Damme, whose brain, I believe, should be posthumously donated to science, has a particularly clever application of gradients on The Box, a site dedicated to his occasional podcast series. Now, there are a fair number of gradients applied throughout the UI, but it\u2019s the feature image that really catches the eye.\n\nYou see, there\u2019s nothing that says you can\u2019t reuse color stops. And Tim\u2019s exploited that perfectly.\n\nHe\u2019s created a linear gradient, angled at forty-five degrees from the top left corner of the photo, starting with a fully transparent white (rgba(255, 255, 255, 0)). At the halfway mark, he\u2019s established another color stop at an only slightly more opaque white (rgba(255, 255, 255, 0.1)), making for that incredibly gradual brightening toward the middle of the photo.\n\n\n\nBut then he has set another color stop immediately on top of it, bringing it back down to rgba(255, 255, 255, 0) again. This creates that fantastically hard edge that diagonally bisects the photo, giving the image that subtle gloss.\n\n\n\nAnd his final color stop ends at the same fully transparent white, completing the effect. Hot? I do believe so.\n\nRocking the radials\n\nWe\u2019ve been looking at linear gradients pretty exclusively. But I\u2019d be remiss if I didn\u2019t at least mention radial gradients as a viable option, including a modest one as a link accent on a navigation bar:\n\n\n\nAnd here\u2019s the relevant CSS:\n\nbackground: -moz-radial-gradient(50% 100%, farthest-side,\n\trgb(204, 255, 255) 1%,\n\trgb(85, 85, 85) 15%,\n\trgba(85, 85, 85, 0)\n\t);\nbackground: -webkit-gradient(radial, 50% 100%, 0, 50% 100%, 15,\n\tfrom(rgb(204, 255, 255)),\n\tto(rgba(85, 85, 85, 0))\n\t);\n\nNow, the syntax builds on what we\u2019ve already learned about linear gradients, so much of it might be familiar to you, picking out color stops and transition points, as well as the two syntaxes\u2019 reliance on either a separate property (-moz-radial-gradient) or parameter (-webkit-gradient(radial, \u2026)) to shift into circular mode.\n\nMozilla introduces another stand-alone property (-moz-radial-gradient), and accepts a starting point (50% 100%) from which the circle radiates. There\u2019s also a size constant defined (farthest-side), which determines the reach and shape of our gradient.\n\nWebKit is again the more verbose of the two syntaxes, requiring both starting and ending points (50% 100% in both cases). Each also accepts a radius in pixels, allowing you to control the skew and breadth of the circle.\n\nAgain, this is a fairly modest little radial gradient. Time and article length (and, let\u2019s be honest, your author\u2019s completely inadequate grasp of geometry) prevent me from covering radial gradients in much more detail, because they are incredibly powerful. For those interested in learning more, I can\u2019t recommend the references at Mozilla and Apple strongly enough.\n\nLeave no browser behind\n\nBut no matter the kind of gradients you\u2019re working with, there is a large swathe of browsers that simply don\u2019t support gradients. Thankfully, it\u2019s fairly easy to declare a sensible fallback\u2014it just depends on the kind of fallback you\u2019d like. Essentially, gradient-blind browsers will disregard any properties containing references to either -moz-linear-gradient, -moz-radial-gradient, or -webkit-gradient, so you simply need to keep your fallback isolated from those properties.\n\nFor example: if you\u2019d like to fall back to a flat color, simply declare a separate background-color:\n\n.nav {\n\tbackground-color: #000;\n\tbackground-image: -moz-linear-gradient(rgba(0, 0, 0, 0), rgba(255, 255, 255, 0.45));\n\tbackground-image: -webkit-gradient(linear, 0 0, 0 100%, from(rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)), to(rgba(255, 255, 255, 0.45)));\n}\n\nOr perhaps just create three separate background properties.\n\n.nav {\n\tbackground: #000;\n\tbackground: #000 -moz-linear-gradient(rgba(0, 0, 0, 0), rgba(255, 255, 255, 0.45));\n\tbackground: #000 -webkit-gradient(linear, 0 0, 0 100%, from(rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)), to(rgba(255, 255, 255, 0.45)));\n}\n\nWe can even build on this to fall back to a non-gradient image:\n\n.nav {\n\tbackground: #000 url(\"faux-gradient-lol.png\") repeat-x ;\n\tbackground: #000 -moz-linear-gradient(rgba(0, 0, 0, 0), rgba(255, 255, 255, 0.45));\n\tbackground: #000 -webkit-gradient(linear, 0 0, 0 100%, from(rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)), to(rgba(255, 255, 255, 0.45)));\n}\n\nNo matter the approach you feel most appropriate to your design, it\u2019s really just a matter of keeping your fallback design quarantined from its CSS3-ified siblings.\n\n(If you\u2019re feeling especially masochistic, there\u2019s even a way to get simple linear gradients working in IE via Microsoft\u2019s proprietary filters. Of course, those come with considerable performance penalties that even Microsoft is quick to point out, so I\u2019d recommend avoiding those.\n\nAnd don\u2019t tell Andy Clarke I told you, or he\u2019ll probably unload his Derringer at me. Or something.)\n\nGo forth and, um, gradientify!\n\nIt\u2019s entirely possible your head\u2019s spinning. Heck, mine is, but that might be the effects of the \u2019nog. But maybe you\u2019re wondering why you should care about CSS gradients. After all, images are here right now, and work just fine. \n\nWell, there are some quick benefits that spring to mind: fewer HTTP requests are needed; CSS3 gradients are easily made scalable, making them ideal for variable widths and heights; and finally, they\u2019re easily modifiable by tweaking a few CSS properties. Because, let\u2019s face it, less time spent yelling at Photoshop is a very, very good thing.\n\nOf course, CSS-generated gradients are not without their drawbacks. The syntax can be confusing, and it\u2019s still under development at the W3C. As we\u2019ve seen, browser support is still very much in flux. And it\u2019s possible that gradients themselves have some real performance drawbacks\u2014so test thoroughly, and gradient carefully.\n\nBut still, as syntaxes converge, and support improves, I think generated gradients can make a compelling tool in our collective belts. The tasteful design is, of course, entirely up to you.\n\nSo have fun, and get gradientin\u2019.", "year": "2010", "author": "Ethan Marcotte", "author_slug": "ethanmarcotte", "published": "2010-12-22T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2010/everything-you-wanted-to-know-about-gradients/", "topic": "code"}
{"rowid": 239, "title": "Using the WebFont Loader to Make Browsers Behave the Same", "contents": "Web fonts give us designers a whole new typographic palette with which to work. However, browsers handle the loading of web fonts in different ways, and this can lead to inconsistent user experiences.\n\nSafari, Chrome and Internet Explorer leave a blank space in place of the styled text while the web font is loading. Opera and Firefox show text with the default font which switches over when the web font has loaded, resulting in the so-called Flash of Unstyled Text (aka FOUT). Some people prefer Safari\u2019s approach as it eliminates FOUT, others think the Firefox way is more appropriate as content can be read whilst fonts download. Whatever your preference, the WebFont Loader can make all browsers behave the same way.\n\nThe WebFont Loader is a JavaScript library that gives you extra control over font loading. It was co-developed by Google and Typekit, and released as open source. The WebFont Loader works with most web font services as well as with self-hosted fonts.\n\nThe WebFont Loader tells you when the following events happen as a browser downloads web fonts (or loads them from cache):\n\n\n\twhen fonts start to download (\u2018loading\u2019)\n\twhen fonts finish loading (\u2018active\u2019)\n\tif fonts fail to load (\u2018inactive\u2019)\n\n\nIf your web page requires more than one font, the WebFont Loader will trigger events for individual fonts, and for all the fonts as a whole. This means you can find out when any single font has loaded, and when all the fonts have loaded (or failed to do so).\n\nThe WebFont Loader notifies you of these events in two ways: by applying special CSS classes when each event happens; and by firing JavaScript events. For our purposes, we\u2019ll be using just the CSS classes.\n\nImplementing the WebFont Loader\n\nAs stated above, the WebFont Loader works with most web font services as well as with self-hosted fonts.\n\nSelf-hosted fonts\n\nTo use the WebFont Loader when you are hosting the font files on your own server, paste the following code into your web page:\n\n\n\nReplace Font Family Name and Another Font Family with a comma-separated list of the font families you want to check against, and replace http://yourwebsite.com/styles.css with the URL of the style sheet where your @font-face rules reside.\n\nFontdeck\n\nAssuming you have added some fonts to a website project in Fontdeck, use the afore-mentioned code for self-hosted solutions and replace http://yourwebsite.com/styles.css with the URL of the tags\n *\n * @tags (optional)\n */\n\nCSSDOC includes a standard for documenting bug fixes and hacks, colours, versioning and copyright information, amongst other important bits of data.\n\nI know this isn\u2019t a CSS feature request per se; rather, it\u2019s just me pointing you at something that is usually overlooked but that could contribute towards keeping style sheets easier to maintain and to hand over to new developers.\n\nFinal notes\n\nI understand that if even some of these were implemented in browsers now, it would be a long time until all vendors were up to speed. But if we don\u2019t talk about them and experiment with what\u2019s available, then it will definitely never happen.\n\nWhy haven\u2019t I mentioned better browser support for existing CSS3 properties? Because that would be the same as adding chocolate to your Christmas wish list \u2013 you don\u2019t need to ask, everyone knows you want it.\n\nThe list could go on. There are dozens of other things I would love to see integrated in CSS or further developed. These are my personal favourites: some might be less useful than others, but I\u2019ve wished for all of them at some point.\n\nPart of the research I did while writing this article was asking some friends what they would add to their lists; other than a couple of items I already had in mine, everything else was different. I\u2019m sure your list would be different too. So tell me, what\u2019s on your CSS wish list?", "year": "2010", "author": "Inayaili de Le\u00f3n Persson", "author_slug": "inayailideleon", "published": "2010-12-03T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2010/my-css-wish-list/", "topic": "code"}
{"rowid": 241, "title": "Jank-Free Image Loads", "contents": "There are a few fundamental problems with embedding images in pages of hypertext; perhaps chief among them is this: text is very light and loads rather fast; images are much heavier and arrive much later. Consequently, millions (billions?) of times a day, a hapless Web surfer will start reading some text on a page, and then \u2014\nYour browser doesn\u2019t support HTML5 video. Here is\n a link to the video instead.\n\n\u2014 oops! \u2014 an image pops in above it, pushing said text down the page, and our poor reader loses their place.\nBy default, partially-loaded pages have the user experience of a slippery fish, or spilled jar of jumping beans. For the rest of this article, I shall call that jarring, no-good jumpiness by its name: jank. And I\u2019ll chart a path into a jank-free future \u2013 one in which it\u2019s easy and natural to author . The next thing to do is to find out what that actually means, clicking will take you to where it is defined in the Grid spec.\nThe value is defined as accepting various values:\n\n\nminmax( , )\nfit-content( \n\nWe need to head down the rabbit hole to find out what each of these mean. From here we essentially go down line by line until we have unpacked the value of track-size.\n is defined just below as:\n\n\n\nmin-content\nmax-content\nauto\n\nSo these are all things that would be valid to use as a value for grid-auto-rows.\nThe first value of is something you will see in many specifications as a value. It means that you can use a length unit - for example px or em - or a percentage. Some properties only accept a in which case you know that you cannot use a percentage as the value. This means that you could have grid-auto-rows with any of the following values.\ngrid-auto-rows: 100px;\ngrid-auto-rows: 1em;\ngrid-auto-rows: 30%;\nWhen using percentages, it is important to know what it is a percentage of. As a percentage has to resolve from something. There is text in the spec which explains how column and row percentages work.\n\n\u201c values are relative to the inline size of the grid container in column grid tracks, and the block size of the grid container in row grid tracks.\u201d\n\nThis means that in a horizontal writing mode such as when using English, a percentage when used as a track-size in grid-auto-columns would be a percentage of the width of the grid, and a percentage in grid-auto-rows a percentage of the height of the grid.\nThe second value of is also defined here, as \u201cA non-negative dimension with the unit fr specifying the track\u2019s flex factor.\u201d This is the fr unit, and the spec links to a fuller definition of fr as this unit is only used in Grid Layout so it is therefore defined in the grid spec. We now know that a valid value would be:\ngrid-auto-rows: 1fr;\nThere is some useful information about the fr unit in this part of the spec. It is noted that the fr unit has an automatic minimum. This means that 1fr is really minmax(auto, 1fr). This is why having a number of tracks all at 1fr does not mean that all are equal sized, as a larger item in any of the tracks would have a large auto size and therefore would be larger after spare space had been distributed.\nWe then have min-content and max-content. These keywords can be used for track sizing and the specification defines what they mean in the context of sizing a track, representing the min and max-sizing contributions of the grid tracks. You will see that there are various terms linked in the definition, so if you do not know what these mean you can follow them to find out.\nFor example the spec links max-content contribution to the CSS Intrinsic and Extrinsic Sizing specification. This is one of those specs which is drawn on by many other specifications. If we follow that link we can read the definition there and follow further links to understand what each term means. The more that you read specifications the more these terms will become familiar to you. Just like learning a foreign language, at first you feel like you have to look up every little thing. After a while you remember the vocabulary.\nWe can now add min-content and max-content to our available values.\ngrid-auto-rows: min-content;\ngrid-auto-rows: max-content;\nThe final item in our list is auto. If you are familiar with using Grid Layout, then you are probably aware that an auto sized track for will grow to fit the content used. There is an interesting note here in the spec detailing that auto sized rows will stretch to fill the grid container if there is extra space and align-content or justify-content have a value of stretch. As stretch is the default value, that means these tracks stretch by default. Tracks using other types of length will not behave like this.\ngrid-auto-rows: auto;\nSo, this was the list for , the next possible value is minmax( , ). So this is telling us that we can use minmax() as a value, the final (max) value will be and we have already unpacked all of the allowable values there. The first value (min) is detailed as an . If we look at the values for this, we discover that they are the same as , minus the value:\n\n\nmin-content\nmax-content\nauto\n\nWe already know what all of these do, so we can add possible minmax() values to our list of values for .\ngrid-auto-rows: minmax(100px, 200px);\ngrid-auto-rows: minmax(20%, 1fr);\ngrid-auto-rows: minmax(1em, auto);\ngrid-auto-rows: minmax(min-content, max-content);\nFinally we can use fit-content( . We can see that fit-content takes a value of which we already know to be either a length unit, or a percentage. The spec details how fit-content is worked out, and it essentially allows a track which acts as if you had used the max-content keyword, however the track stops growing when it hits the length passed to it.\ngrid-auto-rows: fit-content(200px);\ngrid-auto-rows: fit-content(20%);\nThose are all of our possible values, and to round things off, check again at the initial value, you can see it has a little + sign next to it, click that and you will be taken to the CSS Values and Units module to find that, \u201cA plus (+) indicates that the preceding type, word, or group occurs one or more times.\u201d This means that we can pass a single track size to grid-auto-rows or multiple track sizes as a space separated list. Below the box is an explanation of what happens if you pass in more than one track size:\n\n\u201cIf multiple track sizes are given, the pattern is repeated as necessary to find the size of the implicit tracks. The first implicit grid track after the explicit grid receives the first specified size, and so on forwards; and the last implicit grid track before the explicit grid receives the last specified size, and so on backwards.\u201d\n\nTherefore with the following CSS, if five implicit rows were needed they would be as follows:\n\n100px\n1fr\nauto\n100px\n1fr\n\n.grid {\n display: grid;\n grid-auto-rows: 100px 1fr auto;\n}\nInitial\nWe can now move to the next line in the box, and you\u2019ll be glad to know that it isn\u2019t going to require as much unpacking! This simply defines the initial value for grid-auto-rows. If you do not specify anything, created rows will be auto sized. All CSS properties have an initial value that they will use if they are invoked as part of the usage of the specification they are in, but you do not set a value for them. In the case of grid-auto-rows it is used whenever rows are created in the implicit grid, so it needs to have a value to be used even if you do not set one.\nApplies to\nThis line tells us what this property is used for. Some properties are used in multiple places. For example if you look at the definition for justify-content in the Box Alignment specification you can see it is used in multicol containers, flex containers, and grid containers. In our case the property only applies for grid containers.\nInherited\nThis tells us if the property can be inherited from a parent element if it is not set. In the case of grid-auto-rows it is not inherited. A property such as color is inherited, so you do not need to set it on each element.\nPercentages\nAre percentages allowed for this property, and if so how are they calculated. In this case we are referred to the definition for grid-template-columns and grid-template-rows where we discover that the percentage is from the corresponding dimension of the content area.\nMedia\nThis defines the media group that the property belongs to. In this case visual.\nComputed Value\nThis details how the value is resolved. The grid-auto-rows property again refers to track sizing as defined for grid-template-columns and grid-template-rows, which tells us the computed value is as specified with lengths made absolute.\nCanonical Order\nIf you have a property\u2013generally a shorthand property\u2013which takes multiple values in a set order, then those values need to be serialized in the order detailed in the grammar for that property. In general you don\u2019t need to worry about this value in the table.\nAnimation Type\nThis details whether the property can be animated, and if so what type of animation. This is useful if you are trying to animate something and not getting the result that you expect. Note that just because something is listed in the spec as animatable does not mean that browsers will have implemented animation for that property yet!\nThat\u2019s (mostly) it!\nSometimes the property will have additional examples - there is one underneath the table for grid-auto-rows. These are worth looking at as they will highlight usage of the property that the spec editor has felt could use an example. There may also be some additional text explaining anythign specific to this property.\nIn selecting grid-auto-rows I chose a fairly complex property in terms of the work we needed to do to unpack the value. Many properties are far simpler than this. However ultimately, even when you come across a complex value, it really is just a case of stepping through the definitions until you come to the bottom of the rabbit hole.\nBeing able to work out what is valid for each property is incredibly useful. It means you don\u2019t waste time trying to use a value that doesn\u2019t work for that property. You also may find that there are values you weren\u2019t aware of, that solve problems for you.\nFurther reading\nSpecifications are not designed to be user manuals, and while they often contain examples, these are pretty terse as they need to be clear to demonstrate their particular point. The manual for the Web Platform is MDN Web Docs. Pairing reading a specification with the examples and information on an MDN property page such as the one for grid-auto-rows is a really great way to ensure that you have all the information and practical usage examples you might need.\nYou may also find useful:\n\nValue Definition Syntax on MDN.\nThe MDN Glossary defines many common terms.\nUnderstanding the CSS Property Value Syntax goes into more detail in terms of reading the syntax.\nHow to read W3C Specs - from 2001 but still relevant.\n\nI hope this article has gone some way to demystify CSS specifications for you. Even if the specifications are not your preferred first stop to learn about new CSS, being able to go directly to the source and avoid having your understanding filtered by someone else, can be very useful indeed.", "year": "2018", "author": "Rachel Andrew", "author_slug": "rachelandrew", "published": "2018-12-14T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2018/researching-a-property-in-the-css-specifications/", "topic": "code"}
{"rowid": 244, "title": "It\u2019s Beginning to Look a Lot Like XSSmas", "contents": "I dread the office Secret Santa. I have a knack for choosing well-meaning but inappropriate presents, like a bottle of port for a teetotaller, a cheese-tasting experience for a vegan, or heaven forbid, Spurs socks for an Arsenal supporter. Ok, the last one was intentional.\nIt\u2019s the same with gifting code. Once, I made a pattern library for A List Apart which I open sourced, and a few weeks later, a glaring security vulnerability was found in it. My gift was so generous that it enabled unrestricted access to any file on any public-facing server that hosted it.\nWith platforms like GitHub and npm, giving the gift of code is so easy it\u2019s practically a no-brainer. This giant, open source yankee swap helps us do our jobs without starting from scratch with every project. But like any gift-giving, it\u2019s also risky.\nVulnerabilities and Open Source\nOpen source code is not inherently more or less vulnerable than closed-source code. What makes it higher risk is that the same piece of code gets reused in lots of places, meaning a hacker can use the same exploit mechanism on the same vulnerable code in different apps.\nGraph showing the number of open source vulnerabilities published per year, from the State of Open Source Security 2017\nIn the first 24 ways article this year, Katie referenced a few different types of vulnerability:\n\nCross-site Request Forgery (also known as CSRF)\nSQL Injection\nCross-site Scripting (also known as XSS)\n\nThere are many more types of vulnerability, and those that live under the same category share similarities. \nFor example, my favourite \u2013 is it weird to have a favourite vulnerability? \u2013 is Cross Site Scripting (XSS), which allows for the injection of scripts into web pages. This is a really common vulnerability often unwittingly added by developers. OWASP (the Open Web Application Security Project) wrote a great article about how to prevent opening the door to XSS attacks \u2013 share it generously with your colleagues.\nMost vulnerabilities like this are not added intentionally \u2013 they\u2019re doors left ajar due to the way something has been scripted, like the over-generous code in my pattern library. \nOthers, though, are added intentionally. A few months ago, a hacker, disguised as a helpful elf, offered to take over the maintenance of a popular npm package that had been unmaintained for a couple of years. The owner had moved onto other projects, and was keen to see it continue to be maintained by someone else, so transferred ownership. Fast-forward 3 months, it was discovered that the individual had quietly added a malicious package to the codebase, and the obfuscated code in it had been unwittingly installed onto thousands of apps. The code added was designed to harvest Bitcoin if it was run alongside another application. It was only spotted due to a developer\u2019s curiosity.\nAnother tactic to get developers to unwittingly install malicious packages into their codebase is \u201ctyposquatting\u201d \u2013 back in August last year, npm reported that a user had been publishing packages with very similar names to popular packages (for example, crossenv instead of cross-env). \nThis is a big wakeup call for open source maintainers. Techniques like this are likely to be used more as the maintenance of open source libraries becomes an increasing burden to their owners. After all, starting a new project often has a greater reward than maintaining an existing one, but remember, an open source library is for life, not just for Christmas.\nSanta\u2019s on his sleigh\nIf you use open source libraries, chances are that these libraries also use open source libraries. Your app may only have a handful of dependencies, but tucked in the back of that sleigh may be a whole extra sack of dependencies known as deep dependencies (ones that you didn\u2019t directly install, but are dependencies of that dependency), and these can contain vulnerabilities too.\nLet\u2019s look at the npm package santa as an example. santa has 8 direct dependencies listed on npm. That seems pretty manageable. But that\u2019s just the tip of the iceberg \u2013 have a look at the full dependency tree which contains 109 dependencies \u2013 more dependencies than there are Christmas puns in this article. Only one of these direct dependencies has a vulnerability (at the time of writing), but there are actually 13 other known vulnerabilities in santa, which have been introduced through its deeper dependencies.\nFixing vulnerabilities \u2013 the ultimate christmas gift\nIf you\u2019re a maintainer of open source libraries, taking good care of them is the ultimate gift you can give. Keep your dependencies up to date, use a security tool to monitor and alert you when new vulnerabilities are found in your code, and fix or patch them promptly. This will help keep the whole open source ecosystem healthy.\nWhen you find out about a new vulnerability, you have some options:\nFix the vulnerability via an upgrade\nYou can often fix a vulnerability by upgrading the library to the latest version. Make sure you\u2019re using software that monitors your dependencies for new security issues and lets you know when a fix is ready, otherwise you may be unwittingly using a vulnerable version.\nPatch the vulnerable code\nSometimes, a fix for a vulnerable library isn\u2019t possible. This is often the case when a library is no longer being maintained, or the version of the library being used might be so out of date that upgrading it would cause a breaking change. Patches are bits of code that will fix that particular issue, but won\u2019t change anything else.\nSwitch to a different library\nIf the library you\u2019re using has no fix or patch, you may be better of switching it out for another one, particularly if it looks like it\u2019s being unmaintained.\nResponsibly disclosing vulnerabilities\nKnowing how to responsibly disclose vulnerabilities is something I\u2019m ashamed to admit that I didn\u2019t know about before I joined a security company. But it\u2019s so important! On discovering a new vulnerability, a developer has a few options: \n\nA malicious developer will exploit that vulnerability for their own gain. \nA reckless (or inexperienced) developer will disclose that vulnerability to the world without following a responsible disclosure process. This opens the door to an unethical developer exploiting the vulnerability. At Snyk, we monitor social media for mentions of newly found vulnerabilities so we can add them to our database and share fixes before they get exploited.\nAn ethical and aware developer will follow what\u2019s known as a \u201cresponsible disclosure process\u201d. They will contact the maintainer of the code privately, allowing reasonable time for them to release a fix for the issue and to give others who use that vulnerable code a chance to fix it too.\n\nIt\u2019s important to understand this process if you\u2019re a maintainer or contributor of code. It can be daunting when a report comes in, but understanding and following the right steps will help reduce the risk to the people who use that code.\nSo what does responsible disclosure look like? I\u2019ll take Node.js\u2019s security disclosure policy as an example. They ask that all security issues that are found in Node.js are reported there. (There\u2019s a separate process for bug found in third-party npm packages). Once you\u2019ve reported a vulnerability, they promise to acknowledge it within 24 hours, and to give a more detailed response within 48 hours. If they find that the issue is indeed a security bug, they\u2019ll give you regular updates about the progress they\u2019re making towards fixing it. As part of this, they\u2019ll figure out which versions are affected, and prepare fixes for them. They\u2019ll assign the vulnerability a CVE (Common Vulnerabilities and Exposures) ID and decide on an embargo date for public disclosure. On the date of the embargo, they announce the vulnerability in their Node.js security mailing list and deploy fixes to nodejs.org.\nTim Kadlec published an in-depth article about responsible disclosures if you\u2019re interested in knowing more. It has some interesting horror stories of what happened when the disclosure process was not followed.\nEncourage responsible disclosure\nAdd a SECURITY.md file to your project so someone who wants to message you about a vulnerability can do so without having to hunt around for contact details. Last year, Snyk published a State of Open Source Security report that found 79.5% of maintainers do not have a public disclosure policy. Those that did were considerably more likely to get notified privately about a vulnerability \u2013 73% of maintainers who had one had been notified, vs 21% of maintainers who hadn\u2019t published one one.\nStats from the State of Open Source Security 2017\nBug bounties\nSome companies run bug bounties to encourage the responsible disclosure of vulnerabilities. By offering a reward for finding and safely disclosing a vulnerability, it also reduces the enticement of exploiting a vulnerability over reporting it and getting a quick cash reward. Hackerone is a community of ethical hackers who pentest apps that have signed up for the scheme and get paid when they find a new vulnerability. Wordpress is one such participant, and you can see the long list of vulnerabilities that have been disclosed as part of that program.\nIf you don\u2019t have such a bounty, be prepared to get the odd vulnerability extortion email. Scott Helme, who founded securityheaders.com and report-uri.com, wrote a post about some of the requests he gets for a report about a critical vulnerability in exchange for money. \n\nOn one hand, I want to be as responsible as possible and if my users are at risk then I need to know and patch this issue to protect them. On the other hand this is such irresponsible and unethical behaviour that interacting with this person seems out of the question.\n\nA gift worth giving\nIt\u2019s time to brush the dust off those old gifts that we shared and forgot about. Practice good hygiene and run them through your favourite security tool \u2013 I\u2019m just a little biased towards Snyk, but as Katie mentioned, there\u2019s also npm audit if you use Node.js, and most source code managers like GitHub and GitLab have basic vulnerability alert capabilities.\nStats from the State of Open Source Security 2017\nMost importantly, patch or upgrade away those vulnerabilities away, and if you want to share that Christmas spirit, open fixes for your favourite open source projects, too.", "year": "2018", "author": "Anna Debenham", "author_slug": "annadebenham", "published": "2018-12-17T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2018/its-beginning-to-look-a-lot-like-xssmas/", "topic": "code"}
{"rowid": 245, "title": "Web Content Accessibility Guidelines 2.1\u2014for People Who Haven\u2019t Read the Update", "contents": "Happy United Nations International Day of Persons with Disabilities 2018! The United Nations chose \u201cEmpowering persons with disabilities and ensuring inclusiveness and equality\u201d as this year\u2019s theme. We\u2019ve seen great examples of that in 2018; for example, Paul Robert Lloyd has detailed how he improved the accessibility of this very website. \nOn social media, US Congressmember-Elect Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez started using the Clipomatic app to add live captions to her Instagram live stories, conforming to success criterion 1.2.4, \u201cCaptions (Live)\u201d of the Web Content Accessibility Guidelines (figure 1) \u2026and British Vogue Contributing Editor Sin\u00e9ad Burke has used the split-screen feature of Instagram live stories to invite an interpreter to provide live Sign Language interpretation, going above and beyond success criterion 1.2.6, \u201cSign Language (Prerecorded)\u201d of the Web Content Accessibility Guidelines (figure 2).\n\nFigure 1: Screenshot of Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez\u2019s Instagram story with live captionsFigure 2: Screenshot of Sin\u00e9ad Burke\u2019s Instagram story with Sign Language Interpretation\nThat theme chimes with this year\u2019s publication of the World Wide Web Consortium (W3C)\u2019s Web Content Accessibility Guidelines (WCAG) 2.1. In last year\u2019s \u201cWeb Content Accessibility Guidelines\u2014for People Who Haven\u2019t Read Them\u201d, I mentioned the scale of the project to produce this update during 2018: \u201cthe editors have to update the guidelines to cover all the new ways that people interact with new technologies, while keeping the guidelines backwards-compatible\u201d. \nThe WCAG working group have added 17 success criteria to the 61 that they released way back in 2008\u2014for context, that was 1\u00bd years before Apple released their first iPad! These new criteria make it easier than ever for us web geeks to produce work that is more accessible to people using mobile devices and touchscreens, people with low vision, and people with cognitive and learning disabilities. \nOnce again, let\u2019s rip off all the legalese and ambiguous terminology like wrapping paper, and get up to date.\nCan your users perceive the information on your website?\nThe first guideline has criteria that help you prevent your users from asking, \u201cWhat the **** is this thing here supposed to be?\u201d We\u2019ve seven new criteria for this guideline.\n1.3.4 Some people can\u2019t easily change the orientation of the device that they use to browse the web, and so you should make sure that your users can use your website in portrait orientation and in landscape orientation. Consider how people slowly twirl presents that they have plucked from under the Christmas tree, to find the appropriate orientation\u2014and expect your users to do likewise with your websites and apps. We\u2019ve had 18\u00bd years since John Allsopp\u2019s revelatory Dao of Web Design enlightened us to \u201cembrace the fact that the web doesn\u2019t have the same constraints\u201d as printed pages, and to \u201cdesign for this flexibility\u201d. So, even though this guideline doesn\u2019t apply to websites where \u201ca specific display orientation is essential,\u201d such as a piano tutorial, always ask yourself, \u201cWhat would John Allsopp do?\u201d\n1.3.5 You should help the user\u2019s browser to automatically complete\u2013or not complete\u2013form fields, to save the user some time and effort. The surprisingly powerful and flexible autocomplete attribute for input elements should prove most useful here. If you\u2019ve used microformats or microdata to mark up information about a person, the autocomplete attribute\u2019s range of values should seem familiar. I like how the W3\u2019s \u201cUsing HTML 5.2 autocomplete attributes\u201d says that autocompleted values in forms help \u201cthose with dexterity disabilities who have trouble typing, those who may need more time, and anyone who wishes to reduce effort to fill out a form\u201d (emphasis mine). Um\u2026\ud83d\ude4b\u200d\u2642\ufe0f\n1.3.6 I like this one a lot, because it can help a huge audience to overcome difficulties that might prevent them from ever using the web. Some people have cognitive difficulties that affect their memory, focus, attention, language processing, and/or decision-making. Those users often rely on assistive technologies that present information through proprietary symbols, summaries of content, and keyboard shortcuts. You could use ARIA landmarks to identify the regions of each webpage. You could also keep an eye on the W3C\u2019s ongoing work on Personalisation Semantics.\n1.4.10 If you were to find a Nintendo Switch and \u201cSuper Mario Odyssey\u201d under your Christmas tree, you would have many hours of enjoyably scrolling horizontally and vertically to play the game. On the other hand, if you had to zoom a webpage to 400% so that you could read the content, you might have many hours of frustratedly scrolling horizontally and vertically to read the content. Learned reader, I assume you understand the purpose and the core techniques of Responsive Web Design. I also assume you\u2019re getting up to speed with the new Grid, Flexbox, and Box Alignment techniques for layout, and overflow-wrap. Using those skills, you should make sure that all content and functionality remain available when the browser is 320px wide, without your user needing to scroll horizontally. (For vertical text, you should make sure that all content and functionality remain available when the browser is 256px high, without your user needing to scroll vertically.) You don\u2019t have to do this for anything that would lose meaning if you restructured it into one narrow column. That includes some images, maps, diagrams, video, games, presentations, and data tables. Remember to check how your media queries affect font size: your user might find that text becomes smaller as they zoom into the webpage. So, test this one on real devices, or\u2014better yet\u2014test it with real users.\n1.4.11 In \u201cWeb Content Accessibility Guidelines\u2014for People Who Haven\u2019t Read Them\u201d, I recommended bookmarking Lea Verou\u2019s Contrast Ratio calculator for checking that text contrasts enough with its background (for success criteria 1.4.3 and 1.4.6), so that more people can read it more easily. For this update, you should make sure that form elements and their focus states have a 3:1 contrast ratio with the colour around them. This doesn\u2019t apply to controls that use the browser\u2019s default styling. Also, you should make sure that graphics that convey information have a 3:1 contrast ratio with the colour around them.\n1.4.12 Some people, due to low vision or dyslexia, might need to modify the typography that you agonised over. Research indicates that you should make sure that all content and functionality would remain available if a user were to set:\n\nline height to at least 1\u00bd \u00d7 the font size;\nspace below paragraphs to at least 2 \u00d7 the font size;\nletter spacing to at least 0.12 \u00d7 the font size;\nword spacing to at least 0.16 \u00d7 the font size.\n\nTo test this, check for text overlapping, text hiding behind other elements, or text disappearing.\n1.4.13 Sometimes when visiting a website, you hover over\u2014or tab on to\u2014something that unleashes a newsletter subscription pop-up, some suggested \u201crelated content\u201d, and/or a GDPR-related pop-up. On a well-designed website, you can press the Esc key on your keyboard or click a prominent \u201cClose\u201d button or \u201cX\u201d button to vanquish such intrusions. If the Esc key fails you, or if you either can\u2019t see or can\u2019t click the \u201cClose\u201d button\u2026well, you\u2019ll probably just close that browser tab. This situation can prove even more infuriating for users with low vision or cognitive disabilities. So, if new content appears when your user hovers over or tabs on to some element, you should make sure that:\n\nyour user can dismiss that content without needing to move their pointer or tab on to some other element (this doesn\u2019t apply to error warnings, or well-behaved content that doesn\u2019t obscure or replace other content);\nthe new content remains visible while your user moves their cursor over it;\nthe new content remains visible as long as the user hovers over that element or dismisses that content\u2014or until the new content is no longer valid.\n\nThis doesn\u2019t apply to situations such as hovering over an element\u2019s title attribute, where the user\u2019s browser controls the display of the content that appears.\nCan users operate the controls and links on your website?\nThe second guideline has criteria that help you prevent your users from asking, \u201cHow the **** does this thing work?\u201d We\u2019ve nine new criteria for this guideline.\n2.1.4 Some websites offer keyboard shortcuts for users. For example, the keyboard shortcuts for Gmail allow the user to press the \u21e7 key and u to mark a message as unread. Usually, shortcuts on websites include modifier keys, such as Ctrl, along with a letter, number, or punctuation symbol. Unfortunately, users who have dexterity challenges sometimes trigger those shortcuts by accident, and that can make a website impossible to use. Also, speech input technology can sometimes trigger those shortcuts. If your website offers single-character keyboard shortcuts, you must allow your user to turn off or remap those shortcuts. This doesn\u2019t apply to single-character keyboard shortcuts that only work when a control, such as drop-down list, has focus.\n2.2.6 If your website uses a timeout for some process, you could store the user\u2019s data for at least 20 hours, so that users with cognitive disabilities can take a break or take longer than usual to complete the process without losing their place or losing their data. Alternatively, you could warn the user, at the start of the process, about that the website will timeout after whatever amount of time you have chosen. \n2.3.3 If your website has some non-essential animation (such as parallax scrolling) that starts when the user does some particular action, you could allow the user to turn off that animation so that you avoid harming users with vestibular disorders. The prefers-reduced-motion media query currently has limited browser support, but you can start using it now to avoid showing animations to users who select the \u201cReduce Motion\u201d setting (or equivalent) in their device\u2019s operating system:\n@media (prefers-reduced-motion: reduce) {\n .MrFancyPants {\n animation: none;\n }\n}\n2.5.1 Some websites let users use multi-touch gestures on touchscreen devices. For example, Google Maps allows users to pinch with two fingers to zoom out and \u201cunpinch\u201d with two fingers to zoom in. Also, some websites allow users to drag a finger to do some action, such as changing the value on an input element with type=\"range\", or swiping sideways to the next photograph in a gallery. Some users with dexterity challenges, and some users who use a head pointer, an eye-gaze system, or speech-controlled mouse emulation, might find multi-touch gestures or dragging impossible. You must make sure that your website supports single-tap alternatives to any multi-touch gestures or dragging actions that it provides. For example, if your website lets someone pinch and unpinch a map to zoom in and out, you must also provide buttons that a user can tap to zoom in and out.\n2.5.2 This might be my favourite accessibility criterion ever! Did you ever touch or press a \u201cSend\u201d button but then immediately realise that you really didn\u2019t want to send the message, and so move your finger or cursor away from the \u201cSend\u201d button before lifting your finger?! Imagine how many arguments that functionality has prevented. \ud83d\ude0c You must make sure that touching or pressing does not cause anything to happen before the user raises their finger or cursor, or make sure that the user can move their finger or cursor away to prevent the action. In JavaScript, prefer onclick to onmousedown, unless your website has actions that need onmousedown. Also, this doesn\u2019t apply to actions that need to happen as soon as the user clicks or touches. For example, a user playing a \u201cWhac-A-Mole\u201d game or a piano emulator needs the action to happen as soon as they click or touch the screen.\n2.5.3 Recently, entrepreneur and social media guru Gary Vaynerchuk has emphasised the rise of audio and voice as output and input. He quotes a Google statistic that says one in five search queries use voice input. Once again, users with disabilities have been ahead of the curve here, having used screen readers and/or dictation software for many years. You must make sure that the text that appears on a form control or image matches how your HTML identifies that form control or image. Use proper semantic HTML to achieve this:\n\nuse the label element to pair text with the corresponding input element;\nuse an alt attribute value that exactly matches any text that appears in an image;\nuse an aria-labelledby attribute value that exactly matches the text that appears in any complex component.\n\n2.5.4 Modern Web APIs allow web developers to specify how their website will react to the user shaking, tilting, or gesturing towards their device. Some users might find those actions difficult, impossible, or embarrassing to perform. If you make any functionality available when the user shakes, tilts, or gestures towards their device, you must provide form controls that make that same functionality available. As usual, this doesn\u2019t apply to websites that require shaking, tilting, or gesturing; this includes some games and music programmes. John Gruber describes the iPhone\u2019s \u201cShake to Undo\u201d gesture as \u201cdreadful \u2014 impossible to discover through exploration of the on-screen [user interface], bad for accessibility, and risks your phone flying out of your hand\u201d. This accessibility criterion seems to empathise with John: you must make sure that your user can prevent your website from responding to shaking, tilting and/or gesturing towards their device.\n2.5.5 Homer Simpson\u2019s telephone famously complained, \u201cThe fingers you have used to dial are too fat.\u201d I think we\u2019ve all felt like that when using phones and tablets, particularly when trying to dismiss pop-ups and ads. You could make interactive elements at least 44px wide \u00d7 44px high. Apple\u2019s \u201cHuman Interface Guidelines\u201d agree: \u201cProvide ample touch targets for interactive elements. Try to maintain a minimum tappable area of 44pt x 44pt for all controls.\u201d This doesn\u2019t apply to links within inline text, or to unsoiled elements.\n2.5.6 Expect your users to use a variety of input devices they want, and to change from one to another whenever they please. For example, a user with a tablet and keyboard might jab icons on the screen while typing on the keyboard, or a user might dictate text while alone and then type on a keyboard when a colleague arrives. You could make sure that your website allows your users to use whichever available input modality they choose. Once again, this doesn\u2019t apply to websites that require a specific modality; this includes typing tutors and music programmes.\nCan users understand your content?\nThe third guideline has criteria that help you prevent your users from asking, \u201cWhat the **** does this mean?\u201d We\u2019ve no new criteria for this guideline. \nHave you made your website robust enough to work on your users\u2019 browsers and assistive technologies?\nThe fourth and final guideline has criteria that help you prevent your users from asking, \u201cWhy the **** doesn\u2019t this work on my device?\u201d We\u2019ve one new criterion for this guideline.\n4.1.3 Sometimes you need to let your user know the status of something: \u201cDid it work OK? What was the error? How far through it are we?\u201d However, you should avoid making your user lose their place on the webpage, and so you should let them know the status without opening a new window, focusing on another element, or submitting a form. To do this properly for assistive technology users, choose the appropriate ARIA role for the new content; for example: \n\nif your user needs to know, \u201cDid it work OK?\u201d, add role=\"status\u201d;\nif your user needs to know, \u201cWhat was the error?\u201d, add role=\"alert\u201d;\nif you user needs to know, \u201cHow far through it are we?\u201d, add role=\"log\" (for a chat window) or role=\"progressbar\" (for, well, a progress bar).\n\nBetter design for humans\nMy favourite of Luke Wroblewski\u2019s collection of Design Quotes is, \u201cDesign is the art of gradually applying constraints until only one solution remains,\u201d from that most prolific author, \u201cUnknown\u201d. I\u2019ve always viewed the Web Content Accessibility Guidelines as people-based constraints, and liked how they help the design process. With these 17 new web content accessibility criteria, go forth and create solutions that more people than ever before can use.\nSpending those book vouchers you got for Christmas\nWhat next? If you\u2019re looking for something to do to keep you busy this Christmas, I thoroughly recommend these four books for increasing your accessibility expertise:\n\n\u201cPro HTML5 Accessibility\u201d by Joshue O Connor (Head of Accessibility (Interim) at the UK Government Digital Service, Director of InterAccess, and one of the editors of the Web Content Accessibility Guidelines 2.1): Although this book is six years old\u2014a long time in web design\u2014I find it an excellent go-to resource. It begins by explaining how people with disabilities use the web, and then expertly explains modern HTML in that context.\n\u201cA Web for Everyone\u2014Designing Accessible User Experiences\u201d by Sarah Horton (the Paciello Group\u2019s UX Strategy Lead) and Whitney Quesenbery (the Center for Civic Design\u2019s co-director): This book covers the Web Content Accessibility Guidelines 2.0, the principles of Universal Design, and design thinking. Its personas for Accessible UX and its profiles of well-known industry figures\u2014including some 24ways authors\u2014keep its content practical and relevant throughout.\n\u201cAccessibility For Everyone\u201d by Laura Kalbag (Ind.ie\u2019s co-founder and designer, and 24ways author): This book is just over a year old, and so serves as a great resource for up-to-date coverage of guidelines, laws, and accessibility features of operating systems\u2014as well as content, design, coding, and testing. The audiobook, which Laura narrates, can help you and your colleagues go from having little or no understanding of web accessibility, to becoming familiar with all aspects of web accessibility\u2014in less than four hours.\n\u201cJust Ask: Integrating Accessibility Throughout Design\u201d by Shawn Lawton Henry (the World Wide Web Consortium (W3C)\u2019s Web Accessibility Initiative (WAI)\u2019s Outreach Coordinator): Although this book is 11\u00bd years old, the way it presents accessibility as part of the User-Centered Design process is timeless. I found its section on Usability Testing with people with disabilities particularly useful.", "year": "2018", "author": "Alan Dalton", "author_slug": "alandalton", "published": "2018-12-03T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2018/wcag-for-people-who-havent-read-the-update/", "topic": "ux"}
{"rowid": 246, "title": "Designing Your Site Like It\u2019s 1998", "contents": "It\u2019s 20 years to the day since my wife and I started Stuff & Nonsense, our little studio and my outlet for creative ideas on the web. To celebrate this anniversary\u2014and my fourteenth contribution to 24 ways\u2014 I\u2019d like to explain how I would\u2019ve developed a design for Planes, Trains and Automobiles, one of my favourite Christmas films.\nMy design for Planes, Trains and Automobiles is fixed at 800px wide.\nDeveloping a framework\nI\u2019ll start by using frames to set up the framework for this new website. Frames are individual pages\u2014one for navigation, the other for my content\u2014pulled together to form a frameset. Space is limited on lower-resolution screens, so by using frames I can ensure my navigation always remains visible. I can include any number of frames inside a element.\nI add two rows to my ; the first is for my navigation and is 50px tall, the second is for my content and will resize to fill any available space. As I don\u2019t want frame borders or any space between my frames, I set frameborder and framespacing attributes to 0:\n\n[\u2026]\n \nNext I add the source of my two frame documents. I don\u2019t want people to be able to resize or scroll my navigation, so I add the noresize attribute to that frame:\n\n \nI do want links from my navigation to open in the content frame, so I give each \n \nThe framework for this website is simple as it contains only two horizontal rows. Should I need a more complex layout, I can nest as many framesets\u2014and as many individual documents\u2014as I need:\n\n \n \n \nLetterbox framesets were common way to deal with multiple screen sizes. In a letterbox, the central frameset had a fixed height and width, while the frames on the top, right, bottom, and left expanded to fill any remaining space.\nHandling older browsers\nSadly not every browser supports frames, so I should send a helpful message to people who use older browsers asking them to upgrade. Happily, I can do that using noframes content:\n<![CDATA[\n<body>\n<p>This page uses frames, but your browser doesn\u2019t support them. \n Please upgrade your browser.</p>\n</body>\n]]> \nForcing someone back into a frame\nSometimes, someone may follow a link to a page from a portal or search engine, or they might attempt to open it in a new window or tab. If that page properly belongs inside a , people could easily miss out on other parts of a design. This short script will prevent this happening and because it\u2019s vanilla Javascript, it doesn\u2019t require a library such as jQuery:\n\n\nLaying out my page\nBefore starting my layout, I add a few basic background and colour styles. I must include these attributes in every page on my website:\n\nI want absolute control over how people experience my design and don\u2019t want to allow it to stretch, so I first need a which limits the width of my layout to 800px. The align attribute will keep this in the centre of someone\u2019s screen:\n\nAlthough they were developed for displaying tabular information, the cells and rows which make up the element make it ideal for the precise implementation of a design. I need several tables\u2014often nested inside each other\u2014to implement my design. These include tables for a banner and three rows of content:\n\nThe width of the first table\u2014used for my banner\u2014is fixed to match the logo it contains. As I don\u2019t need borders, padding, or spacing between these cells, I use attributes to remove them:\n\n \n \n
\nThe next table\u2014which contains the largest image, introduction, and a call-to-action\u2014is one of the most complex parts of my design, so I need to ensure its layout is pixel perfect. To do that I add an extra row at the top of this table and fill each of its cells with tiny transparent images:\n\n \nThe height and width of these \u201cshims\u201d or \u201cspacers\u201d is only 1px but they will stretch to any size without increasing their weight on the page. This makes them perfect for performant website development.\nFor the hero of this design, I splice up the large image into three separate files and apply each slice as a background to the table cells. I also match the height of those cells to the background images:\n\n \u00a0 \n [\u2026] \n \n\n\n \u00a0 \n \nI use tables and spacer images throughout the rest of this design to lay out the various types of content with perfect precision. For example, to add a single-pixel border around my two columns of content, I first apply a blue background to an outer table along with 1px of cellspacing, then simply nest an inner table\u2014this time with a white background\u2014inside it:\n\nAdding details\nTables are fabulous tools for laying out a page, but they\u2019re also useful for implementing details on those pages. I can use a table to add a gradient background, rounded corners, and a shadow to the button which forms my \u201cBuy the DVD\u201d call-to-action. First, I splice my button graphic into three slices; two fixed-width rounded ends, plus a narrow gradient which stretches and makes this button responsive. Then, I add those images as backgrounds and use spacers to perfectly size my button:\n\nI use those same elements to add details to headlines and lists too. Adding a \u201cbullet\u201d to each item in a list needs only two additional table cells, a circular graphic, and a spacer:\n\n \n Directed by John Hughes \n \n
\nImplementing a typographic hierarchy\nSo far I\u2019ve explained how to use frames, tables, and spacers to develop a layout for my content, but what about styling that content? I use elements to change the typeface from the browser\u2019s default to any font installed on someone\u2019s device:\nPlanes, Trains and Automobiles is a comedy film [\u2026] \nTo adjust the size of those fonts, I use the size attribute and a value between the smallest (1) and the largest (7) where 3 is the browser\u2019s default. I use a size of 4 for this headline and 2 for the text which follows:\nSteve Martin An American actor, comedian, writer, producer, and musician. \nWhen I need to change the typeface, perhaps from a sans-serif like Arial to a serif like Times New Roman, I must change the value of the face attribute on every element on all pages on my website.\nNB: I use as many elements, frames, layout tables, and spacer images are today.\nI have no prediction for what the web will be like twenty years from now. However, I want to believe we\u2019ll build on what we\u2019ve learned during these past two decades about the importance of accessibility, flexibility, and usability, and that the mistakes we made while infatuated by technologies won\u2019t be repeated.\n\nHead over to my website if you\u2019d like to read about how I\u2019d implement my design for \u2018Planes, Trains and Automobiles\u2019 today.", "year": "2018", "author": "Andy Clarke", "author_slug": "andyclarke", "published": "2018-12-23T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2018/designing-your-site-like-its-1998/", "topic": "code"}
{"rowid": 247, "title": "Managing Flow and Rhythm with CSS Custom Properties", "contents": "An important part of designing user interfaces is creating consistent vertical rhythm between elements. Creating consistent, predictable space doesn\u2019t just make your web pages and views look better, but it can also improve the scan-ability. \nBrowsers ship with default CSS and these styles often create consistent rhythm for flow elements out of the box. The problem is though that we often reset these styles with a reset. Elements such as and
also have no default margin or padding associated with them. \nI\u2019ve tried all sorts of weird and wonderful techniques to find a balance between using inherited CSS while also levelling the playing field for component driven front-ends with very little success. This experimentation is how I landed on the flow utility, though and I\u2019m going to show you how it works. Let\u2019s dive in!\nThe Flow utility\nWith the ever-growing number of folks working with component libraries and design systems, we could benefit from a utility that creates space for us, only when it\u2019s appropriate to do so. The problem with my previous attempts at fixing this is that the spacing values were very rigid. \nThat\u2019s fine for 90% of contexts, but sometimes, it\u2019s handy to be able to tweak the values based on the exact context of your component. This is where CSS Custom Properties come in handy.\nThe code\n.flow {\n --flow-space: 1em;\n} \n\n.flow > * + * { \n margin-top: var(--flow-space);\n}\nWhat this code does is enable you to add a class of flow to an element which will then add margin-top to sibling elements within that element. We use the lobotomised owl selector to select these siblings. This approach enables an almost anonymous and automatic system which is ideal for component library based front-ends where components probably don\u2019t have any idea what surrounds them. \nThe other important part of this utility is the usage of the --flow-space custom property. We define it in the .flow component and each element within it will be spaced by --flow-space, by default. The beauty about setting this as a custom property is that custom properties also participate in the cascade, so we can utilise specificity to change it if we need it. Pretty cool, right? Let\u2019s look at some examples.\nA basic example\nSee the Pen CSS Flow Utility: Basic implementation by Andy Bell (@hankchizljaw) on CodePen.\nhttps://codepen.io/hankchizljaw/pen/LXqerj\nWhat we\u2019ve got in this example is some basic HTML content that has a class of flow on the parent article element. Because there\u2019s a very heavy-handed reset added as a dependency, all of the content would have been squished together without the flow utility. \nBecause our --flow-space custom property is set to 1em, the space between elements is 1X the font size of the element in question. This means that a in this context has a calculated margin-top value of 28.8px, because it has an assigned font size of 1.8rem. If we were to globally change the --flow-space value to 1.1em for example, we\u2019d affect everything because margin values would be calculated as 1.1X the font size. \nThis example looks great because using font size as the basis of rhythm works really well. What if we wanted to to tweak certain elements within this article, though? \nSee the Pen CSS Flow Utility: Tweaked Basic implementation by Andy Bell (@hankchizljaw) on CodePen.\nhttps://codepen.io/hankchizljaw/pen/qQgxaY\nI like lots of whitespace with my article layouts, so the 1em space isn\u2019t going to cut it for all elements. I like to provide plenty of space between headed sections, so I increase the --flow-space in these instances:\nh2 {\n --flow-space: 3rem;\n}\nNotice also how I also switch over to using rem units? I want to make sure that these overrides are always based on the root font size. This is a personal preference of mine and you can use whatever units you want. Just be aware that it\u2019s better for accessibility to use flexible units like em, rem and %, so that a user\u2019s font size preferences are honoured. \nA more advanced example\nAlthough the flow utility is super useful for a plethora of contexts, it really shines when working with a few unrelated components. Instead of having to write specific layout CSS just for your particular context, you can use flow and --flow-space to create predictable and contextual space.\nSee the Pen CSS Flow Utility: Unrelated components by Andy Bell (@hankchizljaw) on CodePen.\nhttps://codepen.io/hankchizljaw/pen/ZmPGyL\nIn this example, we\u2019ve got ourselves a little prototype layout that features a media element, followed by a grid of features. By using flow, it was really quick and easy to generate space between those two main elements. It was also easy to create space within the components. For example, I added it to the .media__content element, so that the article\u2019s content would space itself:\n\n ...\n \nSomething to remember though: the custom properties cascade in the same way that other CSS values do, so you\u2019ve got to keep that in mind. We\u2019ve got a great example of that in this example where because we\u2019ve got the flow utility on our .features component, which has a --flow-space override: the child elements of .features will inherit that value, so we\u2019ve had to set another value on the .features__list element.\n\u201cBut what about old browsers?\u201d, I hear you cry\nWe\u2019re using CSS Custom Properties that at the time of writing, have about 88% support. One thing we can do to remedy the other 12% of browsers is to set a default, traditional margin-top value of 1em, so it calculates itself based on the element\u2019s font-size:\n.flow {\n --flow-space: 1em;\n}\n\n.flow > * + * { \n margin-top: 1em;\n margin-top: var(--flow-space);\n}\nThanks to the cascading and declarative nature of CSS, we can set that default margin-top value and then immediately set it to use the custom property instead. Browsers that understand Custom Properties will automatically apply them\u2014those that don\u2019t will ignore them. Yay for the cascade and progressive enhancement! \nWrapping up\nThis tiny little utility can bring great power for when you want to consistently space elements, vertically. It also\u2014thanks to the power of the modern web\u2014allows us to create contextual overrides without creating modifier classes or shame CSS. \nIf you\u2019ve got other methods of doing this sort of work, please let me know on Twitter. I\u2019d love to see what you\u2019re working on!", "year": "2018", "author": "Andy Bell", "author_slug": "andybell", "published": "2018-12-07T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2018/managing-flow-and-rhythm-with-css-custom-properties/", "topic": "code"}
{"rowid": 248, "title": "How to Use Audio on the Web", "contents": "I know what you\u2019re thinking. I never never want to hear sound anywhere near a browser, ever ever, wow! \ud83d\ude49\nYou\u2019re having flashbacks, flashbacks to the days of yore, when we had a element and yup did everyone think that was the most rad thing since . I mean put those two together with a , only use CSS colour names, make sure your borders were all set to ridge and you\u2019ve got yourself the neatest website since 1998.\nThe sound played when the website loaded and you could play a MIDI file as well! Everyone could hear that wicked digital track you chose. Oh, surfing was gnarly back then.\nYes it is 2018, the end of in fact, soon to be 2019. We are certainly living in the future. Hoverboards self driving cars, holodecks VR headsets, rocket boots drone racing, sound on websites get real, Ruth.\nWe can\u2019t help but be jaded, even though the element is depreciated, and the autoplay policy appeared this year. Although still in it\u2019s infancy, the policy \u201ccontrols when video and audio is allowed to autoplay\u201d, which should reduce the somewhat obtrusive playing of sound when a website or app loads in the future.\nBut then of course comes the question, having lived in a muted present for so long, where and why would you use audio?\n\u2728 Showcase Time \u2728\nThere are some incredible uses of audio on websites today. This is my personal favourite futurelibrary.no, a site from Norway chronicling books that have been published from a forest of trees planted precisely for the books themselves. The sound effects are lovely, adding to the overall experience.\nfuturelibrary.no\nAnother site that executes this well is pottermore.com. The Hogwarts WebGL simulation uses both sound effects and ambient background music and gives a great experience. The button hovers are particularly good.\npottermore.com\nEighty-six and a half years is a beautiful narrative site, documenting the musings of an eighty-six and a half year old man. The background music playing on this site is not offensive, it adds to the experience.\nEighty-six and a half years\nSound can be powerful and in some cases useful. Last year I wrote about using them to help validate forms. Audiochart is a library which \u201callows the user to explore charts on web pages using sound and the keyboard\u201d. Ben Byford recorded voice descriptions of the pages on his website for playback should you need or want it. There is a whole area of accessibility to be explored here.\nThen there\u2019s education. Fancy beginning with some piano in the new year? flowkey.com is a website which allows you to play along and learn at the same time. Need to brush up on your music theory? lightnote.co takes you through lessons to do just that, all audio enhanced. Electronic music more your thing? Ableton has your back with learningmusic.ableton.com, a site which takes you through the process of composing electronic music. A website, all made possible through the powers with have with the Web Audio API today.\nlightnote.co\nlearningmusic.ableton.com\nConsiderations\nYes, tis the season, let\u2019s be more thoughtful about our audios. There are some user experience patterns to begin with. 86andahalfyears.com tells the user they are about to \u2018enter\u2019 the site and headphones are recommended. This is a good approach because it a) deals with the autoplay policy (audio needs to be instigated by a user gesture) and b) by stating headphones are recommended you are setting the users expectations, they will expect sound, and if in a public setting can enlist the use of a common electronic device to cause less embarrassment.\nEighty-six and a half years\nAllowing mute and/or volume control clearly within the user interface is a good idea. It won\u2019t draw the user out of the experience, it\u2019ll give more control to the user about what audio they want to hear (they may not want to turn down the volume of their entire device), and it\u2019s less thought to reach for a very visible volume than to fumble with device settings.\nIndicating that sound is playing is also something to consider. Browsers do this by adding icons to tabs, but this isn\u2019t always the first place to look for everyone.\nTo The Future\nSo let\u2019s go!\nWe see amazing demos built with Web Audio, and I\u2019m sure, like me, they make you think, oh wow I wish I could do that / had thought of that / knew the first thing about audio to begin to even conceive that.\nBut audio doesn\u2019t actually need to be all bells and whistles (hey, it\u2019s Christmas). Starting, stopping and adjusting simple panning and volume might be all you need to get started to introduce some good sound design in your web design.\nIsn\u2019t it great then that there\u2019s a tutorial just for that! Head on over to the MDN Web Audio API docs where the Using the Web Audio API article takes you through playing and pausing sounds, volume control and simple panning (moving the sound from left to right on stereo speakers).\nThis year I believe we have all experienced the web as a shopping mall more than ever. It\u2019s shining store fronts, flashing adverts, fast food, loud noises.\nLet\u2019s use 2019 to create more forests to explore, oceans to dive and mountains to climb.", "year": "2018", "author": "Ruth John", "author_slug": "ruthjohn", "published": "2018-12-22T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2018/how-to-use-audio-on-the-web/", "topic": "design"}
{"rowid": 249, "title": "Fast Autocomplete Search for Your Website", "contents": "Every website deserves a great search engine - but building a search engine can be a lot of work, and hosting it can quickly get expensive.\nI\u2019m going to build a search engine for 24 ways that\u2019s fast enough to support autocomplete (a.k.a. typeahead) search queries and can be hosted for free. I\u2019ll be using wget, Python, SQLite, Jupyter, sqlite-utils and my open source Datasette tool to build the API backend, and a few dozen lines of modern vanilla JavaScript to build the interface.\n\nTry it out here, then read on to see how I built it.\nFirst step: crawling the data\nThe first step in building a search engine is to grab a copy of the data that you plan to make searchable.\nThere are plenty of potential ways to do this: you might be able to pull it directly from a database, or extract it using an API. If you don\u2019t have access to the raw data, you can imitate Google and write a crawler to extract the data that you need.\nI\u2019m going to do exactly that against 24 ways: I\u2019ll build a simple crawler using wget, a command-line tool that features a powerful \u201crecursive\u201d mode that\u2019s ideal for scraping websites.\nWe\u2019ll start at the https://24ways.org/archives/ page, which links to an archived index for every year that 24 ways has been running.\nThen we\u2019ll tell wget to recursively crawl the website, using the --recursive flag.\nWe don\u2019t want to fetch every single page on the site - we\u2019re only interested in the actual articles. Luckily, 24 ways has nicely designed URLs, so we can tell wget that we only care about pages that start with one of the years it has been running, using the -I argument like this: -I /2005,/2006,/2007,/2008,/2009,/2010,/2011,/2012,/2013,/2014,/2015,/2016,/2017\nWe want to be polite, so let\u2019s wait for 2 seconds between each request rather than hammering the site as fast as we can: --wait 2\nThe first time I ran this, I accidentally downloaded the comments pages as well. We don\u2019t want those, so let\u2019s exclude them from the crawl using -X \"/*/*/comments\".\nFinally, it\u2019s useful to be able to run the command multiple times without downloading pages that we have already fetched. We can use the --no-clobber option for this.\nTie all of those options together and we get this command:\nwget --recursive --wait 2 --no-clobber \n -I /2005,/2006,/2007,/2008,/2009,/2010,/2011,/2012,/2013,/2014,/2015,/2016,/2017 \n -X \"/*/*/comments\" \n https://24ways.org/archives/ \nIf you leave this running for a few minutes, you\u2019ll end up with a folder structure something like this:\n$ find 24ways.org\n24ways.org\n24ways.org/2013\n24ways.org/2013/why-bother-with-accessibility\n24ways.org/2013/why-bother-with-accessibility/index.html\n24ways.org/2013/levelling-up\n24ways.org/2013/levelling-up/index.html\n24ways.org/2013/project-hubs\n24ways.org/2013/project-hubs/index.html\n24ways.org/2013/credits-and-recognition\n24ways.org/2013/credits-and-recognition/index.html\n...\nAs a quick sanity check, let\u2019s count the number of HTML pages we have retrieved:\n$ find 24ways.org | grep index.html | wc -l\n328\nThere\u2019s one last step! We got everything up to 2017, but we need to fetch the articles for 2018 (so far) as well. They aren\u2019t linked in the /archives/ yet so we need to point our crawler at the site\u2019s front page instead:\nwget --recursive --wait 2 --no-clobber \n -I /2018 \n -X \"/*/*/comments\" \n https://24ways.org/\nThanks to --no-clobber, this is safe to run every day in December to pick up any new content.\nWe now have a folder on our computer containing an HTML file for every article that has ever been published on the site! Let\u2019s use them to build ourselves a search index.\nBuilding a search index using SQLite\nThere are many tools out there that can be used to build a search engine. You can use an open-source search server like Elasticsearch or Solr, a hosted option like Algolia or Amazon CloudSearch or you can tap into the built-in search features of relational databases like MySQL or PostgreSQL.\nI\u2019m going to use something that\u2019s less commonly used for web applications but makes for a powerful and extremely inexpensive alternative: SQLite.\nSQLite is the world\u2019s most widely deployed database, even though many people have never even heard of it. That\u2019s because it\u2019s designed to be used as an embedded database: it\u2019s commonly used by native mobile applications and even runs as part of the default set of apps on the Apple Watch!\nSQLite has one major limitation: unlike databases like MySQL and PostgreSQL, it isn\u2019t really designed to handle large numbers of concurrent writes. For this reason, most people avoid it for building web applications.\nThis doesn\u2019t matter nearly so much if you are building a search engine for infrequently updated content - say one for a site that only publishes new content on 24 days every year.\nIt turns out SQLite has very powerful full-text search functionality built into the core database - the FTS5 extension.\nI\u2019ve been doing a lot of work with SQLite recently, and as part of that, I\u2019ve been building a Python utility library to make building new SQLite databases as easy as possible, called sqlite-utils. It\u2019s designed to be used within a Jupyter notebook - an enormously productive way of interacting with Python code that\u2019s similar to the Observable notebooks Natalie described on 24 ways yesterday.\nIf you haven\u2019t used Jupyter before, here\u2019s the fastest way to get up and running with it - assuming you have Python 3 installed on your machine. We can use a Python virtual environment to ensure the software we are installing doesn\u2019t clash with any other installed packages:\n$ python3 -m venv ./jupyter-venv\n$ ./jupyter-venv/bin/pip install jupyter\n# ... lots of installer output\n# Now lets install some extra packages we will need later\n$ ./jupyter-venv/bin/pip install beautifulsoup4 sqlite-utils html5lib\n# And start the notebook web application\n$ ./jupyter-venv/bin/jupyter-notebook\n# This will open your browser to Jupyter at http://localhost:8888/\nYou should now be in the Jupyter web application. Click New -> Python 3 to start a new notebook.\nA neat thing about Jupyter notebooks is that if you publish them to GitHub (either in a regular repository or as a Gist), it will render them as HTML. This makes them a very powerful way to share annotated code. I\u2019ve published the notebook I used to build the search index on my GitHub account. \n\u200b\n\nHere\u2019s the Python code I used to scrape the relevant data from the downloaded HTML files. Check out the notebook for a line-by-line explanation of what\u2019s going on.\nfrom pathlib import Path\nfrom bs4 import BeautifulSoup as Soup\nbase = Path(\"/Users/simonw/Dropbox/Development/24ways-search\")\narticles = list(base.glob(\"*/*/*/*.html\"))\n# articles is now a list of paths that look like this:\n# PosixPath('...24ways-search/24ways.org/2013/why-bother-with-accessibility/index.html')\ndocs = []\nfor path in articles:\n year = str(path.relative_to(base)).split(\"/\")[1]\n url = 'https://' + str(path.relative_to(base).parent) + '/'\n soup = Soup(path.open().read(), \"html5lib\")\n author = soup.select_one(\".c-continue\")[\"title\"].split(\n \"More information about\"\n )[1].strip()\n author_slug = soup.select_one(\".c-continue\")[\"href\"].split(\n \"/authors/\"\n )[1].split(\"/\")[0]\n published = soup.select_one(\".c-meta time\")[\"datetime\"]\n contents = soup.select_one(\".e-content\").text.strip()\n title = soup.find(\"title\").text.split(\" \u25c6\")[0]\n try:\n topic = soup.select_one(\n '.c-meta a[href^=\"/topics/\"]'\n )[\"href\"].split(\"/topics/\")[1].split(\"/\")[0]\n except TypeError:\n topic = None\n docs.append({\n \"title\": title,\n \"contents\": contents,\n \"year\": year,\n \"author\": author,\n \"author_slug\": author_slug,\n \"published\": published,\n \"url\": url,\n \"topic\": topic,\n })\nAfter running this code, I have a list of Python dictionaries representing each of the documents that I want to add to the index. The list looks something like this:\n[\n {\n \"title\": \"Why Bother with Accessibility?\",\n \"contents\": \"Web accessibility (known in other fields as inclus...\",\n \"year\": \"2013\",\n \"author\": \"Laura Kalbag\",\n \"author_slug\": \"laurakalbag\",\n \"published\": \"2013-12-10T00:00:00+00:00\",\n \"url\": \"https://24ways.org/2013/why-bother-with-accessibility/\",\n \"topic\": \"design\"\n },\n {\n \"title\": \"Levelling Up\",\n \"contents\": \"Hello, 24 ways. Iu2019m Ashley and I sell property ins...\",\n \"year\": \"2013\",\n \"author\": \"Ashley Baxter\",\n \"author_slug\": \"ashleybaxter\",\n \"published\": \"2013-12-06T00:00:00+00:00\",\n \"url\": \"https://24ways.org/2013/levelling-up/\",\n \"topic\": \"business\"\n },\n ...\nMy sqlite-utils library has the ability to take a list of objects like this and automatically create a SQLite database table with the right schema to store the data. Here\u2019s how to do that using this list of dictionaries.\nimport sqlite_utils\ndb = sqlite_utils.Database(\"/tmp/24ways.db\")\ndb[\"articles\"].insert_all(docs)\nThat\u2019s all there is to it! The library will create a new database and add a table to it called articles with the necessary columns, then insert all of the documents into that table.\n(I put the database in /tmp/ for the moment - you can move it to a more sensible location later on.)\nYou can inspect the table using the sqlite3 command-line utility (which comes with OS X) like this:\n$ sqlite3 /tmp/24ways.db\nsqlite> .headers on\nsqlite> .mode column\nsqlite> select title, author, year from articles;\ntitle author year \n------------------------------ ------------ ----------\nWhy Bother with Accessibility? Laura Kalbag 2013 \nLevelling Up Ashley Baxte 2013 \nProject Hubs: A Home Base for Brad Frost 2013 \nCredits and Recognition Geri Coady 2013 \nManaging a Mind Christopher 2013 \nRun Ragged Mark Boulton 2013 \nGet Started With GitHub Pages Anna Debenha 2013 \nCoding Towards Accessibility Charlie Perr 2013 \n...\n\nThere\u2019s one last step to take in our notebook. We know we want to use SQLite\u2019s full-text search feature, and sqlite-utils has a simple convenience method for enabling it for a specified set of columns in a table. We want to be able to search by the title, author and contents fields, so we call the enable_fts() method like this:\ndb[\"articles\"].enable_fts([\"title\", \"author\", \"contents\"])\nIntroducing Datasette\nDatasette is the open-source tool I\u2019ve been building that makes it easy to both explore SQLite databases and publish them to the internet.\nWe\u2019ve been exploring our new SQLite database using the sqlite3 command-line tool. Wouldn\u2019t it be nice if we could use a more human-friendly interface for that?\nIf you don\u2019t want to install Datasette right now, you can visit https://search-24ways.herokuapp.com/ to try it out against the 24 ways search index data. I\u2019ll show you how to deploy Datasette to Heroku like this later in the article.\nIf you want to install Datasette locally, you can reuse the virtual environment we created to play with Jupyter:\n./jupyter-venv/bin/pip install datasette\nThis will install Datasette in the ./jupyter-venv/bin/ folder. You can also install it system-wide using regular pip install datasette.\nNow you can run Datasette against the 24ways.db file we created earlier like so:\n./jupyter-venv/bin/datasette /tmp/24ways.db\nThis will start a local webserver running. Visit http://localhost:8001/ to start interacting with the Datasette web application.\nIf you want to try out Datasette without creating your own 24ways.db file you can download the one I created directly from https://search-24ways.herokuapp.com/24ways-ae60295.db\nPublishing the database to the internet\nOne of the goals of the Datasette project is to make deploying data-backed APIs to the internet as easy as possible. Datasette has a built-in command for this, datasette publish. If you have an account with Heroku or Zeit Now, you can deploy a database to the internet with a single command. Here\u2019s how I deployed https://search-24ways.herokuapp.com/ (running on Heroku\u2019s free tier) using datasette publish:\n$ ./jupyter-venv/bin/datasette publish heroku /tmp/24ways.db --name search-24ways\n-----> Python app detected\n-----> Installing requirements with pip\n\n-----> Running post-compile hook\n-----> Discovering process types\n Procfile declares types -> web\n\n-----> Compressing...\n Done: 47.1M\n-----> Launching...\n Released v8\n https://search-24ways.herokuapp.com/ deployed to Heroku\nIf you try this out, you\u2019ll need to pick a different --name, since I\u2019ve already taken search-24ways.\nYou can run this command as many times as you like to deploy updated versions of the underlying database.\nSearching and faceting\nDatasette can detect tables with SQLite full-text search configured, and will add a search box directly to the page. Take a look at http://search-24ways.herokuapp.com/24ways-b607e21/articles to see this in action.\n\u200b\n\nSQLite search supports wildcards, so if you want autocomplete-style search where you don\u2019t need to enter full words to start getting results you can add a * to the end of your search term. Here\u2019s a search for access* which returns articles on accessibility:\nhttp://search-24ways.herokuapp.com/24ways-ae60295/articles?_search=acces%2A\nA neat feature of Datasette is the ability to calculate facets against your data. Here\u2019s a page showing search results for svg with facet counts calculated against both the year and the topic columns:\nhttp://search-24ways.herokuapp.com/24ways-ae60295/articles?_search=svg&_facet=year&_facet=topic\nEvery page visible via Datasette has a corresponding JSON API, which can be accessed using the JSON link on the page - or by adding a .json extension to the URL:\nhttp://search-24ways.herokuapp.com/24ways-ae60295/articles.json?_search=acces%2A\nBetter search using custom SQL\nThe search results we get back from ../articles?_search=svg are OK, but the order they are returned in is not ideal - they\u2019re actually being returned in the order they were inserted into the database! You can see why this is happening by clicking the View and edit SQL link on that search results page.\nThis exposes the underlying SQL query, which looks like this:\nselect rowid, * from articles where rowid in (\n select rowid from articles_fts where articles_fts match :search\n) order by rowid limit 101\nWe can do better than this by constructing a custom SQL query. Here\u2019s the query we will use instead:\nselect\n snippet(articles_fts, -1, 'b4de2a49c8', '8c94a2ed4b', '...', 100) as snippet,\n articles_fts.rank, articles.title, articles.url, articles.author, articles.year\nfrom articles\n join articles_fts on articles.rowid = articles_fts.rowid\nwhere articles_fts match :search || \"*\"\n order by rank limit 10;\nYou can try this query out directly - since Datasette opens the underling SQLite database in read-only mode and enforces a one second time limit on queries, it\u2019s safe to allow users to provide arbitrary SQL select queries for Datasette to execute.\nThere\u2019s a lot going on here! Let\u2019s break the SQL down line-by-line:\nselect\n snippet(articles_fts, -1, 'b4de2a49c8', '8c94a2ed4b', '...', 100) as snippet,\nWe\u2019re using snippet(), a built-in SQLite function, to generate a snippet highlighting the words that matched the query. We use two unique strings that I made up to mark the beginning and end of each match - you\u2019ll see why in the JavaScript later on.\n articles_fts.rank, articles.title, articles.url, articles.author, articles.year\nThese are the other fields we need back - most of them are from the articles table but we retrieve the rank (representing the strength of the search match) from the magical articles_fts table.\nfrom articles\n join articles_fts on articles.rowid = articles_fts.rowid\narticles is the table containing our data. articles_fts is a magic SQLite virtual table which implements full-text search - we need to join against it to be able to query it.\nwhere articles_fts match :search || \"*\"\n order by rank limit 10;\n:search || \"*\" takes the ?search= argument from the page querystring and adds a * to the end of it, giving us the wildcard search that we want for autocomplete. We then match that against the articles_fts table using the match operator. Finally, we order by rank so that the best matching results are returned at the top - and limit to the first 10 results.\nHow do we turn this into an API? As before, the secret is to add the .json extension. Datasette actually supports multiple shapes of JSON - we\u2019re going to use ?_shape=array to get back a plain array of objects:\nJSON API call to search for articles matching SVG\nThe HTML version of that page shows the time taken to execute the SQL in the footer. Hitting refresh a few times, I get response times between 2 and 5ms - easily fast enough to power a responsive autocomplete feature.\nA simple JavaScript autocomplete search interface\nI considered building this using React or Svelte or another of the myriad of JavaScript framework options available today, but then I remembered that vanilla JavaScript in 2018 is a very productive environment all on its own.\nWe need a few small utility functions: first, a classic debounce function adapted from this one by David Walsh:\nfunction debounce(func, wait, immediate) {\n let timeout;\n return function() {\n let context = this, args = arguments;\n let later = () => {\n timeout = null;\n if (!immediate) func.apply(context, args);\n };\n let callNow = immediate && !timeout;\n clearTimeout(timeout);\n timeout = setTimeout(later, wait);\n if (callNow) func.apply(context, args);\n };\n};\nWe\u2019ll use this to only send fetch() requests a maximum of once every 100ms while the user is typing.\nSince we\u2019re rendering data that might include HTML tags (24 ways is a site about web development after all), we need an HTML escaping function. I\u2019m amazed that browsers still don\u2019t bundle a default one of these:\nconst htmlEscape = (s) => s.replace(\n />/g, '>'\n).replace(\n /Autocomplete search\n\n
\nAnd now the autocomplete implementation itself, as a glorious, messy stream-of-consciousness of JavaScript:\n// Embed the SQL query in a multi-line backtick string:\nconst sql = `select\n snippet(articles_fts, -1, 'b4de2a49c8', '8c94a2ed4b', '...', 100) as snippet,\n articles_fts.rank, articles.title, articles.url, articles.author, articles.year\nfrom articles\n join articles_fts on articles.rowid = articles_fts.rowid\nwhere articles_fts match :search || \"*\"\n order by rank limit 10`;\n\n// Grab a reference to the \n
\n
${htmlEscape(r.author)} - ${r.year}
\n
${highlight(r.snippet)}
\n
'\n).replace(\n /8c94a2ed4b/g, ' '\n);\nThis is what those unique strings passed to the snippet() function were for.\nAvoiding race conditions in autocomplete\nOne trick in this code that you may not have seen before is the way race-conditions are handled. Any time you build an autocomplete feature, you have to consider the following case:\n\nUser types acces\nBrowser sends request A - querying documents matching acces*\nUser continues to type accessibility\nBrowser sends request B - querying documents matching accessibility*\nRequest B returns. It was fast, because there are fewer documents matching the full term\nThe results interface updates with the documents from request B, matching accessibility*\nRequest A returns results (this was the slower of the two requests)\nThe results interface updates with the documents from request A - results matching access*\n\nThis is a terrible user experience: the user saw their desired results for a brief second, and then had them snatched away and replaced with those results from earlier on.\nThankfully there\u2019s an easy way to avoid this. I set up a variable in the outer scope called requestInFlight, initially set to null.\nAny time I start a new fetch() request, I create a new currentRequest = {} object and assign it to the outer requestInFlight as well.\nWhen the fetch() completes, I use requestInFlight !== currentRequest to sanity check that the currentRequest object is strictly identical to the one that was in flight. If a new request has been triggered since we started the current request we can detect that and avoid updating the results.\nIt\u2019s not a lot of code, really\nAnd that\u2019s the whole thing! The code is pretty ugly, but when the entire implementation clocks in at fewer than 70 lines of JavaScript, I honestly don\u2019t think it matters. You\u2019re welcome to refactor it as much you like.\nHow good is this search implementation? I\u2019ve been building search engines for a long time using a wide variety of technologies and I\u2019m happy to report that using SQLite in this way is genuinely a really solid option. It scales happily up to hundreds of MBs (or even GBs) of data, and the fact that it\u2019s based on SQL makes it easy and flexible to work with.\nA surprisingly large number of desktop and mobile applications you use every day implement their search feature on top of SQLite.\nMore importantly though, I hope that this demonstrates that using Datasette for an API means you can build relatively sophisticated API-backed applications with very little backend programming effort. If you\u2019re working with a small-to-medium amount of data that changes infrequently, you may not need a more expensive database. Datasette-powered applications easily fit within the free tier of both Heroku and Zeit Now.\nFor more of my writing on Datasette, check out the datasette tag on my blog. And if you do build something fun with it, please let me know on Twitter.", "year": "2018", "author": "Simon Willison", "author_slug": "simonwillison", "published": "2018-12-19T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2018/fast-autocomplete-search-for-your-website/", "topic": "code"}
{"rowid": 250, "title": "Build up Your Leadership Toolbox", "contents": "Leadership. It can mean different things to different people and vary widely between companies. Leadership is more than just a job title. You won\u2019t wake up one day and magically be imbued with all you need to do a good job at leading. If we don\u2019t have a shared understanding of what a Good Leader looks like, how can we work on ourselves towards becoming one? How do you know if you even could be a leader? Can you be a leader without the title?\nWhat even is it?\nI got very frustrated way back in my days as a senior developer when I was given \u201cadvice\u201d about my leadership style; at the time I didn\u2019t have the words to describe the styles and ways in which I was leading to be able to push back. I heard these phrases a lot:\n\nyou need to step up\nyou need to take charge\nyou need to grab the bull by its horns\nyou need to have thicker skin\nyou need to just be more confident in your leading\nyou need to just make it happen\n\nI appreciate some people\u2019s intent was to help me, but honestly it did my head in. WAT?! What did any of this even mean. How exactly do you \u201cstep up\u201d and how are you evaluating what step I\u2019m on? I am confident, what does being even more confident help achieve with leading? Does that not lead you down the path of becoming an arrogant door knob? >___<\nWhile there is no One True Way to Lead, there is an overwhelming pattern of people in positions of leadership within tech industry being held by men. It felt a lot like what people were fundamentally telling me to do was to be more like an extroverted man. I was being asked to demonstrate more masculine associated qualities (#notallmen). I\u2019ll leave the gendered nature of leadership qualities as an exercise in googling for the reader.\nI\u2019ve never had a good manager and at the time had no one else to ask for help, so I turned to my trusted best friends. Books.\nI <3 books\nI refused to buy into that style of leadership as being the only accepted way to be. There had to be room for different kinds of people to be leaders and have different leadership styles.\nThere are three books that changed me forever in how I approach and think about leadership.\n\nPrimal leadership, by Daniel Goleman, Richard Boyatzis and Annie McKee\nQuiet, by Susan Cain\nDaring Greatly - How the Courage to be Vulnerable transforms the way we live, love, parent and Lead, by Bren\u00e9 Brown\n\nI recommend you read them. Ignore the slightly cheesy titles and trust me, just read them.\nPrimal leadership helped to give me the vocabulary and understanding I needed about the different styles of leadership there are, how and when to apply them.\nQuiet really helped me realise how much I was being undervalued and misunderstood in an extroverted world. If I\u2019d had managers or support from someone who valued introverts\u2019 strengths, things would\u2019ve been very different. I would\u2019ve had someone telling others to step down and shut up for a change rather than pushing on me to step up and talk louder over everyone else. It\u2019s OK to be different and needing different things like time to recharge or time to think before speaking. It also improved my ability to work alongside my more extroverted colleagues by giving me an understanding of their world so I could communicate my needs in a language they would get.\nBren\u00e9 Brown\u2019s book I am forever in debt to. Her work gave me the courage to stand up and be my own kind of leader. Even when no-one around me looked or sounded like me, I found my own voice.\nIt takes great courage to be vulnerable and open about what you can and can\u2019t do. Open about your mistakes. Vocalise what you don\u2019t know and asking for help. In some lights, these are seen as weaknesses and many have tried to use them against me, to pull me down and exclude me for talking about them. Dear reader, it did not work, they failed. The truth is, they are my greatest strengths. The privileges I have, I use for good as best and often as I can.\nJust like gender, leadership is not binary\nIf you google for what a leader is, you\u2019ll get many different answers. I personally think Bren\u00e9\u2019s version is the best as it is one that can apply to a wider range of people, irrespective of job title or function.\n\nI define a leader as anyone who takes responsibility for finding potential in people and processes, and who has the courage to develop that potential.\nBren\u00e9 Brown\n\nBeing a leader isn\u2019t about being the loudest in a room, having veto power, talking over people or ignoring everyone else\u2019s ideas. It\u2019s not about \u201ctelling people what to do\u201d. It\u2019s not about an elevated status that you\u2019re better than others. Nor is it about creating a hand wavey far away vision and forgetting to help support people in how to get there.\nBeing a Good Leader is about having a toolbox of leadership styles and skills to choose from depending on the situation. Knowing how and when to apply them is part of the challenge and difficulty in becoming good at it. It is something you will have to continuously work on, forever. There is no Done.\nLeaders are Made, they are not Born.\nBe flexible in your leadership style\n\nTypically, the best, most effective leaders act according to one or more of six distinct approaches to leadership and skillfully switch between the various styles depending on the situation.\n\nFrom the book, Primal Leadership, it gives a summary of 6 leadership styles which are:\n\nVisionary\nCoaching\nAffiliative\nDemocratic\nPacesetting\nCommanding\n\nVisionary, moves people toward a shared dream or future. When change requires a new vision or a clear direction is needed, using a visionary style of leadership helps communicate that picture. By learning how to effectively communicate a story you can help people to move in that direction and give them clarity on why they\u2019re doing what they\u2019re doing.\nCoaching, is about connecting what a person wants and helping to align that with organisation\u2019s goals. It\u2019s a balance of helping someone improve their performance to fulfil their role and their potential beyond.\nAffiliative, creates harmony by connecting people to each other and requires effective communication to aid facilitation of those connections. This style can be very impactful in healing rifts in a team or to help strengthen connections within and across teams. During stressful times having a positive and supportive connection to those around us really helps see us through those times.\nDemocratic, values people\u2019s input and gets commitment through participation. Taking this approach can help build buy-in or consensus and is a great way to get valuable input from people. The tricky part about this style, I find, is that when I gather and listen to everyone\u2019s input, that doesn\u2019t mean the end result is that I have to please everyone.\nThe next two, sadly, are the ones wielded far too often and have the greatest negative impact. It\u2019s where the \u201ctelling people what to do\u201d comes from. When used sparingly and in the right situations, they can be a force for good. However, they must not be your default style.\nPacesetting, when used well, it is about meeting challenging and exciting goals. When you need to get high-quality results from a motivated and well performing team, this can be great to help achieve real focus and drive. Sadly it is so overused and poorly executed it becomes the \u201cjust make it happen\u201d and driver of unrealistic workload which contributes to burnout.\nCommanding, when used appropriately soothes fears by giving clear direction in an emergency or crisis. When shit is on fire, you want to know that your leadership ability can help kick-start a turnaround and bring clarity. Then switch to another style. This approach is also required when dealing with problematic employees or unacceptable behaviour.\nCommanding style seems to be what a lot of people think being a leader is, taking control and commanding a situation. It should be used sparingly and only when absolutely necessary.\nBe responsible for the power you wield\nIf reading through those you find yourself feeling a bit guilty that maybe you overuse some of the styles, or overwhelmed that you haven\u2019t got all of these down and ready to use in your toolbox\u2026\nTake a breath. Take responsibility. Take action.\nNo one is perfect, and it\u2019s OK. You can start right now working on those. You can have a conversation with your team and try being open about how you\u2019re going to try some different styles. You can be vulnerable and own up to mistakes you might\u2019ve made followed with an apology. You can order those books and read them. Those books will give you more examples on those leadership styles and help you to find your own voice.\nThe impact you can have on the lives of those around you when you\u2019re a leader, is huge. You can help be that positive impact, help discover and develop potential in someone.\n\nTime spent understanding people is never wasted.\nCate Huston.\n\nI believe in you. <3 Mazz.", "year": "2018", "author": "Mazz Mosley", "author_slug": "mazzmosley", "published": "2018-12-10T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2018/build-up-your-leadership-toolbox/", "topic": "business"}
{"rowid": 251, "title": "The System, the Search, and the Food Bank", "contents": "Imagine a warehouse, half the length of a football field, with a looped conveyer belt down the center. \nOn the belt are plastic bins filled with assortments of shelf-stable food\u2014one may have two bags of potato chips, seventeen pudding cups, and a box of tissues; the next, a dozen cans of beets. The conveyer belt is ringed with large, empty cardboard boxes, each labeled with categories like \u201cBottled Water\u201d or \u201cCereal\u201d or \u201cCandy.\u201d \nSuch was the scene at my local food bank a few Saturdays ago, when some friends and I volunteered for a shift sorting donated food items. Our job was to fill the labeled cardboard boxes with the correct items nabbed from the swiftly moving, randomly stocked plastic bins.\nI could scarcely believe my good fortune of assignments. You want me to sort things? Into categories? For several hours? And you say there\u2019s an element of time pressure? Listen, is there some sort of permanent position I could be conscripted into.\nLook, I can\u2019t quite explain it: I just know that I love sorting, organizing, and classifying things\u2014groceries at a food bank, but also my bookshelves, my kitchen cabinets, my craft supplies, my dishwasher arrangement, yes I am a delight to live with, why do you ask?\nThe opportunity to create meaning from nothing is at the core of my excitement, which is why I\u2019ve tried to build a career out of organizing digital content, and why I brought a frankly frightening level of enthusiasm to the food bank. \u201cI can\u2019t believe they\u2019re letting me do this,\u201d I whispered in awe to my conveyer belt neighbor as I snapped up a bag of popcorn for the Snacks box with the kind of ferocity usually associated with birds of prey.\nThe jumble of donated items coming into the center need to be sorted in order for the food bank to be able to quantify, package, and distribute the food to those who need it (I sense a metaphor coming on). It\u2019s not just a nice-to-have that we spent our morning separating cookies from carrots\u2014it\u2019s a crucial step in the process. Organization makes the difference between chaos and sense, between randomness and usefulness, whether we\u2019re talking about donated groceries or\u2014there it is\u2014web content.\nThis happens through the magic of criteria matching. In order for us to sort the food bank donations correctly, we needed to know not only the categories we were sorting into, but also the criteria for each category. Does canned ravioli count as Canned Soup? Does enchilada sauce count as Tomatoes? Do protein bars count as Snacks? (Answers: yes, yes, and only if they are under 10 grams of protein or will expire within three months.) \nIs X a Y? was the question at the heart of our food sorting\u2014but it\u2019s also at the heart of any information-seeking behavior. When we are organizing, or looking for, any kind of information, we are asking ourselves:\n\nWhat is the criteria that defines Y?\nDoes X meet that criteria?\n\nWe don\u2019t usually articulate it so concretely because it\u2019s a background process, only leaping to consciousness when we encounter a stumbling block. If cans of broth flew by on the conveyer belt, it didn\u2019t require much thought to place them in the Canned Soup box. Boxed broth, on the other hand, wasn\u2019t allowed, causing a small cognitive hiccup\u2014this X is NOT a Y\u2014that sometimes meant having to re-sort our boxes.\nOn the web, we\u2019re interested\u2014I would hope\u2014in reducing cognitive hiccups for our users. We are interested in making our apps easy to use, our websites easy to navigate, our information easy to access. After all, most of the time, the process of using the internet is one of uniting a question with an answer\u2014Is this article from a trustworthy source? Is this clothing the style I want? Is this company paying their workers a living wage? Is this website one that can answer my question? Is X a Y?\nWe have a responsibility, therefore, to make information easy for our users to find, understand, and act on. This means\u2014well, this means a lot of things, and I\u2019ve got limited space here, so let\u2019s focus on these three lessons from the food bank:\n\n\nUse plain, familiar language. This advice seems to be given constantly, but that\u2019s because it\u2019s solid and it\u2019s not followed enough. Your menu labels, page names, and headings need to reflect the word choice of your users. Think how much harder it would have been to sort food if the boxes were labeled according to nutritional content, grocery store aisle number, or Latin name. How much would it slow sorting down if the Tomatoes box were labeled Nightshades? It sounds silly, but it\u2019s not that different from sites that use industry jargon, company lingo, acronyms (oh, yes, I\u2019ve seen it), or other internally focused language when trying to provide wayfinding for users. Choose words that your audience knows\u2014not only will they be more likely to spot what they\u2019re looking for on your site or app, but you\u2019ll turn up more often in search results.\n\n\nCreate consistency in all things. Missteps in consistency look like my earlier chicken broth example\u2014changing up how something looks, sounds, or functions creates a moment of cognitive dissonance, and those moments add up. The names of products, the names of brands, the names of files and forms and pages, the names of processes and procedures and concepts\u2014these all need to be consistently spelled, punctuated, linked, and referenced, no matter what section or level the user is in. If submenus are visible in one section, they should be visible in all. If calls-to-action are a graphic button in one section, they are the same graphic button in all. Every affordance, every module, every design choice sets up user expectations; consistency keeps those expectations afloat, making for a smoother experience overall.\n\nMake the system transparent. By this, I do not mean that every piece of content should be elevated at all times. The horror. But I do mean that we should make an effort to communicate the boundaries of the digital space from any given corner within. Navigation structures operate just as much as a table of contents as they do a method of moving from one place to another. Page hierarchies help explain content relationships, communicating conceptual relevancy and relative importance. Submenus illustrate which related concepts may be found within a given site section. Take care to show information that conveys the depth and breadth of the system, rather than obscuring it.\n\nThis idea of transparency was perhaps the biggest challenge we experienced in food sorting. Imagine us volunteers as users, each looking for a specific piece of information in the larger system. Like any new visitor to a website, we came into the system not knowing the full picture. We didn\u2019t know every category label around the conveyer belt, nor what criteria each category warranted. \nThe system wasn\u2019t transparent for us, so we had to make it transparent as we went. We had to stop what we were doing and ask questions. We\u2019d ask staff members. We\u2019d ask more seasoned volunteers. We\u2019d ask each other. We\u2019d make guesses, and guess wrongly, and mess up the boxes, and correct our mistakes, and learn.\nThe more we learned, the easier the sorting became. That is, we were able to sort more quickly, more efficiently, more accurately. The better we understood the system, the better we were at interacting with it.\nThe same is true of our users: the better they understand digital spaces, the more effective they are at using them. But visitors to our apps and websites do not have the luxury of learning the whole system. The fumbling trial-and-error method that I used at the food bank can, on a website, drive users away\u2014or, worse, misinform or hurt them. \nThis is why we must make choices that prioritize transparency, consistency, and familiarity. Our users want to know if X is a Y\u2014well-sorted content can give them the answer.", "year": "2018", "author": "Lisa Maria Martin", "author_slug": "lisamariamartin", "published": "2018-12-16T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2018/the-system-the-search-and-the-food-bank/", "topic": "content"}
{"rowid": 252, "title": "Turn Jekyll up to Eleventy", "contents": "Sometimes it pays not to over complicate things. While many of the sites we use on a daily basis require relational databases to manage their content and dynamic pages to respond to user input, for smaller, simpler sites, serving pre-rendered static HTML is usually a much cheaper \u2014 and more secure \u2014 option. \nThe JAMstack (JavaScript, reusable APIs, and prebuilt Markup) is a popular marketing term for this way of building websites, but in some ways it\u2019s a return to how things were in the early days of the web, before developers started tinkering with CGI scripts or Personal HomePage. Indeed, my website has always served pre-rendered HTML; first with the aid of Movable Type and more recently using Jekyll, which Anna wrote about in 2013.\nBy combining three approachable languages \u2014 Markdown for content, YAML for data and Liquid for templating \u2014 the ergonomics of Jekyll found broad appeal, influencing the design of the many static site generators that followed. But Jekyll is not without its faults. Aside from notoriously slow build times, it\u2019s also built using Ruby. While this is an elegant programming language, it is yet another ecosystem to understand and manage, and often alongside one we already use: JavaScript. For all my time using Jekyll, I would think to myself \u201cthis, but in Node\u201d. Thankfully, one of Santa\u2019s elves (Zach Leatherman) granted my Atwoodian wish and placed such a static site generator under my tree.\nIntroducing Eleventy\nEleventy is a more flexible alternative Jekyll. Besides being written in Node, it\u2019s less strict about how to organise files and, in addition to Liquid, supports other templating languages like EJS, Pug, Handlebars and Nunjucks. Best of all, its build times are significantly faster (with future optimisations promising further gains).\nAs content is saved using the familiar combination of YAML front matter and Markdown, transitioning from Jekyll to Eleventy may seem like a reasonable idea. Yet as I\u2019ve discovered, there are a few gotchas. If you\u2019ve been considering making the switch, here are a few tips and tricks to help you on your way1.\nNote: Throughout this article, I\u2019ll be converting Matt Cone\u2019s Markdown Guide site as an example. If you want to follow along, start by cloning the git repository, and then change into the project directory:\ngit clone https://github.com/mattcone/markdown-guide.git\ncd markdown-guide\nBefore you start\nIf you\u2019ve used tools like Grunt, Gulp or Webpack, you\u2019ll be familiar with Node.js but, if you\u2019ve been exclusively using Jekyll to compile your assets as well as generate your HTML, now\u2019s the time to install Node.js and set up your project to work with its package manager, NPM:\n\nInstall Node.js:\n\nMac: If you haven\u2019t already, I recommend installing Homebrew, a package manager for the Mac. Then in the Terminal type brew install node.\nWindows: Download the Windows installer from the Node.js website and follow the instructions.\n\nInitiate NPM: Ensure you are in the directory of your project and then type npm init. This command will ask you a few questions before creating a file called package.json. Like RubyGems\u2019s Gemfile, this file contains a list of your project\u2019s third-party dependencies.\n\nIf you\u2019re managing your site with Git, make sure to add node_modules to your .gitignore file too. Unlike RubyGems, NPM stores its dependencies alongside your project files. This folder can get quite large, and as it contains binaries compiled to work with the host computer, it shouldn\u2019t be version controlled. Eleventy will also honour the contents of this file, meaning anything you want Git to ignore, Eleventy will ignore too.\nInstalling Eleventy\nWith Node.js installed and your project setup to work with NPM, we can now install Eleventy as a dependency:\nnpm install --save-dev @11ty/eleventy\nIf you open package.json you should see the following:\n\u2026\n\"devDependencies\": {\n \"@11ty/eleventy\": \"^0.6.0\"\n}\n\u2026\nWe can now run Eleventy from the command line using NPM\u2019s npx command. For example, to covert the README.md file to HTML, we can run the following:\nnpx eleventy --input=README.md --formats=md\nThis command will generate a rendered HTML file at _site/README/index.html. Like Jekyll, Eleventy shares the same default name for its output directory (_site), a pattern we will see repeatedly during the transition.\nConfiguration\nWhereas Jekyll uses the declarative YAML syntax for its configuration file, Eleventy uses JavaScript. This allows its options to be scripted, enabling some powerful possibilities as we\u2019ll see later on.\nWe\u2019ll start by creating our configuration file (.eleventy.js), copying the relevant settings in _config.yml over to their equivalent options:\nmodule.exports = function(eleventyConfig) {\n return {\n dir: {\n input: \"./\", // Equivalent to Jekyll's source property\n output: \"./_site\" // Equivalent to Jekyll's destination property\n }\n };\n};\nA few other things to bear in mind:\n\n\nWhereas Jekyll allows you to list folders and files to ignore under its exclude property, Eleventy looks for these values inside a file called .eleventyignore (in addition to .gitignore).\n\nBy default, Eleventy uses markdown-it to parse Markdown. If your content uses advanced syntax features (such as abbreviations, definition lists and footnotes), you\u2019ll need to pass Eleventy an instance of this (or another) Markdown library configured with the relevant options and plugins.\n\nLayouts\nOne area Eleventy currently lacks flexibility is the location of layouts, which must reside within the _includes directory (see this issue on GitHub).\nWanting to keep our layouts together, we\u2019ll move them from _layouts to _includes/layouts, and then update references to incorporate the layouts sub-folder. We could update the layout: frontmatter property in each of our content files, but another option is to create aliases in Eleventy\u2019s config:\nmodule.exports = function(eleventyConfig) {\n // Aliases are in relation to the _includes folder\n eleventyConfig.addLayoutAlias('about', 'layouts/about.html');\n eleventyConfig.addLayoutAlias('book', 'layouts/book.html');\n eleventyConfig.addLayoutAlias('default', 'layouts/default.html');\n\n return {\n dir: {\n input: \"./\",\n output: \"./_site\"\n }\n };\n}\nDetermining which template language to use\nEleventy will transform Markdown (.md) files using Liquid by default, but we\u2019ll need to tell Eleventy how to process other files that are using Liquid templates. There are a few ways to achieve this, but the easiest is to use file extensions. In our case, we have some files in our api folder that we want to process with Liquid and output as JSON. By appending the .liquid file extension (i.e. basic-syntax.json becomes basic-syntax.json.liquid), Eleventy will know what to do.\nVariables\nOn the surface, Jekyll and Eleventy appear broadly similar, but as each models its content and data a little differently, some template variables will need updating.\nSite variables\nAlongside build settings, Jekyll let\u2019s you store common values in its configuration file which can be accessed in our templates via the site.* namespace. For example, in our Markdown Guide, we have the following values:\ntitle: \"Markdown Guide\"\nurl: https://www.markdownguide.org\nbaseurl: \"\"\nrepo: http://github.com/mattcone/markdown-guide\ncomments: false\nauthor:\n name: \"Matt Cone\"\nog_locale: \"en_US\"\nEleventy\u2019s configuration uses JavaScript which is not suited to storing values like this. However, like Jekyll, we can use data files to store common values. If we add our site-wide values to a JSON file inside a folder called _data and name this file site.json, we can keep the site.* namespace and leave our variables unchanged.\n{\n \"title\": \"Markdown Guide\",\n \"url\": \"https://www.markdownguide.org\",\n \"baseurl\": \"\",\n \"repo\": \"http://github.com/mattcone/markdown-guide\",\n \"comments\": false,\n \"author\": {\n \"name\": \"Matt Cone\"\n },\n \"og_locale\": \"en_US\"\n}\nPage variables\nThe table below shows a mapping of common page variables. As a rule, frontmatter properties are accessed directly, whereas derived metadata values (things like URLs, dates etc.) get prefixed with the page.* namespace:\n\n\n\nJekyll\nEleventy\n\n\n\n\npage.url\npage.url\n\n\npage.date\npage.date\n\n\npage.path\npage.inputPath\n\n\npage.id\npage.outputPath\n\n\npage.name\npage.fileSlug\n\n\npage.content\ncontent\n\n\npage.title\ntitle\n\n\npage.foobar\nfoobar\n\n\n\nWhen iterating through pages, frontmatter values are available via the data object while content is available via templateContent:\n\n\n\nJekyll\nEleventy\n\n\n\n\nitem.url\nitem.url\n\n\nitem.date\nitem.date\n\n\nitem.path\nitem.inputPath\n\n\nitem.name\nitem.fileSlug\n\n\nitem.id\nitem.outputPath\n\n\nitem.content\nitem.templateContent\n\n\nitem.title\nitem.data.title\n\n\nitem.foobar\nitem.data.foobar\n\n\n\nIdeally the discrepancy between page and item variables will change in a future version (see this GitHub issue), making it easier to understand the way Eleventy structures its data.\nPagination variables\nWhereas Jekyll\u2019s pagination feature is limited to paginating posts on one page, Eleventy allows you to paginate any collection of documents or data. Given this disparity, the changes to pagination are more significant, but this table shows a mapping of equivalent variables:\n\n\n\nJekyll\nEleventy\n\n\n\n\npaginator.page\npagination.pageNumber\n\n\npaginator.per_page\npagination.size\n\n\npaginator.posts\npagination.items\n\n\npaginator.previous_page_path\npagination.previousPageHref\n\n\npaginator.next_page_path\npagination.nextPageHref\n\n\n\nFilters\nAlthough Jekyll uses Liquid, it provides a set of filters that are not part of the core Liquid library. There are quite a few \u2014 more than can be covered by this article \u2014 but you can replicate them by using Eleventy\u2019s addFilter configuration option. Let\u2019s convert two used by our Markdown Guide: jsonify and where.\nThe jsonify filter outputs an object or string as valid JSON. As JavaScript provides a native JSON method, we can use this in our replacement filter. addFilter takes two arguments; the first is the name of the filter and the second is the function to which we will pass the content we want to transform:\n// {{ variable | jsonify }}\neleventyConfig.addFilter('jsonify', function (variable) {\n return JSON.stringify(variable);\n});\nJekyll\u2019s where filter is a little more complicated in that it takes two additional arguments: the key to look for, and the value it should match:\n{{ site.members | where: \"graduation_year\",\"2014\" }}\nTo account for this, instead of passing one value to the second argument of addFilter, we can instead pass three: the array we want to examine, the key we want to look for and the value it should match:\n// {{ array | where: key,value }}\neleventyConfig.addFilter('where', function (array, key, value) {\n return array.filter(item => {\n const keys = key.split('.');\n const reducedKey = keys.reduce((object, key) => {\n return object[key];\n }, item);\n\n return (reducedKey === value ? item : false);\n });\n});\nThere\u2019s quite a bit going on within this filter, but I\u2019ll try to explain. Essentially we\u2019re examining each item in our array, reducing key (passed as a string using dot notation) so that it can be parsed correctly (as an object reference) before comparing its value to value. If it matches, item remains in the returned array, else it\u2019s removed. Phew!\nIncludes\nAs with filters, Jekyll provides a set of tags that aren\u2019t strictly part of Liquid either. This includes one of the most useful, the include tag. LiquidJS, the library Eleventy uses, does provide an include tag, but one using the slightly different syntax defined by Shopify. If you\u2019re not passing variables to your includes, everything should work without modification. Otherwise, note that whereas with Jekyll you would do this:\n\n{% include include.html value=\"key\" %}\n\n\n{{ include.value }}\nin Eleventy, you would do this:\n\n{% include \"include.html\", value: \"key\" %}\n\n\n{{ value }}\nA downside of Shopify\u2019s syntax is that variable assignments are no longer scoped to the include and can therefore leak; keep this in mind when converting your templates as you may need to make further adjustments.\nTweaking Liquid\nYou may have noticed in the above example that LiquidJS expects the names of included files to be quoted (else it treats them as variables). We could update our templates to add quotes around file names (the recommended approach), but we could also disable this behaviour by setting LiquidJS\u2019s dynamicPartials option to false. Additionally, Eleventy doesn\u2019t support the include_relative tag, meaning you can\u2019t include files relative to the current document. However, LiquidJS does let us define multiple paths to look for included files via its root option. \nThankfully, Eleventy allows us to pass options to LiquidJS:\neleventyConfig.setLiquidOptions({\n dynamicPartials: false,\n root: [\n '_includes',\n '.'\n ]\n});\nCollections\nJekyll\u2019s collections feature lets authors create arbitrary collections of documents beyond pages and posts. Eleventy provides a similar feature, but in a far more powerful way.\nCollections in Jekyll\nIn Jekyll, creating collections requires you to add the name of your collections to _config.yml and create corresponding folders in your project. Our Markdown Guide has two collections:\ncollections:\n - basic-syntax\n - extended-syntax\nThese correspond to the folders _basic-syntax and _extended-syntax whose content we can iterate over like so:\n{% for syntax in site.extended-syntax %}\n {{ syntax.title }}\n{% endfor %}\nCollections in Eleventy\nThere are two ways you can set up collections in 11ty. The first, and most straightforward, is to use the tag property in content files:\n---\ntitle: Strikethrough\nsyntax-id: strikethrough\nsyntax-summary: \"~~The world is flat.~~\"\ntag: extended-syntax\n---\nWe can then iterate over tagged content like this:\n{% for syntax in collections.extended-syntax %}\n {{ syntax.data.title }}\n{% endfor %}\nEleventy also allows us to configure collections programmatically. For example, instead of using tags, we can search for files using a glob pattern (a way of specifying a set of filenames to search for using wildcard characters):\neleventyConfig.addCollection('basic-syntax', collection => {\n return collection.getFilteredByGlob('_basic-syntax/*.md');\n});\n\neleventyConfig.addCollection('extended-syntax', collection => {\n return collection.getFilteredByGlob('_extended-syntax/*.md');\n});\nWe can extend this further. For example, say we wanted to sort a collection by the display_order property in our document\u2019s frontmatter. We could take the results of collection.getFilteredByGlob and then use JavaScript\u2019s sort method to sort the result:\neleventyConfig.addCollection('example', collection => {\n return collection.getFilteredByGlob('_examples/*.md').sort((a, b) => {\n return a.data.display_order - b.data.display_order;\n });\n});\nHopefully, this gives you just a hint of what\u2019s possible using this approach.\nUsing directory data to manage defaults\nBy default, Eleventy will maintain the structure of your content files when generating your site. In our case, that means /_basic-syntax/lists.md is generated as /_basic-syntax/lists/index.html. Like Jekyll, we can change where files are saved using the permalink property. For example, if we want the URL for this page to be /basic-syntax/lists.html we can add the following:\n---\ntitle: Lists\nsyntax-id: lists\napi: \"no\"\npermalink: /basic-syntax/lists.html\n---\nAgain, this is probably not something we want to manage on a file-by-file basis but again, Eleventy has features that can help: directory data and permalink variables.\nFor example, to achieve the above for all content stored in the _basic-syntax folder, we can create a JSON file that shares the name of that folder and sits inside it, i.e. _basic-syntax/_basic-syntax.json and set our default values. For permalinks, we can use Liquid templating to construct our desired path:\n{\n \"layout\": \"syntax\",\n \"tag\": \"basic-syntax\",\n \"permalink\": \"basic-syntax/{{ title | slug }}.html\"\n}\nHowever, Markdown Guide doesn\u2019t publish syntax examples at individual permanent URLs, it merely uses content files to store data. So let\u2019s change things around a little. No longer tied to Jekyll\u2019s rules about where collection folders should be saved and how they should be labelled, we\u2019ll move them into a folder called _content:\nmarkdown-guide\n\u2514\u2500\u2500 _content\n \u251c\u2500\u2500 basic-syntax\n \u251c\u2500\u2500 extended-syntax\n \u251c\u2500\u2500 getting-started\n \u2514\u2500\u2500 _content.json\nWe will also add a directory data file (_content.json) inside this folder. As directory data is applied recursively, setting permalink to false will mean all content in this folder and its children will no longer be published:\n{\n \"permalink\": false\n}\nStatic files\nEleventy only transforms files whose template language it\u2019s familiar with. But often we may have static assets that don\u2019t need converting, but do need copying to the destination directory. For this, we can use pass-through file copy. In our configuration file, we tell Eleventy what folders/files to copy with the addPassthroughCopy option. Then in the return statement, we enable this feature by setting passthroughFileCopy to true:\nmodule.exports = function(eleventyConfig) {\n \u2026\n\n // Copy the `assets` directory to the compiled site folder\n eleventyConfig.addPassthroughCopy('assets');\n\n return {\n dir: {\n input: \"./\",\n output: \"./_site\"\n },\n passthroughFileCopy: true\n };\n}\nFinal considerations\nAssets\nUnlike Jekyll, Eleventy provides no support for asset compilation or bundling scripts \u2014 we have plenty of choices in that department already. If you\u2019ve been using Jekyll to compile Sass files into CSS, or CoffeeScript into Javascript, you will need to research alternative options, options which are beyond the scope of this article, sadly.\nPublishing to GitHub Pages\nOne of the benefits of Jekyll is its deep integration with GitHub Pages. To publish an Eleventy generated site \u2014 or any site not built with Jekyll \u2014 to GitHub Pages can be quite involved, but typically involves copying the generated site to the gh-pages branch or including that branch as a submodule. Alternatively, you could use a continuous integration service like Travis or CircleCI and push the generated site to your web server. It\u2019s enough to make your head spin! Perhaps for this reason, a number of specialised static site hosts have emerged such as Netlify and Google Firebase. But remember; you can publish a static site almost anywhere!\n\nGoing one louder\nIf you\u2019ve been considering making the switch, I hope this brief overview has been helpful. But it also serves as a reminder why it can be prudent to avoid jumping aboard bandwagons. \nWhile it\u2019s fun to try new software and emerging technologies, doing so can require a lot of work and compromise. For all of Eleventy\u2019s appeal, it\u2019s only a year old so has little in the way of an ecosystem of plugins or themes. It also only has one maintainer. Jekyll on the other hand is a mature project with a large community of maintainers and contributors supporting it.\nI moved my site to Eleventy because the slowness and inflexibility of Jekyll was preventing me from doing the things I wanted to do. But I also had time to invest in the transition. After reading this guide, and considering the specific requirements of your project, you may decide to stick with Jekyll, especially if the output will essentially stay the same. And that\u2019s perfectly fine! \nBut these go to 11.\n\n\n\n\nInformation provided is correct as of Eleventy v0.6.0 and Jekyll v3.8.5\u00a0\u21a9", "year": "2018", "author": "Paul Lloyd", "author_slug": "paulrobertlloyd", "published": "2018-12-11T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2018/turn-jekyll-up-to-eleventy/", "topic": "content"}
{"rowid": 253, "title": "Clip Paths Know No Bounds", "contents": "CSS Shapes are getting a lot of attention as browser support has increased for properties like shape-outside and clip-path. There are a few ways that we can use CSS Shapes, in particular with the clip-path property, that are not necessarily evident at first glance.\nThe basics of a clip path\nBefore we dig into specific techniques to expand on clip paths, we should first take a look at a basic shape and clip-path. Clip paths can apply a CSS Shape such as a circle(), ellipse(), inset(), or the flexible polygon() to any element. Everywhere in the element that is not within the bounds of our shape will be visually removed.\nUsing the polygon shape function, for example, we can create triangles, stars, or other straight-edged shapes as on Bennett Feely\u2019s Clippy. While fixed units like pixels can be used when defining vertices/points (where the sides meet), percentages will give more flexibility to adapt to the element\u2019s dimensions.\nSee the Pen Clip Path Box by Dan Wilson (@danwilson) on CodePen.\n\nSo for an octagon, we can set eight x, y pairs of percentages to define those points. In this case we start 30% into the width of the box for the first x and at the top of the box for the y and go clockwise. The visible area becomes the interior of the shape made by connecting these points with straight lines.\nclip-path: polygon(\n 30% 0%,\n 70% 0%,\n 100% 30%,\n 100% 70%,\n 70% 100%,\n 30% 100%,\n 0% 70%,\n 0% 30%\n);\nA shape with less vertices than the eye can see\nIt\u2019s reasonable to look at the polygon() function and assume that we need to have one pair of x, y coordinates for every point in our shape. However, we gain some flexibility by thinking outside the box \u2014 or more specifically when we think outside the range of 0% - 100%.\nOur element\u2019s box model will be the ultimate boundary for a clip-path, but we can still define points that exist beyond that natural box for an element.\nSee the Pen CSS Shapes Know No Bounds by Dan Wilson (@danwilson) on CodePen.\n\nBy going beyond the 0% - 100% range we can turn a polygon with three points into a quadrilateral, a pentagon, or a hexagon. In this example the shapes used are all similar triangles defining three points, but due to exceeding the bounds for our element box we visually see one triangle and two pentagons.\nOur earlier octagon can similarly be made with only four points.\nSee the Pen Octagon with four points by Dan Wilson (@danwilson) on CodePen.\n\nMultiple shapes, one clip path\nWe can lean on this power of going beyond the bounds of our element to also create more than one visual shape with a single polygon().\nSee the Pen Multiple shapes from one clip-path by Dan Wilson (@danwilson) on CodePen.\n\nDepending on how we lay it out we can make each shape directly, but since we know we can move around in the space beyond the element\u2019s box, we can draw extra lines to help us get where we need to go next as needed.\nIt can also help us in slicing an element. Combined with CSS Variables, we can work with overlapping elements and clip each one into alternating strips. This example is two elements, each divided into a few rectangles.\nSee the Pen 24w: Sliced Icon by Dan Wilson (@danwilson) on CodePen.\n\nDifferent shapes with fill rules\nA polygon() is not just a collection of points. There is one more key piece to its puzzle according to the specification \u2014 the Fill Rule. The default value we have been using so far is nonzero, and the second option is evenodd. These two values help determine what is considered inside and outside the shape.\nSee the Pen A Star Multiways by Dan Wilson (@danwilson) on CodePen.\n\nAs lines intersect we can get into situations where pieces seemingly on the inside can be considered outside the shape boundary. When using the evenodd fill rule, we can determine if a given point is inside or outside the boundary by drawing a ray from the point in any direction. If the ray crosses an even number of the clip path\u2019s lines, the point is considered outside, and if it crosses an odd number the point is inside.\nOrder of operations\nIt is important to note that there are many CSS properties that affect the final composited appearance of an element via CSS Filters, Blend Modes, and more.\nThese compositing effects are applied in the order:\n\nCSS Filters (e.g. filter: blur(2px))\nClipping (e.g. what this article is about)\nMasking (Clipping\u2019s cousin)\nBlend Modes (e.g. mix-blend-mode: multiply)\nOpacity\n\nThis means if we want to have a star shape and blur it, the blur will happen before the clip. And since blurs are most noticeable around the edge of an element box, the effect might be completely lost since we have clipped away the element\u2019s box edges.\nSee the Pen Order of Filter + Clip by Dan Wilson (@danwilson) on CodePen.\n\nIf we want the edges of the star to be blurred, we do have the option to wrap our clipped element in a blurred parent element. The inner element will be rendered first (with its star clip) and then the parent will blur its contents normally.\nRevealing content with animation\nCSS Shapes can be transitioned and animated, allowing us to animate the visual area of our element without affecting the content within. For example, we can start with visually hidden content (fully clipped) and grow the clip path to reveal the content within. The important caveat for polygon() is that the number of points need to be the same for each keyframe, as well as the fill rule. Otherwise the browser will not have enough information to interpolate the intermediate values. \nSee the Pen Clip Path Shape Reveal by Dan Wilson (@danwilson) on CodePen.\n\nDon\u2019t keep CSS Shapes in a box\nClip paths give us some interesting new possibilities, especially when we think of them as more than just basic shapes. We may be heavily modifying the visual representation of our elements with clip-path, but the underlying content remains unchanged and accessible which makes this property fairly powerful.", "year": "2018", "author": "Dan Wilson", "author_slug": "danwilson", "published": "2018-12-20T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2018/clip-paths-know-no-bounds/", "topic": "code"}
{"rowid": 254, "title": "What I Learned in Six Years at GDS", "contents": "When I joined the Government Digital Service in April 2012, GOV.UK was just going into public beta. GDS was a completely new organisation, part of the Cabinet Office, with a mission to stop wasting government money on over-complicated and underperforming big IT projects and instead deliver simple, useful services for the public.\nLots of people who were experts in their fields were drawn in by this inspiring mission, and I learned loads from working with some true leaders. Here are three of the main things I learned.\n1. What is the user need?\n\u2028The main discipline I learned from my time at GDS was to always ask \u2018what is the user need?\u2019 It\u2019s very easy to build something that seems like a good idea, but until you\u2019ve identified what problem you are solving for the user, you can\u2019t be sure that you are building something that is going to help solve an actual problem.\nA really good example of this is GOV.UK Notify. This service was originally conceived of as a status tracker; a \u201cwhere\u2019s my stuff\u201d for government services. For example, if you apply for a passport online, it can take up to six weeks to arrive. After a few weeks, you might feel anxious and phone the Home Office to ask what\u2019s happening. The idea of the status tracker was to allow you to get this information online, saving your time and saving government money on call centres.\nThe project started, as all GDS projects do, with a discovery. The main purpose of a discovery is to identify the users\u2019 needs. At the end of this discovery, the team realised that a status tracker wasn\u2019t the way to address the problem. As they wrote in this blog post: \n\nStatus tracking tools are often just \u2018channel shift\u2019 for anxiety. They solve the symptom and not the problem. They do make it more convenient for people to reduce their anxiety, but they still require them to get anxious enough to request an update in the first place.\n\nWhat would actually address the user need would be to give you the information before you get anxious about where your passport is. For example, when your application is received, email you to let you know when to expect it, and perhaps text you at various points in the process to let you know how it\u2019s going. So instead of a status tracker, the team built GOV.UK Notify, to make it easy for government services to incorporate text, email and even letter notifications into their processes.\nMaking sure you know your user\nAt GDS user needs were taken very seriously. We had a user research lab on site and everyone was required to spend two hours observing user research every six weeks. Ideally you\u2019d observe users working with things you\u2019d built, but even if they weren\u2019t, it was an incredibly valuable experience, and something you should seek out if you are able to.\nEven if we think we understand our users very well, it is very enlightening to see how users actually use your stuff. Partly because in technology we tend to be power users and the average user doesn\u2019t use technology the same way we do. But even if you are building things for other developers, someone who is unfamiliar with it will interact with it in a way that may be very different to what you have envisaged.\nUser needs is not just about building things\nAsking the question \u201cwhat is the user need?\u201d really helps focus on why you are doing what you are doing. It keeps things on track, and helps the team think about what the actual desired end goal is (and should be). \nThinking about user needs has helped me with lots of things, not just building services. For example, you are raising a pull request. What\u2019s the user need? The reviewer needs to be able to easily understand what the change you are proposing is, why you are proposing that change and any areas you need particular help on with the review. \nOr you are writing an email to a colleague. What\u2019s the user need? What are you hoping the reader will learn, understand or do as a result of your email?\n2. Make things open: it makes things better\nThe second important thing I learned at GDS was \u2018make things open: it makes things better\u2019. This works on many levels: being open about your strategy, blogging about what you are doing and what you\u2019ve learned (including mistakes), and \u2013 the part that I got most involved in \u2013 coding in the open.\nTalking about your work helps clarify it\nOne thing we did really well at GDS was blogging \u2013 a lot \u2013 about what we were working on. Blogging about what you are working on is is really valuable for the writer because it forces you to think logically about what you are doing in order to tell a good story. If you are blogging about upcoming work, it makes you think clearly about why you\u2019re doing it; and it also means that people can comment on the blog post. Often people had really useful suggestions or clarifying questions.\nIt\u2019s also really valuable to blog about what you\u2019ve learned, especially if you\u2019ve made a mistake. It makes sure you\u2019ve learned the lesson and helps others avoid making the same mistakes. As well as blogging about lessons learned, GOV.UK also publishes incident reports when there is an outage or service degradation. Being open about things like this really engenders an atmosphere of trust and safe learning; which helps make things better.\nCoding in the open has a lot of benefits\nIn my last year at GDS I was the Open Source Lead, and one of the things I focused on was the requirement that all new government source code should be open. From the start, GDS coded in the open (the GitHub organisation still has the non-intuitive name alphagov, because it was created by the team doing the original Alpha of GOV.UK, before GDS was even formed).\nWhen I first joined GDS I was a little nervous about the fact that anyone could see my code. I worried about people seeing my mistakes, or receiving critical code reviews. (Setting people\u2019s mind at rest about these things is why it\u2019s crucial to have good standards around communication and positive behaviour - even a critical code review should be considerately given). \nBut I quickly realised there were huge advantages to coding in the open. In the same way as blogging your decisions makes you think carefully about whether they are good ones and what evidence you have, the fact that anyone in the world could see your code (even if, in practice, they probably won\u2019t be looking) makes everyone raise their game slightly. The very fact that you know it\u2019s open, makes you make it a bit better.\nIt helps with lots of other things as well, for example it makes it easier to collaborate with people and share your work. And now that I\u2019ve left GDS, it\u2019s so useful to be able to look back at code I worked on to remember how things worked.\nShare what you learn\nIt\u2019s sometimes hard to know where to start with being open about things, but it gets easier and becomes more natural as you practice. It helps you clarify your thoughts and follow through on what you\u2019ve decided to do. Working at GDS when this was a very important principle really helped me learn how to do this well.\n3. Do the hard work to make it simple (tech edition)\n\u2018Start with user needs\u2019 and \u2018Make things open: it makes things better\u2019 are two of the excellent government design principles. They are all good, but the third thing that I want to talk about is number 4: \u2018Do the hard work to make it simple\u2019, and specifically, how this manifests itself in the way we build technology.\nAt GDS, we worked very hard to do the hard work to make the code, systems and technology we built simple for those who came after us. For example, writing good commit messages is taken very seriously. There is commit message guidance, and it was not unusual for a pull request review to ask for a commit message to be rewritten to make a commit message clearer.\nWe worked very hard on making pull requests good, keeping the reviewer in mind and making it clear to the user how best to review it.\nReviewing others\u2019 pull requests is the highest priority so that no-one is blocked, and teams have screens showing the status of open pull requests (using fourth wall) and we even had a \u2018pull request seal\u2019, a bot that publishes pull requests to Slack and gets angry if they are uncommented on for more than two days.\nMaking it easier for developers to support the site\nAnother example of doing the hard work to make it simple was the opsmanual. I spent two years on the web operations team on GOV.UK, and one of the things I loved about that team was the huge efforts everyone went to to be open and inclusive to developers.\nThe team had some people who were really expert in web ops, but they were all incredibly helpful when bringing me on board as a developer with no previous experience of web ops, and also patiently explaining things whenever other devs in similar positions came with questions. \nThe main artefact of this was the opsmanual, which contained write-ups of how to do lots of things. One of the best things was that every alert that might lead to someone being woken up in the middle of the night had a link to documentation on the opsmanual which detailed what the alert meant and some suggested actions that could be taken to address it.\nThis was important because most of the devs on GOV.UK were on the on-call rota, so if they were woken at 3am by an alert they\u2019d never seen before, the opsmanual information might give them everything they needed to solve it, without the years of web ops training and the deep familiarity with the GOV.UK infrastructure that came with working on it every day.\nDevelopers are users too\nDoing the hard work to make it simple means that users can do what they need to do, and this applies even when the users are your developer peers. At GDS I really learned how to focus on simplicity for the user, and how much better this makes things work.\nThese three principles help us make great things\nI learned so much more in my six years at GDS. For example, the civil service has a very fair way of interviewing. I learned about the importance of good comms, working late, responsibly and the value of content design.\nAnd the real heart of what I learned, the guiding principles that help us deliver great products, is encapsulated by the three things I\u2019ve talked about here: think about the user need, make things open, and do the hard work to make it simple.", "year": "2018", "author": "Anna Shipman", "author_slug": "annashipman", "published": "2018-12-08T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2018/what-i-learned-in-six-years-at-gds/", "topic": "business"}
{"rowid": 255, "title": "Inclusive Considerations When Restyling Form Controls", "contents": "I would like to begin by saying 2018 was the year that we, as developers, visual designers, browser implementers, and inclusive design and experience specialists rallied together and achieved a long-sought goal: We now have the ability to fully style form controls, across all modern browsers, while retaining their ease of declaration, native functionality and accessibility.\nI would like to begin by saying all these things. However, they\u2019re not true. I think we spent the year debating about what file extension CSS should be written in, or something. Or was that last year? Maybe I\u2019m thinking of next year.\nReturning to reality, styling form controls is more tricky and time consuming these days rather than flat out \u201chard\u201d. In fact, depending on the length of the styling-leash a particular browser provides, there are controls you can style quite a bit. As for browsers with shorter leashes, there are other options to force their controls closer to the visual design you\u2019re tasked to match.\nHowever, when striving for custom styled controls, one must be careful not to forget about the inherent functionality and accessibility that many provide. People expect and deserve the products and services they use and pay for to work for them. If these services are visually pleasing, but only function for those who fit the handful of personas they\u2019ve been designed for, then we\u2019ve potentially deprived many people the experiences they deserve.\nQuick level setting\nGetting down to brass tacks, when creating custom styled form controls that should retain their expected semantics and functionality, we have to consider the following:\n\nMany form elements can be styled directly through standard and browser specific selectors, as well as through some clever styling of markup patterns. We should leverage these native options before reinventing any wheels.\nIt is important to preserve the underlying semantics of interactive controls. We must not unintentionally exclude people who use assistive technologies (ATs) that rely on these semantics. \nMake sure you test what you create. There is a lot of underlying complexity to form controls which may not be immediately apparent if they\u2019re judged solely by their visual presentation in a single browser, or with limited AT testing.\n\nVisually resetting and restyling form controls\nOver the course of 2018, I worked on a project where I tested and reported on the accessibility impact of styling various form controls. In conducting my research, I reviewed many of the form controls available in HTML, testing to see how malleable they were to direct styling from standardized CSS selectors. \nAs I expected, controls such as the various text fields could be restyled rather easily. However, other controls like radio buttons and checkboxes, or sub-elements of special text fields like date, search, and number spinners were resistant to standard-based styling. These particular controls and their sub-elements required specific pseudo-elements to reset and allow for restyling of some of their default presentation.\nSee the Pen form control styling comparisons by Scott (@scottohara) on CodePen.\nhttps://codepen.io/scottohara/pen/gZOrZm/\nOver the years, the ability to directly style form controls has been something many people have clamored for. However, one should realize the benefits of being able to restyle some of these controls may involve more effort than originally anticipated. \nIf you want to restyle a control from the ground up, then you must also recreate any :active, :focus, and :hover states for the control\u2014all those things that were previously taken care of by browsers. Not only that, but anything you restyle should also work with Windows High Contrast mode, styling for dark mode, and other OS-level settings that browser respect without you even realizing. \n\n You ever try playing with the accessibility settings of your display on macOS, or similar Windows setting?\n \nIt is also worth mentioning that any browser prefixed pseudo-elements are not standardized CSS selectors. As MDN mentions at the top of their pages documenting these pseudo-elements:\n\nNon-standard\nThis feature is non-standard and is not on a standards track. Do not use it on production sites facing the Web: it will not work for every user. There may also be large incompatibilities between implementations and the behavior may change in the future.\n\nWhile this may be a deterrent for some, it\u2019s my opinion the risks are often only skin-deep. By which I mean if a non-standard selector does change, the control may look a bit quirky, but likely won\u2019t cease to function. A bug report which requires a CSS selector change can be an easy JIRA ticket to close, after all.\nCan\u2019t make it? Fake it.\nInternet Explorer 11 (IE11) is still neck-and-neck with other browsers in vying for the number 2 spot in desktop browser share. Due to IE not recognizing vendor-prefixed appearance properties, some essential controls like checkboxes won\u2019t render as intended. \nAdditionally, some controls like select boxes, file uploads, and sub-elements of date fields (calendar popups) cannot be modified by just relying on styling their HTML selectors alone. This means that unless your company designs and develops with a progressive enhancement, or graceful degradation mindset, you\u2019ll need to take a different approach in styling.\nGetting clever with markup and CSS\nThe following CodePen demonstrates how we can create a custom checkbox markup pattern. By mindfully utilizing CSS sibling selectors and positioning of the native control, we can create custom visual styling while also retaining the functionality and accessibility expectations of a native checkbox.\nSee the Pen Accessible Styled Native Checkbox by Scott (@scottohara) on CodePen.\nhttps://codepen.io/scottohara/pen/RqEayN/\nCustomizing checkboxes by visually hiding the input and styling well-placed markup with sibling selectors may seem old hat to some. However, many variations of these patterns do not take into account how their method of visually hiding the checkboxes can create discovery issues for certain screen reader navigation methods. For instance, if someone is using a mobile device and exploring by touch, how will they be able to drag their finger over an input that has been reduced to a single pixel, or positioned off screen?\nAs we move away from the simplicity of declaring a single HTML element and using clever CSS and markup patterns to create restyled form controls, we increase the need for additional testing to ensure no expected behaviors are lost. In other words, what should work in theory may not work in practice when you introduce the various different ways people may engage with a form control. It\u2019s worth remembering: what might be typical interactions for ourselves may be problematic if not impossible for others.\nLimitations to cleverness\nCreative coding will allow us to apply more consistent custom styles to some of the more problematic form controls. There will be a varied amount of custom markup, CSS, and sometimes JavaScript that will be needed to preserve the control\u2019s inherent usability and accessibility for each control we take this approach to.\nHowever, this method of restyling still doesn\u2019t solve for the lack of feature parity across different browsers. Nor is it a means to account for controls which don\u2019t have a native HTML element equivalent, such as a switch or multi-thumb range slider? Maybe there\u2019s a control that calls for a visual design or proposed user experience that would require too much fighting with a native control\u2019s behavior to be worth the level of effort to implement. Here\u2019s where we need to take another approach.\nUsing ARIA when appropriate\nSometimes we have no other option than to roll up our sleeves and start building custom form controls from scratch. Fair warning though: just because we\u2019re not leveraging a native HTML control as our foundation, it doesn\u2019t mean we have carte blanche to throw semantics out the window. Enter Accessible Rich Internet Applications (ARIA).\nARIA is a set of attributes that can modify existing elements, or extend HTML to include roles, properties and states that aren\u2019t native to the language. While divs and spans have no meaningful semantic information for us to leverage, with help from the ARIA specification and ARIA Authoring Practices we can incorporate these elements to help create the UI that we need while still following the first rule of Using ARIA:\n\nIf you can use a native HTML element or attribute with the semantics and behavior you require already built in, instead of re-purposing an element and adding an ARIA role, state or property to make it accessible, then do so.\n\nBy using these documents as guidelines, and testing our custom controls with people of various abilities, we can do our best to make sure a custom control performs as expected for as many people as possible.\nExceptions to the rule\nOne example of a control that allows for an exception to the first rule of Using ARIA would be a switch control.\nSwitches and checkboxes are similar components, in that they have both on/checked and off/unchecked states. However, checkboxes are often expected within the context of forms, or used to filter search queries on e-commerce sites. Switches are typically used to instantly enable or deactivate a particular setting at a component or app-based level, as this is their behavior in the native mobile apps in which they were popularized.\nWhile a switch control could be created by visually restyling a checkbox, this does not automatically mean that the underlying semantics and functionality will match the visual representation of the control. For example, the following CodePen restyles checkboxes to look like a switch control, but the semantics of the checkboxes remain which communicate a different way of interacting with the control than what you might expect from a native switch control.\nSee the Pen Switch Boxes - custom styled checkboxes posing as switches by Scott (@scottohara) on CodePen.\nhttps://codepen.io/scottohara/pen/XyvoeE/\nBy adding a role=\"switch\" to these checkboxes, we can repurpose the inherent checked/unchecked states of the native control, it\u2019s inherent ability to be focused by Tab key, and Space key to toggle state.\nBut while this is a valid approach to take in building a switch, how does this actually match up to reality?\nDoes it pass the test(s)?\nWhether deconstructing form controls to fully restyle them, or leveraging them and other HTML elements as a base to expand on, or create, a non-native form control, building it is just the start. We must test that what we\u2019ve restyled or rebuilt works the way people expect it to, if not better.\nWhat we must do here is run a gamut of comparative tests to document the functionality and usability of native form controls. For example:\n\n\nIs the control implemented in all supported browsers?\nIf not: where are the gaps? Will it be necessary to implement a custom solution for the situations that degrade to a standard text field? \nIf so: is each browser\u2019s implementation a good user experience? Is there room for improvement that can be tested against the native baseline? \n\n\nTest with multiple input devices.\nWhere the control is implemented, what is the quality of the user experience when using different input devices, such as mouse, touchscreen, keyboard, speech recognition or switch device, to name a few. \nYou\u2019ll find some HTML5 controls (like date pickers and number spinners) have additional UI elements that may not be announced to AT, or even allow keyboard accessibility. Often these controls can be adjusted by other means, such as text entry, or using arrow keys to increase or decrease values. If restyling or recreating a custom version of a control like these, it may make sense to maintain these native experiences as well.\n\n\nHow well does the control take to custom styles?\nIf a control can be styled enough to not need to be rebuilt from scratch, that\u2019s great! But make sure that there are no adverse affects on the accessibility of it. For instance, range sliders can be restyled and maintain their functionality and accessibility. However, elements like progress bars can be negatively affected by direct styling. \nAlways test with different browser and AT pairings to ensure nothing is lost when controls are restyled. \n\n\nDo specifications match reality?\nIf recreating controls to get around native limitations, such as the inability to style the options of a select element, or requiring a Switch control which is not native to HTML, do your solutions match user expectations? \nFor instance, selects have unique picker interfaces on touch devices. And switches have varied levels of support for different browser and screen reader pairings. Test with real people, and check your analytics. If these experiences don\u2019t match people\u2019s expectations, then maybe another solution is in order? \n\n\nWrapping up\nWhile styling form controls is definitely easier than it\u2019s ever been, that doesn\u2019t mean that it\u2019s at all simple, nor will it likely ever be. The level of difficulty you\u2019re going to face is going to depend entirely on what it is you\u2019re hoping to style, add-on to, or recreate. And even if you build your custom control exactly to specification, you\u2019ll still be reliant on browsers and assistive technologies being able to fully understand the component they\u2019ve been presented.\nForms and their controls are an incredibly important part of what we need the Internet for. Paying bills, scheduling appointments, ordering groceries, renewing your license or even ordering gifts for the holidays. These are all important tasks that people should be able to complete with as little effort as possible. Especially since for some, completing these tasks online might be their only option.\n2018 didn\u2019t end up being the year we got full customization of form controls sorted out. But that\u2019s OK. If we can continue to mindfully work with what we have, and instead challenge ourselves to follow inclusive design principles, well thought out Form Design Patterns, and solve problems with an accessibility first approach, we may come to realize that we can get along just fine without fully branded drop downs. \nAnd hey. There\u2019s always next year, right?", "year": "2018", "author": "Scott O'Hara", "author_slug": "scottohara", "published": "2018-12-13T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2018/inclusive-considerations-when-restyling-form-controls/", "topic": "code"}
{"rowid": 256, "title": "Develop Your Naturalist Superpowers with Observable Notebooks and iNaturalist", "contents": "We\u2019re going to level up your knowledge of what animals you might see in an area at a particular time of year - a skill every naturalist* strives for - using technology! Using iNaturalist and Observable Notebooks we\u2019re going to prototype seasonality graphs for particular species in an area, and automatically create a guide to what animals you might see in each month.\n*(a Naturalist is someone who likes learning about nature, not someone who\u2019s a fan of being naked, that\u2019s a \u2018Naturist\u2019\u2026 different thing!)\nLooking for critters in rocky intertidal habitats\nOne of my favourite things to do is going rockpooling, or as we call it over here in California, \u2018tidepooling\u2019. Amounting to the same thing, it\u2019s going to a beach that has rocks where the tide covers then uncovers little pools of water at different times of the day. All sorts of fun creatures and life can be found in this \u2018rocky intertidal habitat\u2019\nA particularly exciting creature that lives here is the Nudibranch, a type of super colourful \u2018sea slug\u2019. There are over 3000 species of Nudibranch worldwide. (The word \u201cnudibranch\u201d comes from the Latin nudus, naked, and the Greek \u03b2\u03c1\u03b1\u03bd\u03c7\u03b9\u03b1 / brankhia, gills.)\n\u200b\n\nThey are however quite tricky to find! Even though they are often brightly coloured and interestingly shaped, some of them are very small, and in our part of the world in the Bay Area in California their appearance in our rockpools is seasonal. We see them more often in Summer months, despite the not-as-low tides as in our Winter and Spring seasons.\nMy favourite place to go tidepooling here is Pillar Point in Half Moon bay (at other times of the year more famously known for the surf competition \u2018Mavericks\u2019). The rockpools there are rich in species diversity, of varied types and water-coverage habitat zones as well as being relatively accessible.\n\u200b\n\nI was rockpooling at Pillar Point recently with my parents and we talked to a lady who remarked that she hadn\u2019t seen any Nudibranchs on her visit this time. I realised that having an idea of what species to find where, and at what time of year is one of the many superpower goals of every budding Naturalist. \nUsing technology and the croudsourced species observations of the iNaturalist community we can shortcut our way to this superpower!\nFinding nearby animals with iNaturalist\nWe\u2019re going to be getting our information about what animals you can see in Pillar Point using iNaturalist. iNaturalist is a really fun platform that helps connect people to nature and report their findings of life in the outdoors. It is also a community of nature-loving people who help each other identify and confirm those observations. iNaturalist is a project run as a joint initiative by the California Academy of Sciences and the National Geographic Society.\nI\u2019ve been using iNaturalist for over two years to record and identify plants and animals that I\u2019ve found in the outdoors. I use their iPhone app to upload my pictures, which then uses machine learning algorithms to make an initial guess at what it is I\u2019ve seen. The community is really active, and I often find someone else has verified or updated my species guess pretty soon after posting. \nThis process is great because once an observation has been identified by at least two people it becomes \u2018verified\u2019 and is considered research grade. Research grade observations get exported and used by scientists, as well as being indexed by the Global Biodiversity Information Facility, GBIF.\n\u200b\n\niNaturalist has a great API and API explorer, which makes interacting and prototyping using iNaturalist data really fun. For example, if you go to the API explorer and expand the Observations : Search and fetch section and then the GET /observations API, you get a selection of input boxes that allow you to play with options that you can then pass to the API when you click the \u2018Try it out\u2019 button.\n\u200b\n\nYou\u2019ll then get a URL that looks a bit like\nhttps://api.inaturalist.org/v1/observations?captive=false &geo=true&verifiable=true&taxon_id=47113&lat=37.495461&lng=-122.499584 &radius=5&order=desc&order_by=created_at \nwhich you can call and interrrogate using a programming language of your choice.\nIf you would like to see an all-JavaScript application that uses the iNaturalist API, take a look at OwlsNearMe.com which Simon and I built one weekend earlier this year. It gets your location and shows you all iNaturalist observations of owls near you and lists which species you are likely to see (not adjusted for season).\nRapid development using Observable Notebooks\nWe\u2019re going to be using Observable Notebooks to prototype our examples, pulling data down from iNaturalist. I really like using visual notebooks like Observable, they are great for learning and building things quickly. You may be familiar with Jupyter notebooks for Python which is similar but takes a bit of setup to get going - I often use these for prototyping too. Observable is amazing for querying and visualising data with JavaScript and since it is a hosted product it doesn\u2019t require any setup at all.\nYou can follow along and play with this example on my Observable notebook. If you create an account there you can fork my notebook and create your own version of this example. \nEach \u2018notebook\u2019 consists of a page with a column of \u2018cells\u2019, similar to what you get in a spreadsheet. A cell can contain Markdown text or JavaScript code and the output of evaluating the cell appears above the code that generated it. There are lots of tutorials out there on Observable Notebooks, I like this code introduction one from Observable (and D3) creator Mike Bostock.\nDeveloping your Naturalist superpowers\nIf you have an idea of what plants and critters you might see in a place at the time you visit, you can hone in on what you want to study and train your Naturalist eye to better identify the life around you.\nFor our example, we care about wildlife we can see at Pillar Point, so we need a way of letting the iNaturalist API know which area we are interested in.\nWe could use a latitide, longitude and radius for this, but a rectangular bounding box is a better shape for the reef. We can use this tool to draw the area we want to search within: boundingbox.klokantech.com\n\u200b\n\nThe tool lets you export the bounding box in several forms using the dropdown at the bottom left under the map givese We are going to use the \u2018DublinCore\u2019 format as it\u2019s closest to the format needed by the iNaturalist API.\n westlimit=-122.50542; southlimit=37.492805; eastlimit=-122.492738; northlimit=37.499811\nA quick map primer:\nThe higher the latitude the more north it is\nThe lower the latitude the more south it is\nLatitude 0 = the equator\n\nThe higher the longitude the more east it is of Greenwich\nThe lower the longitude the more west it is of Greenwich\nLongitude 0 = Greenwich\nIn the iNaturalst API we want to use the parameters nelat, nelng, swlat, swlng to create a query that looks inside a bounding box of Pillar Point near Half Moon Bay in California:\nnelat = highest latitude = north limit = 37.499811\nnelng = highest longitude = east limit = -122.492738\nswlat = smallest latitude = south limit = 37.492805\nswlng = smallest longitude = west limit = 122.50542\nAs API parameters these look like this:\n?nelat=37.499811&nelng=-122.492738&swlat=37.492805&swlng=122.50542\nThese parameters in this format can be used for most of the iNaturalist API methods.\nNudibranch seasonality in Pillar Point\nWe can use the iNaturalist observation_histogram API to get a count of Nudibranch observations per week-of-year across all time and within our Pillar Point bounding box.\nIn addition to the geographic parameters that we just worked out, we are also sending the taxon_id of 47113, which is iNaturalists internal number associated with the Nudibranch taxon. By using this we can get all species which are under the parent \u2018Order Nudibranchia\u2019. \nAnother useful piece of naturalist knowledge is understanding the biological classification scheme of Taxanomic Rank - roughly, when a species has a Latin name of two words eg \u2018Glaucus Atlanticus\u2019 the first Latin word is the \u2018Genus\u2019 like a family name \u2018Glaucus\u2019, and the second word identifies that particular species, like a given name \u2018Atlanticus\u2019. \nThe two Latin words together indicate a specific species, the term we use colloquially to refer to a type of animal often differs wildly region to region, and sometimes the same common name in two countries can refer to two different species. The common names for the Glaucus Atlanticus (which incidentally is my favourite sea slug) include: sea swallow, blue angel, blue glaucus, blue dragon, blue sea slug and blue ocean slug! Because this gets super confusing, Scientists like using this Latin name format instead.\nThe following piece of code asks the iNaturalist Histogram API to return per-week counts for verified observations of Nudibranchs within our Pillar Point bounding box:\npillar_point_counts_per_week = fetch(\n \"https://api.inaturalist.org/v1/observations/histogram?taxon_id=47113&nelat=37.499811&nelng=-122.492738&swlat=37.492805&swlng=-122.50542&date_field=observed&interval=week_of_year&verifiable=true\"\n ).then(response => {\n return response.json();\n})\nOur next step is to take this data and draw a graph! We\u2019ll be using Vega-Lite for this, which is a fab JavaScript graphing libary that is also easy and fun to use with Observable Notebooks. \n(Here is a great tutorial on exploring data and drawing graphs with Observable and Vega-Lite)\nThe iNaturalist API returns data that looks like this:\n{\n \"total_results\": 53,\n \"page\": 1,\n \"per_page\": 53,\n \"results\": {\n \"week_of_year\": {\n \"1\": 136,\n \"2\": 20,\n \"3\": 150,\n \"4\": 65,\n \"5\": 186,\n \"6\": 74,\n \"7\": 47,\n \"8\": 87,\n \"9\": 64,\n \"10\": 56,\nBut for our Vega-Lite graph we need data that looks like this:\n[{\n \"week\": \"01\",\n \"value\": 136\n}, {\n \"week\": \"02\",\n \"value\": 20\n}, ...]\nWe can convert what we get back from the API to the second format using a loop that iterates over the object keys:\nobjects_to_plot = {\n let objects = [];\n Object.keys(pillar_point_counts_per_week.results.week_of_year).map(function(week_index) {\n objects.push({\n week: `Wk ${week_index.toString()}`,\n observations: pillar_point_counts_per_week.results.week_of_year[week_index]\n });\n })\n return objects;\n}\nWe can then plug this into Vega-Lite to draw us a graph:\nvegalite({\n data: {values: objects_to_plot},\n mark: \"bar\",\n encoding: {\n x: {field: \"week\", type: \"nominal\", sort: null},\n y: {field: \"observations\", type: \"quantitative\"}\n },\n width: width * 0.9\n})\n\nIt\u2019s worth noting that we have a lot of observations of Nudibranchs particularly at Pillar Point due in no small part to the intertidal monitoring research that Alison Young and Rebecca Johnson facilitate for the California Achademy of Sciences. \nSo, what if we want to look for the seasonality of observations of a particular species of adorable sea slug? We want our interface to have a select box with a list of all the species you might find at any time of year. We can do this using the species_counts API to create us an object with the iNaturalist species ID and common & Latin names.\npillar_point_nudibranches = {\n let api_results = await fetch(\n \"https://api.inaturalist.org/v1/observations/species_counts?taxon_id=47113&nelat=37.499811&nelng=-122.492738&swlat=37.492805&swlng=-122.50542&date_field=observed&verifiable=true\"\n ).then(r => r.json())\n\n let species_list = api_results.results.map(i => ({\n value: i.taxon.id,\n label: `${i.taxon.preferred_common_name} (${i.taxon.name})`\n }));\n\n return species_list\n}\nWe can create an interactive select box by importing code from Jeremy Ashkanas\u2019 Observable Notebook: add import {select} from \"@jashkenas/inputs\" to a cell anywhere in our notebook. Observable is magic: like a spreadsheet, the order of the cells doesn\u2019t matter - if one cell is referenced by any other cell then when that cell updates all the other cells refresh themselves. You can also import and reference one notebook from another!\nviewof select_species = select({\n title: \"Which Nudibranch do you want to see seasonality for?\",\n options: [{value: \"\", label: \"All the Nudibranchs!\"}, ...pillar_point_nudibranches],\n value: \"\"\n})\nThen we go back to our old favourite, the histogram API just like before, only this time we are calling it with the value created by our select box ${select_species} as taxon_id instead of the number 47113.\npillar_point_counts_per_month_per_species = fetch(\n `https://api.inaturalist.org/v1/observations/histogram?taxon_id=${select_species}&nelat=37.499811&nelng=-122.492738&swlat=37.492805&swlng=-122.50542&date_field=observed&interval=month_of_year&verifiable=true`\n).then(r => r.json())\nNow for the fun graph bit! As we did before, we re-format the result of the API into a format compatible with Vega-Lite:\nobjects_to_plot_species_month = {\n let objects = [];\n Object.keys(pillar_point_counts_per_month_per_species.results.month_of_year).map(function(month_index) {\n objects.push({\n month: (new Date(2018, (month_index - 1), 1)).toLocaleString(\"en\", {month: \"long\"}),\n observations: pillar_point_counts_per_month_per_species.results.month_of_year[month_index]\n });\n })\n return objects;\n}\n(Note that in the above code we are creating a date object with our specific month in, and using toLocalString() to get the longer English name for the month. Because the JavaScript Date object counts January as 0, we use month_index -1 to get the correct month)\nAnd we draw the graph as we did before, only now if you interact with the select box in Observable the graph will dynamically update!\nvegalite({\n data: {values: objects_to_plot_species_month},\n mark: \"bar\",\n encoding: {\n x: {field: \"month\", type: \"nominal\", sort:null},\n y: {field: \"observations\", type: \"quantitative\"}\n },\n width: width * 0.9\n})\nNow we can see when is the best time of year to plan to go tidepooling in Pillar Point if we want to find a specific species of Nudibranch.\n\u200b\n\nThis tool is great for planning when we to go rockpooling at Pillar Point, but what about if you are going this month and want to pre-train your eye with what to look for in order to impress your friends with your knowledge of Nudibranchs?\nWell\u2026 we can create ourselves a dynamic guide that you can with a list of the species, their photo, name and how many times they have been observed in that month of the year!\nOur select box this time looks as follows, simpler than before but assigning the month value to the variable selected_month.\nviewof selected_month = select({\n title: \"When do you want to see Nudibranchs?\",\n options: [\n { label: \"Whenever\", value: \"\" },\n { label: \"January\", value: \"1\" },\n { label: \"February\", value: \"2\" },\n { label: \"March\", value: \"3\" },\n { label: \"April\", value: \"4\" },\n { label: \"May\", value: \"5\" },\n { label: \"June\", value: \"6\" },\n { label: \"July\", value: \"7\" },\n { label: \"August\", value: \"8\" },\n { label: \"September\", value: \"9\" },\n { label: \"October\", value: \"10\" },\n { label: \"November\", value: \"11\" },\n { label: \"December\", value: \"12\" },\n ],\n value: \"\"\n })\nWe then can use the species_counts API to get all the relevant information about which species we can see in month=${selected_month}. We\u2019ll be able to reference this response object and its values later with the variable we just created, eg: all_species_data.results[0].taxon.name.\nall_species_data = fetch(\n `https://api.inaturalist.org/v1/observations/species_counts?taxon_id=47113&month=${selected_month}&nelat=37.499811&nelng=-122.492738&swlat=37.492805&swlng=-122.50542&verifiable=true`\n).then(r => r.json())\nYou can render HTML directly in a notebook cell using Observable\u2019s html tagged template literal:\n\n\nIf you go to Pillar Point ${\n {\"\": \"\",\n \"1\":\"in January\",\n \"2\":\"in Febrary\",\n \"3\":\"in March\",\n \"4\":\"in April\",\n \"5\":\"in May\",\n \"6\":\"in June\",\n \"7\":\"in July\",\n \"8\":\"in August\",\n \"9\":\"in September\",\n \"10\":\"in October\",\n \"11\":\"in November\",\n \"12\":\"in December\",\n }[selected_month]\n } you might see\u2026 \n\n\n${all_species_data.results.map(s => `
${s.taxon.name} \n
Seen ${s.count} times
\n
\n`)}\n
\n Your browser doesn't support canvas.
\n \n\n\nI\u2019ll ask you to update your HTML file at a later point, but the CSS file we\u2019ll start with will stay the same throughout the project. This is the full CSS we are going to use:\nbody {\n background-color: #ccc;\n text-align: center;\n}\n\ncanvas {\n touch-action: none;\n background-color: #fff;\n}\n\nbutton {\n font-size: 110%;\n}\nNext steps\nWe are done with our preparations and ready to move on to the actual tutorial, which is made up of 4 parts:\n\nBuilding a simple drawing app with one line and one color \nAdding a Clear button and a color picker\nAdding more functionality: 2 line drawing (add the first reflection)\nAdding more functionality: 8 line drawing (add 6 more reflections!)\n\nInteractive demos\nThis tutorial will be accompanied by four CodePens, one at the end of each section. In my own app I originally used mouse events, and only added touch events when I realized mobile device support was (A) possible, and (B) going to make my app way more accessible. For the sake of code simplicity, I decided that in this tutorial app I will only use one event type, so I picked a third option: pointer events. These are supported by some desktop browsers and some mobile browsers. An up-to-date version of Chrome is probably your best bet.\nPart 1: A simple drawing app\nLet\u2019s get started with our main.js file. Our basic drawing app will be made up of 6 functions: init, drawLine, stopDrawing, recordPointerLocation, handlePointerMove, handlePointerDown. It also has nine variables:\nvar canvas, context, w, h,\n prevX = 0, currX = 0, prevY = 0, currY = 0,\n draw = false;\nThe variables canvas and context let us manipulate the canvas. w is the canvas width and h is the canvas height. The four coordinates are used for tracking the current and previous location of the pointer. A short line is drawn between (prevX, prevY) and (currX, currY) repeatedly many times while we move the pointer upon the canvas. For your drawing to appear, three conditions must be met: the pointer (be it a finger, a trackpad or a mouse) must be down, it must be moving and the movement has to be on the canvas. If these three conditions are met, the boolean draw is set to true. \n1. init\nResponsible for canvas set up, this listens to pointer events and the location of their coordinates and sets everything in motion by calling other functions, which in turn handle touch and movement events. \nfunction init() {\n canvas = document.querySelector(\"canvas\");\n context = canvas.getContext(\"2d\");\n w = canvas.width;\n h = canvas.height;\n\n canvas.onpointermove = handlePointerMove;\n canvas.onpointerdown = handlePointerDown;\n canvas.onpointerup = stopDrawing;\n canvas.onpointerout = stopDrawing;\n}\n2. drawLine\nThis is called to action by handlePointerMove() and draws the pointer path. It only runs if draw = true. It uses canvas methods you can read about in the canvas API documentation. You can also learn to use the canvas element in this tutorial.\nlineWidth and linecap set the properties of our paint brush, or digital pen, but pay attention to beginPath and closePath. Between those two is where the magic happens: moveTo and lineTo take canvas coordinates as arguments and draw from (a,b) to (c,d), which is to say from (prevX,prevY) to (currX,currY).\nfunction drawLine() {\n var a = prevX,\n b = prevY,\n c = currX,\n d = currY;\n\n context.lineWidth = 4;\n context.lineCap = \"round\";\n\n context.beginPath();\n context.moveTo(a, b);\n context.lineTo(c, d);\n context.stroke();\n context.closePath();\n}\n3. stopDrawing\nThis is used by init when the pointer is not down (onpointerup) or is out of bounds (onpointerout).\nfunction stopDrawing() {\n draw = false;\n}\n4. recordPointerLocation\nThis tracks the pointer\u2019s location and stores its coordinates. Also, you need to know that in computer graphics the origin of the coordinate space (0,0) is at the top left corner, and all elements are positioned relative to it. When we use canvas we are dealing with two coordinate spaces: the browser window and the canvas itself. This function converts between the two: it subtracts the canvas offsetLeft and offsetTop so we can later treat the canvas as the only coordinate space. If you are confused, read more about it.\nfunction recordPointerLocation(e) {\n prevX = currX;\n prevY = currY;\n currX = e.clientX - canvas.offsetLeft;\n currY = e.clientY - canvas.offsetTop;\n}\n5. handlePointerMove\nThis is set by init to run when the pointer moves. It checks if draw = true. If so, it calls recordPointerLocation to get the path and drawLine to draw it.\nfunction handlePointerMove(e) {\n if (draw) {\n recordPointerLocation(e);\n drawLine();\n }\n}\n6. handlePointerDown\nThis is set by init to run when the pointer is down (finger is on touchscreen or mouse it clicked). If it is, calls recordPointerLocation to get the path and sets draw to true. That\u2019s because we only want movement events from handlePointerMove to cause drawing if the pointer is down.\nfunction handlePointerDown(e) {\n recordPointerLocation(e);\n draw = true;\n}\nFinally, we have a working drawing app. But that\u2019s just the beginning!\nSee the Pen Mandala Maker Tutorial: Part 1 by Hagar Shilo (@hagarsh) on CodePen.\n\nPart 2: Add a Clear button and a color picker\nNow we\u2019ll update our HTML file, adding a menu div with an input of the type and class color and a button of the class clear.\n\n \n Your browser doesn't support canvas.
\n \n \n\nColor picker\nThis is our new color picker function. It targets the input element by its class and gets its value. \nfunction getColor() {\n return document.querySelector(\".color\").value;\n}\nUp until now, the app used a default color (black) for the paint brush/digital pen. If we want to change the color we need to use the canvas property strokeStyle. We\u2019ll update drawLine by adding strokeStyle to it and setting it to the input value by calling getColor.\nfunction drawLine() {\n //...code... \n context.strokeStyle = getColor();\n context.lineWidth = 4;\n context.lineCap = \"round\";\n\n //...code... \n}\nClear button\nThis is our new Clear function. It responds to a button click and displays a dialog asking the user if she really wants to delete the drawing.\nfunction clearCanvas() {\n if (confirm(\"Want to clear?\")) {\n context.clearRect(0, 0, w, h);\n }\n}\nThe method clearRect takes four arguments. The first two (0,0) mark the origin, which is actually the top left corner of the canvas. The other two (w,h) mark the full width and height of the canvas. This means the entire canvas will be erased, from the top left corner to the bottom right corner. \nIf we were to give clearRect a slightly different set of arguments, say (0,0,w/2,h), the result would be different. In this case, only the left side of the canvas would clear up.\nLet\u2019s add this event handler to init:\nfunction init() {\n //...code...\n canvas.onpointermove = handleMouseMove;\n canvas.onpointerdown = handleMouseDown;\n canvas.onpointerup = stopDrawing;\n canvas.onpointerout = stopDrawing;\n document.querySelector(\".clear\").onclick = clearCanvas;\n}\nSee the Pen Mandala Maker Tutorial: Part 2 by Hagar Shilo (@hagarsh) on CodePen.\n\nPart 3: Draw with 2 lines\nIt\u2019s time to make a line appear where no pointer has gone before. A ghost line! \nFor that we are going to need four new coordinates: a', b', c' and d' (marked in the code as a_, b_, c_ and d_). In order for us to be able to add the first reflection, first we must decide if it\u2019s going to go over the y-axis or the x-axis. Since this is an arbitrary decision, it doesn\u2019t matter which one we choose. Let\u2019s go with the x-axis. \nHere is a sketch to help you grasp the mathematics of reflecting a point across the x-axis. The coordinate space in my sketch is different from my explanation earlier about the way the coordinate space works in computer graphics (more about that in a bit!). \nNow, look at A. It shows a point drawn where the pointer hits, and B shows the additional point we want to appear: a reflection of the point across the x-axis. This is our goal.\nA sketch illustrating the mathematics of reflecting a point.\nWhat happens to the x coordinates?\nThe variables a/a' and c/c' correspond to prevX and currX respectively, so we can call them \u201cthe x coordinates\u201d. We are reflecting across x, so their values remain the same, and therefore a' = a and c' = c. \nWhat happens to the y coordinates?\nWhat about b' and d'? Those are the ones that have to change, but in what way? Thanks to the slightly misleading sketch I showed you just now (of A and B), you probably think that the y coordinates b' and d' should get the negative values of b and d respectively, but nope. This is computer graphics, remember? The origin is at the top left corner and not at the canvas center, and therefore we get the following values: b = h - b, d' = h - d, where h is the canvas height.\nThis is the new code for the app\u2019s variables and the two lines: the one that fills the pointer\u2019s path and the one mirroring it across the x-axis.\nfunction drawLine() {\n var a = prevX, a_ = a,\n b = prevY, b_ = h-b,\n c = currX, c_ = c,\n d = currY, d_ = h-d;\n\n //... code ...\n\n // Draw line #1, at the pointer's location\n context.moveTo(a, b);\n context.lineTo(c, d);\n\n // Draw line #2, mirroring the line #1\n context.moveTo(a_, b_);\n context.lineTo(c_, d_);\n\n //... code ...\n}\nIn case this was too abstract for you, let\u2019s look at some actual numbers to see how this works.\nLet\u2019s say we have a tiny canvas of w = h = 10. Now let a = 3, b = 2, c = 4 and d = 3.\nSo b' = 10 - 2 = 8 and d' = 10 - 3 = 7.\nWe use the top and the left as references. For the y coordinates this means we count from the top, and 8 from the top is also 2 from the bottom. Similarly, 7 from the top is 3 from the bottom of the canvas. That\u2019s it, really. This is how the single point, and a line (not necessarily a straight one, by the way) is made up of many, many small segments that are similar to point in behavior.\nIf you are still confused, I don\u2019t blame you. \nHere is the result. Draw something and see what happens.\nSee the Pen Mandala Maker Tutorial: Part 3 by Hagar Shilo (@hagarsh) on CodePen.\n\nPart 4: Draw with 8 lines\nI have made yet another confusing sketch, with points C and D, so you understand what we\u2019re trying to do. Later on we\u2019ll look at points E, F, G and H as well. The circled point is the one we\u2019re adding at each particular step. The circled point at C has the coordinates (-3,2) and the circled point at D has the coordinates (-3,-2). Once again, keep in mind that the origin in the sketches is not the same as the origin of the canvas. \nA sketch illustrating points C and D.\nThis is the part where the math gets a bit mathier, as our drawLine function evolves further. We\u2019ll keep using the four new coordinates: a', b', c' and d', and reassign their values for each new location/line. Let\u2019s add two more lines in two new locations on the canvas. Their locations relative to the first two lines are exactly what you see in the sketch above, though the calculation required is different (because of the origin points being different).\nfunction drawLine() {\n\n //... code ... \n\n // Reassign values\n a_ = w-a; b_ = b;\n c_ = w-c; d_ = d;\n\n // Draw the 3rd line\n context.moveTo(a_, b_);\n context.lineTo(c_, d_);\n\n // Reassign values\n a_ = w-a; b_ = h-b;\n c_ = w-c; d_ = h-d;\n\n // Draw the 4th line\n context.moveTo(a_, b_);\n context.lineTo(c_, d_);\n\n //... code ... \nWhat is happening?\nYou might be wondering why we use w and h as separate variables, even though we know they have the same value. Why complicate the code this way for no apparent reason? That\u2019s because we want the symmetry to hold for a rectangular canvas as well, and this way it will. \nAlso, you may have noticed that the values of a' and c' are not reassigned when the fourth line is created. Why write their value assignments twice? It\u2019s for readability, documentation and communication. Maintaining the quadruple structure in the code is meant to help you remember that all the while we are dealing with two y coordinates (current and previous) and two x coordinates (current and previous). \nWhat happens to the x coordinates?\nAs you recall, our x coordinates are a (prevX) and c (currX).\nFor the third line we are adding, a' = w - a and c' = w - c, which means\u2026\nFor the fourth line, the same thing happens to our x coordinates a and c.\nWhat happens to the y coordinates?\nAs you recall, our y coordinates are b (prevY) and d (currY).\nFor the third line we are adding, b' = b and d' = d, which means the y coordinates are the ones not changing this time, making this is a reflection across the y-axis. \nFor the fourth line, b' = h - b and d' = h - d, which we\u2019ve seen before: that\u2019s a reflection across the x-axis.\nWe have four more lines, or locations, to define. Note: the part of the code that\u2019s responsible for drawing a micro-line between the newly calculated coordinates is always the same:\n context.moveTo(a_, b_);\n context.lineTo(c_, d_);\nWe can leave it out of the next code snippets and just focus on the calculations, i.e, the reassignments. \nOnce again, we need some concrete examples to see where we\u2019re going, so here\u2019s another sketch! The circled point E has the coordinates (2,3) and the circled point F has the coordinates (2,-3). The ability to draw at A but also make the drawing appear at E and F (in addition to B, C and D that we already dealt with) is the functionality we are about to add to out code.\nA sketch illustrating points E and F.\nThis is the code for E and F:\n // Reassign for 5\n a_ = w/2+h/2-b; b_ = w/2+h/2-a;\n c_ = w/2+h/2-d; d_ = w/2+h/2-c;\n\n // Reassign for 6\n a_ = w/2+h/2-b; b_ = h/2-w/2+a;\n c_ = w/2+h/2-d; d_ = h/2-w/2+c;\nTheir x coordinates are identical and their y coordinates are reversed to one another.\nThis one will be out final sketch. The circled point G has the coordinates (-2,3) and the circled point H has the coordinates (-2,-3).\nA sketch illustrating points G and H.\nThis is the code:\n // Reassign for 7\n a_ = w/2-h/2+b; b_ = w/2+h/2-a;\n c_ = w/2-h/2+d; d_ = w/2+h/2-c;\n\n // Reassign for 8\n a_ = w/2-h/2+b; b_ = h/2-w/2+a;\n c_ = w/2-h/2+d; d_ = h/2-w/2+c;\n //...code... \n}\nOnce again, the x coordinates of these two points are the same, while the y coordinates are different. And once again I won\u2019t go into the full details, since this has been a long enough journey as it is, and I think we\u2019ve covered all the important principles. But feel free to play around with the code and change it. I really recommend commenting out the code for some of the points to see what your drawing looks like without them.\nI hope you had fun learning! This is our final app:\nSee the Pen Mandala Maker Tutorial: Part 4 by Hagar Shilo (@hagarsh) on CodePen.", "year": "2018", "author": "Hagar Shilo", "author_slug": "hagarshilo", "published": "2018-12-02T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2018/the-art-of-mathematics/", "topic": "code"}
{"rowid": 261, "title": "Surviving\u2014and Thriving\u2014as a Remote Worker", "contents": "Remote work is hot right now. Many people even say that remote work is the future. Why should a company limit itself to hiring from a specific geographic location when there\u2019s an entire world of talent out there?\nI\u2019ve been working remotely, full-time, for five and a half years. I\u2019ve reached the point where I can\u2019t even fathom working in an office. The idea of having to wake up at a specific time and commute into an office, work for eight hours, and then commute home, feels weirdly anachronistic. I\u2019ve grown attached to my current level of freedom and flexibility.\nHowever, it took me a lot of trial and error to reach success as a remote worker \u2014 and sometimes even now, I slip up. Working remotely requires a great amount of discipline, independence, and communication. It can feel isolating, especially if you lean towards the more extroverted side of the social spectrum. Remote working isn\u2019t for everyone, but most people, with enough effort, can make it work \u2014 or even thrive. Here\u2019s what I\u2019ve learned in over five years of working remotely.\nExperiment with your environment\nAs a remote worker, you have almost unprecedented control of your environment. You can often control the specific desk and chair you use, how you accessorize your home office space \u2014 whether that\u2019s a dedicated office, a corner of your bedroom, or your kitchen table. (Ideally, not your couch\u2026 but I\u2019ve been there.) Hate fluorescent lights? Change your lightbulbs. Cover your work area in potted plants. Put up blackout curtains and work in the dark like a vampire. Whatever makes you feel most comfortable and productive, and doesn\u2019t completely destroy your eyesight.\nWorking remotely doesn\u2019t always mean working from home. If you don\u2019t have a specific reason you need to work from home (like specialized equipment), try working from other environments (which is especially helpful it you have roommates, or children). Cafes are the quintessential remote worker hotspot, but don\u2019t just limit yourself to your favorite local haunt. More cities worldwide are embracing co-working spaces, where you can rent either a roaming spot or a dedicated desk. If you\u2019re a social person, this is a great way to build community in your work environment. Most have phone rooms, so you can still take calls.\nCo-working spaces can be expensive, and not everyone has either the extra income, or work-provided stipend, to work from one. Local libraries are also a great work location. They\u2019re quiet, usually have free wi-fi, and you have the added bonus of being able to check out books after work instead of, ahem, spending too much money on Kindle books. (I know most libraries let you check out ebooks, but reader, I am impulsive and impatient person. When I want a book now, I mean now.) \nJust be polite \u2014 make sure your headphones don\u2019t leak, and don\u2019t work from a library if you have a day full of calls.\nRemember, too, that you don\u2019t have to stay in the same spot all day. It\u2019s okay to go out for lunch and then resume work from a different location. If you find yourself getting restless, take a walk. Wash some dishes while you mull through a problem. Don\u2019t force yourself to sit at your desk for eight hours if that doesn\u2019t work for you.\nSet boundaries\nIf you\u2019re a workaholic, working remotely can be a challenge. It\u2019s incredibly easy to just\u2026 work. All the time. My work computer is almost always with me. If I remember at 11pm that I wanted to do something, there\u2019s nothing but my own willpower keeping me from opening up my laptop and working until 2am. Some people are naturally disciplined. Some have discipline instilled in them as children. And then some, like me, are undisciplined disasters that realize as adults that wow, I guess it\u2019s time to figure this out, eh?\nLearning how to set boundaries is one of the most important lessons I\u2019ve learned working remotely. (And honestly, it\u2019s something I still struggle with). \nFor a long time, I had a bad habit of waking up, checking my phone for new Slack messages, seeing something I need to react to, and then rolling over to my couch with my computer. Suddenly, it\u2019s noon, I\u2019m unwashed, unfed, starting to get a headache, and wondering why suddenly I hate all of my coworkers. Even when I finally tear myself from my computer to shower, get dressed, and eat, the damage is done. The rest of my day is pretty much shot.\nI recently had a conversation with a coworker, in which she remarked that she used to fill her empty time with work. Wake up? Scroll through Slack and email before getting out of bed. Waiting in line for lunch? Check work. Hanging out on her couch in the evening? You get the drift. She was only able to break the habit after taking a three month sabbatical, where she had no contact with work the entire time.\nI too had just returned from my own sabbatical. I took her advice, and no longer have work Slack on my phone, unless I need it for an event. After the event, I delete it. I also find it too easy to fill empty time with work. Now, I might wake up and procrastinate by scrolling through other apps, but I can\u2019t get sucked into work before I\u2019m even dressed. I\u2019ve gotten pretty good at forbidding myself from working until I\u2019m ready, but building any new habit requires intentionality. \nSomething else I experimented with for a while was creating a separate account on my computer for social tasks, so if I wanted to hang out on my computer in the evening, I wouldn\u2019t get distracted by work. It worked exceptionally well. The only problems I encountered were technical, like app licensing and some of my work proxy configurations. I\u2019ve heard other coworkers have figured out ways to work through these technical issues, so I\u2019m hoping to give it another try soon.\nYou might noticed that a lot of these ideas are just hacks for making myself not work outside of my designated work times. It\u2019s true! If you\u2019re a more disciplined person, you might not need any of these coping mechanisms. If you\u2019re struggling, finding ways to subvert your own bad habits can be the difference between thriving or burning out.\nCreate intentional transition time\nI know it\u2019s a stereotype that people who work from home stay in their pajamas all day, but\u2026 sometimes, it\u2019s very easy to do. I\u2019ve found that in order to reach peak focus, I need to create intentional transition time. \nThe most obvious step is changing into different clothing than I woke up in. Ideally, this means getting dressed in real human clothing. I might decide that it\u2019s cold and gross out and I want to work in joggers and a hoody all day, but first, I need to change out of my pajamas, put on a bra, and then succumb to the lure of comfort. \nI\u2019ve found it helpful to take similar steps at the end of my day. If I\u2019ve spent the day working from home, I try to end my day with something that occupies my body, while letting my mind unwind. Often, this is doing some light cleaning or dinner prep. If I try to go straight into another mentally heavy task without allowing myself this transition time, I find it hard to context switch. \nThis is another reason working from outside your home is advantageous. Commutes, even if it\u2019s a ten minute walk down the road, are great transition time. Lunch is a great transition time. You can decompress between tasks by going out for lunch, or cooking and eating lunch in your kitchen \u2014 not next to your computer. \nEmbrace async\nIf you\u2019re used to working in an office, you\u2019ve probably gotten pretty used to being able to pop over to a colleague\u2019s desk if you need to ask a question. They\u2019re pretty much forced to engage with you at that point. When you\u2019re working remotely, your coworkers might not be in the same timezone as you. They might take an hour to finish up a task before responding to you, or you might not get an answer for your entire day because dangit Gary\u2019s in Australia and it\u2019s 3am there right now. \nFor many remote workers, that\u2019s part of the package. When you\u2019re not co-located, you have to build up some patience and tolerance around waiting. You need to intentionally plan extra time into your schedule for waiting on answers.\nAsynchronous communication is great. Not everyone can be present for every meeting or office conversation \u2014 and the same goes for working remotely. However, when you\u2019re remote, you can read through your intranet messages later or scroll back a couple hours in Slack. My company has a bunch of internal blogs (\u201cp2s\u201d) where we record major decisions and hold asynchronous conversations. I feel like even if I missed a meeting, or something big happened while I was asleep, I can catch up later. We have a phrase \u2014 \u201cp2 or it didn\u2019t happen.\u201d\nWorking remotely has made me a better communicator largely because I\u2019ve gotten into the habit of making written updates. I\u2019ve also trained myself to wait before responding, which allows me to distance myself from what could potentially be an emotional reaction. (On the internet, no one can see you making that face.) Having the added space that comes from not being in the same physical location with somebody else creates an opportunity to rein myself in and take the time to craft an appropriate response, without having the pressure of needing to reply right meow. Lean into it!\n(That said, if you\u2019re stuck, sometimes the best course of action is to hop on a video call with someone and hash out the details. Use the tools most appropriate for the problem. They invented Zoom for a reason.)\nSeek out social opportunities\nEven introverts can feel lonely or isolated. When you work remotely, there isn\u2019t a built-in community you\u2019re surrounded by every day. You have to intentionally seek out social opportunities that an office would normally provide.\nI have a couple private Slack channels where I can joke around with work friends. Having that kind of safe space to socialize helps me feel less alone. (And, if the channels get too noisy, I can mute them for a couple hours.)\nEvery now and then, I\u2019ll also hop on a video call with some work friends and just hang out for a little while. It feels great to actually see someone laugh.\nIf you work from a co-working space, that space likely has events. My co-working space hosts social hours, holiday parties, and sometimes even lunch-and-learns. These events are great opportunities for making new friends and forging professional connections outside of work. \nIf you don\u2019t have access to a co-working space, your town or city likely has meetups. Create a Meetup.com account and search for something that piques your interest. If you\u2019ve been stuck inside your house for days, heads-down on a hard deadline, celebrate by getting out of the house. Get coffee or drinks with friends. See a show. Go to a religious service. Take a cooking class. Try yoga. Find excuses to be around someone other than your cats. When you can\u2019t fall back on your work to provide community, you need to build your own.\n\nThese are tips that I\u2019ve found help me, but not everyone works the same way. Remember that it\u2019s okay to experiment \u2014 just because you\u2019ve worked one way, doesn\u2019t mean that\u2019s the best way for you. Check in with yourself every now and then. Are you happy with your work environment? Are you feeling lonely, down, or exhausted? Try switching up your routine for a couple weeks and jot down how you feel at the end of each day. Look for patterns. You deserve to have a comfortable and productive work environment!\nHope to see you all online soon \ud83d\ude4c", "year": "2018", "author": "Mel Choyce", "author_slug": "melchoyce", "published": "2018-12-09T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2018/thriving-as-a-remote-worker/", "topic": "process"}
{"rowid": 262, "title": "Be the Villain", "contents": "Inclusive Design is the practice of making products and services accessible to, and usable by as many people as reasonably possible without the need for specialized accommodations. The practice was popularized by author and User Experience Design Director Kat Holmes. If getting you to discover her work is the only thing this article succeeds in doing then I\u2019ll consider it a success.\nAs a framework for creating resilient solutions to problems, Inclusive Design is incredible. However, the aimless idealistic aspirations many of its newer practitioners default to can oftentimes run into trouble. Without outlining concrete, actionable outcomes that are then vetted by the people you intend to serve, there is the potential to do more harm than good. \nWhen designing, you take a user flow and make sure it can\u2019t be broken. Ensuring that if something is removed, it can be restored. Or that something editable can also be updated at a later date\u2014you know, that kind of thing. What we want to do is avoid surprises. Much like a water slide with a section of pipe missing, a broken flow forcibly ejects a user, to great surprise and frustration. Interactions within a user flow also have to be small enough to be self-contained, so as to avoid creating a none pizza with left beef scenario.\nLately, I\u2019ve been thinking about how to expand on this practice. Watertight user flows make for a great immediate experience, but it\u2019s all too easy to miss the forest for the trees when you\u2019re a product designer focused on cranking out features. \nWhat I\u2019m concerned about is while to trying to envision how a user flow could be broken, you also think about how it could be subverted. In addition to preventing the removal of a section of water slide, you also keep someone from mugging the user when they shoot out the end.\nIf you pay attention, you\u2019ll start to notice this subversion with increasing frequency:\n\nDomestic abusers using internet-controlled devices to spy on and control their partner.\nZealots tanking a business\u2019 rating on Google because its owners spoke out against unchecked gun violence.\nForcing people to choose between TV or stalking because the messaging center portion of a cable provider\u2019s entertainment package lacks muting or blocking features.\nWhite supremacists tricking celebrities into endorsing anti-Semitic conspiracy theories.\nFacebook repeatedly allowing housing, credit, and employment advertisers to discriminate against users by their race, ability, and religion.\nWhite supremacists also using a video game chat service as a recruiting tool.\nThe unchecked harassment of minors on Instagram.\nSwatting.\n\nIf I were to guess why we haven\u2019t heard more about this problem, I\u2019d say that optimistically, people have settled out of court. Pessimistically, it\u2019s most likely because we ignore, dismiss, downplay, and suppress those who try to bring it to our attention. \nSubverted design isn\u2019t the practice of employing Dark Patterns to achieve your business goals. If you are not familiar with the term, Dark Patterns are the use of cheap user interface tricks and psychological manipulation to get users to act against their own best interests. User Experience consultant Chris Nodder wrote Evil By Design, a fantastic book that unpacks how to detect and think about them, if you\u2019re interested in this kind of thing\nSubverted design also isn\u2019t beholden design, or simple lack of attention. This phenomenon isn\u2019t even necessarily premeditated. I think it arises from na\u00efve (or willfully ignorant) design decisions being executed at a historically unprecedented pace and scale. These decisions are then preyed on by the shrewd and opportunistic, used to control and inflict harm on the undeserving. Have system, will game.\nThis is worth discussing. As the field of design continues to industrialize empathy, it also continues to ignore the very established practice of threat modeling. Most times, framing user experience in terms of how to best funnel people into a service comes with an implicit agreement that the larger system that necessitates the service is worth supporting. \nTo achieve success in the eyes of their superiors, designers may turn to emotional empathy exercises. By projecting themselves into the perceived surface-level experiences of others, they play-act at understanding how to nudge their targeted demographics into a conversion funnel. This roleplaying exercise has the effect of scoping concerns to the immediate, while simultaneously reinforcing the idea of engagement at all cost within the identified demographic.\nThe thing is, pure engagement leaves the door wide open for bad actors. Even within the scope of a limited population, the assumption that everyone entering into the funnel is acting with good intentions is a poor one. Security researchers, network administrators, and other professionals who practice threat modeling understand that the opposite is true. By preventing everyone save for well-intentioned users from operating a system within the parameters you set for them, you intentionally limit the scope of abuse that can be enacted.\nDon\u2019t get me wrong: being able to escort as many users as you can to the happy path is a foundational skill. But we should also be having uncomfortable conversations about why something unthinkable may in fact not be. \nThey\u2019re not going to be fun conversations. It\u2019s not going to be easy convincing others that these aren\u2019t paranoid delusions best tucked out of sight in the darkest, dustiest corner of the backlog. Realistically, talking about it may even harm your career.\nBut consider the alternative. The controlled environment of the hypothetical allows us to explore these issues without propagating harm. Better to be viewed as the office\u2019s resident villain than to have to live with something like this:\n\nIf the past few years have taught us anything, it\u2019s that the choices we make\u2014or avoid making\u2014have consequences. Design has been doing a lot of growing up as of late, including waking up to the idea that technology isn\u2019t neutral. \nYou\u2019re going to have to start thinking the way a monster does\u2014if you can imagine it, chances are someone else can as well. To get into this kind of mindset, inverting the Inclusive Design Principles is a good place to start:\n\nProviding a comparable experience becomes forcing a single path.\nConsidering situation becomes ignoring circumstance.\nBeing consistent becomes acting capriciously.\nGiving control becomes removing autonomy. \nOffering choice becomes limiting options. \nPrioritizing content becomes obfuscating purpose.\nAdding value becomes filling with gibberish. \n\nCombined, these inverted principles start to paint a picture of something we\u2019re all familiar with: a half-baked, unscrupulous service that will jump at the chance to take advantage of you. This environment is also a perfect breeding ground for spawning bad actors.\nThese kinds of services limit you in the ways you can interact with them. They kick you out or lock you in if you don\u2019t meet their unnamed criteria. They force you to parse layout, prices, and policies that change without notification or justification. Their controls operate in ways that are unexpected and may shift throughout the experience. Their terms are dictated to you, gaslighting you to extract profit. Heaps of jargon and flashy, unnecessary features are showered on you to distract from larger structural and conceptual flaws.\nSo, how else can we go about preventing subverted design? Marli Mesibov, Content Strategist and Managing Editor of UX Booth, wrote a brilliant article about how to use Dark Patterns for good\u2014perhaps the most important takeaway being admitting you have a problem in the first place. \nAnother exercise is asking the question, \u201cWhat is the evil version of this feature?\u201d Ask it during the ideation phase. Ask it as part of acceptance criteria. Heck, ask it over lunch. I honestly don\u2019t care when, so long as the question is actually raised. \nIn keeping with the spirit of this article, we can also expand on this line of thinking. Author, scientist, feminist, and pacifist Ursula Franklin urges us to ask, \u201cWhose benefits? Whose risks?\u201d instead of \u201cWhat benefits? What risks?\u201d in her talk, When the Seven Deadly Sins Became the Seven Cardinal Virtues. Inspired by the talk, Ethan Marcotte discusses how this relates to the web platform in his powerful post, Seven into seven.\nFew things in this world are intrinsically altruistic or good\u2014it\u2019s just the nature of the beast. However, that doesn\u2019t mean we have to stand idly by when harm is created. If we can add terms like \u201canti-pattern\u201d to our professional vocabulary, we can certainly also incorporate phrases like \u201cabuser flow.\u201d \nDesign finally got a seat at the table. We should use this newfound privilege wisely. Listen to women. Listen to minorities, listen to immigrants, the unhoused, the less economically advantaged, and the less technologically-literate. Listen to the underrepresented and the underprivileged.\nSubverted design is a huge problem, likely one that will never completely go away. However, the more of us who put the hard work into being the villain, the more we can lessen the scope of its impact.", "year": "2018", "author": "Eric Bailey", "author_slug": "ericbailey", "published": "2018-12-06T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2018/be-the-villain/", "topic": "ux"}
{"rowid": 263, "title": "Securing Your Site like It\u2019s 1999", "contents": "Running a website in the early years of the web was a scary business. The web was an evolving medium, and people were finding new uses for it almost every day. From book stores to online auctions, the web was an expanding universe of new possibilities.\nAs the web evolved, so too did the knowledge of its inherent security vulnerabilities. Clever tricks that were played on one site could be copied on literally hundreds of other sites. It was a normal sight to log in to a website to find nothing working because someone had breached its defences and deleted its database. Lessons in web security in those days were hard-earned.\nWhat follows are examples of critical mistakes that brought down several early websites, and how you can help protect yourself and your team from the same fate.\nBad input validation: Trusting anything the user sends you\nOur story begins in the most unlikely place: Animal Crossing. Animal Crossing was a 2001 video game set in a quaint town, filled with happy-go-lucky inhabitants that co-exist peacefully. Like most video games, Animal Crossing was the subject of many fan communities on the early web.\nOne such unofficial web forum was dedicated to players discussing their adventures in Animal Crossing. Players could trade secrets, ask for help, and share pictures of their virtual homes. This might sound like a model community to you, but you would be wrong.\nOne day, a player discovered a hidden field in the forum\u2019s user profile form. Normally, this page allows users to change their name, their password, or their profile photo. This person discovered that the hidden field contained their unique user ID, which identifies them when the forum\u2019s backend saves profile changes to its database. They discovered that by modifying the form to change the user ID, they could make changes to any other player\u2019s profile.\nNeedless to say, this idyllic online community descended into chaos. Users changed each other\u2019s passwords, deleted each other\u2019s messages, and attacked each-other under the cover of complete anonymity. What happened?\nThere aren\u2019t any official rules for developing software on the web. But if there were, my golden rule would be:\nNever trust user input. Ever.\nAlways ask yourself how users will send you data that isn\u2019t what it seems to be. If the nicest community of gamers playing the happiest game on earth can turn on each other, nowhere on the web is safe.\nMake sure you validate user input to make sure it\u2019s of the correct type (e.g. string, number, JSON string) and that it\u2019s the length that you were expecting. Don\u2019t forget that user input doesn\u2019t become safe once it is stored in your database; any data that originates from outside your network can still be dangerous and must be escaped before it is inserted into HTML.\nMake sure to check a user\u2019s actions against what they are allowed to do. Create a clear access control policy that defines what actions a user may take, and to whose data they are allowed access to. For example, a newly-registered user should not be allowed to change the user profile of a web forum\u2019s owner.\nFinally, never rely on client-side validation. Validating user input in the browser is a convenience to the user, not a security measure. Always assume the user has full control over any data sent from the browser and make sure you validate any data sent to your backend from the outside world.\nSQL injection: Allowing the user to run their own database queries\nA long time ago, my favourite website was a web forum dedicated to the Final Fantasy video game series. Like the users of the Animal Crossing forum, I\u2019d while away many hours arguing with other people on the internet about my favourite characters, my favourite stories, and the greatest controversies of the day.\nOne day, I noticed people were acting strangely. Users were being uncharacteristically nasty and posting in private areas of the forum they wouldn\u2019t normally have access to. Then messages started disappearing, and user accounts for well-respected people were banned.\nIt turns out someone had discovered a way of logging in to any other user account, using a secret password that allowed them to do literally anything they wanted. What was this password that granted untold power to those who wielded it?\n' OR '1'='1\nSQL is a computer language that is used to query databases. When you fill out a login form, just like the one above, your username and your password are usually inserted into an SQL query like this:\n\nSELECT COUNT(*)\nFROM USERS\nWHERE USERNAME='Alice'\nAND PASSWORD='hunter2'\nThis query selects users from the database that match the username Alice and the password hunter2. If there is at least one user matching record, the user will be granted access. Let\u2019s see what happens when we use our magic password instead!\n\nSELECT COUNT(*)\nFROM USERS\nWHERE USERNAME='Admin'\nAND PASSWORD='' OR '1'='1'\nDoes the password look like part of the query to you? That\u2019s because it is! This password is a deliberate attempt to inject our own SQL into the query, hence the term SQL injection. The query is now looking for users matching the username Admin, with a password that is blank, or 1=1. In an SQL query, 1=1 is always true, which makes this query select every single record in the database. As long as the forum software is checking for at least one matching user, it will grant the person logging in access. This password will work for any user registered on the forum!\nSo how can you protect yourself from SQL injection?\nNever build SQL queries by concatenating strings. Instead, use parameterised query tools. PHP offers prepared statements, and Node.JS has the knex package. Alternatively, you can use an ORM tool, such as Propel or sequelize.\nExpert help in the form of language features or software tools is a key ally for securing your code. Get all the help you can!\nCross site request forgery: Getting other users to do your dirty work for you\nDo you remember Netflix? Not the Netflix we have now, the Netflix that used to rent you DVDs by mailing them to you. My next story is about how someone managed to convince Netflix users to send him their DVDs - free of charge.\nHave you ever clicked on a hyperlink, only to find something that you weren\u2019t expecting? If you were lucky, you might have just gotten Rickrolled. If you were unlucky\u2026\nLet\u2019s just say there are older and fouler things than Rick Astley in the dark places of the web.\nWhat if you could convince people to visit a page you controlled? And what if those people were Netflix users, and they were logged in? In 2006, Dave Ferguson did just that. He created a harmless-looking page with an image on it:\n
tags into his headline, but was filtered. MySpace wasn\u2019t about to let someone else run their own code on MySpace.\nIntrigued, Samy set about finding out exactly what he could do with
tags. He found that you could add style properties to
tags to style them with CSS.\n\nThis code only worked in Internet Explorer and in some versions of Safari, but that was plenty of people to befriend. However, MySpace was prepared for this: they also filtered the word javascript from
.\n
\nSamy discovered that by inserting a line break into his code, MySpace would not filter out the word javascript. The browser would continue to run the code just fine! Samy had now broken past MySpace\u2019s first line of defence and was able to start running code on his profile page. Now he started looking at what he could do with that code.\nalert(document.body.innerHTML)\nSamy wondered if he could inspect the page\u2019s source to find the details of other MySpace users to befriend. To do this, you would normally use document.body.innerHTML, but MySpace had filtered this too.\nalert(eval('document.body.inne' + 'rHTML'))\nThis isn\u2019t a problem if you build up JavaScript code inside a string and execute it using the eval() function. This trick also worked with XMLHttpRequest.onReadyStateChange, which allowed Samy to send friend requests to the MySpace API and install the JavaScript code on his new friends\u2019 pages.\nOne final obstacle stood in his way. The same origin policy is a security mechanism that prevents scripts hosted on one domain interacting with sites hosted on another domain.\nif (location.hostname == 'profile.myspace.com') {\n document.location = 'http://www.myspace.com'\n + location.pathname + location.search\n}\nSamy discovered that only the http://www.myspace.com domain would accept his API requests, and requests from http://profile.myspace.com were being blocked by the browser\u2019s same-origin policy. By redirecting the browser to http://www.myspace.com, he discovered that he could load profile pages and successfully make requests to MySpace\u2019s API. Samy installed this code on his profile page, and he waited.\n\nOver the course of the next day, over a million people unwittingly installed Samy\u2019s code into their MySpace profile pages and invited their friends. The load of friend requests on MySpace was so large that the site buckled and shut down. It took them two hours to remove Samy\u2019s code and patch the security holes he exploited. Samy was raided by the United States secret service and sentenced to do 90 days of community service.\nThis is the power of installing a little bit of JavaScript on someone else\u2019s website. It is called cross site scripting, and its effects can be devastating. It is suspected that cross-site scripting was to blame for the 2018 British Airways breach that leaked the credit card details of 380,000 people.\nSo how can you help protect yourself from cross-site scripting?\nAlways sanitise user input when it comes in, using a library such as sanitize-html. Open source tools like this benefit from hundreds of hours of work from dozens of experienced contributors. Don\u2019t be tempted to roll your own protection. MySpace was prepared, but they were not prepared enough. It makes no sense to turn this kind of help down.\nYou can also use an auto-escaping templating language to make sure nobody else\u2019s HTML can get into your pages. Both Angular and React will do this for you, and they are extremely convenient to use.\nYou should also implement a content security policy to restrict the domains that content like scripts and stylesheets can be loaded from. Loading content from sites not under your control is a significant security risk, and you should use a CSP to lock this down to only the sources you trust. CSP can also block the use of the eval() function.\nFor content not under your control, consider setting up sub-resource integrity protection. This allows you to add hashes to stylesheets and scripts you include on your website. Hashes are like fingerprints for digital files; if the content changes, so does the fingerprint. Adding hashes will allow your browser to keep your site safe if the content changes without you knowing.\nnpm audit: Protecting yourself from code you don\u2019t own\nJavaScript and npm run the modern web. Together, they make it easy to take advantage of the world\u2019s largest public registry of open source software. How do you protect yourself from code written by someone you\u2019ve never met? Enter npm audit.\nnpm audit reviews the security of your website\u2019s dependency tree. You can start using it by upgrading to the latest version of npm:\nnpm install npm -g\nnpm audit\nWhen you run npm audit, npm submits a description of your dependencies to the Registry, which returns a report of known vulnerabilities for the packages you have installed.\n\nIf your website has a known cross-site scripting vulnerability, npm audit will tell you about it. What\u2019s more, if the vulnerability has been patched, running npm audit fix will automatically install the patched package for you!\nSecuring your site like it\u2019s 2019\nThe truth is that since the early days of the web, the stakes of a security breach have become much, much higher. The web is so much more than fandom and mailing DVDs - online banking is now mainstream, social media and dating websites store intimate information about our personal lives, and we are even inviting the internet into our homes.\nHowever, we have powerful new allies helping us stay safe. There are more resources than ever before to teach us how to write secure code. Tools like Angular and React are designed with security features baked-in from the start. We have a new generation of security tools like npm audit to watch over our dependencies.\nAs we roll over into 2019, let\u2019s take the opportunity to reflect on the security of the code we write and be grateful for the everything we\u2019ve learned in the last twenty years.", "year": "2018", "author": "Katie Fenn", "author_slug": "katiefenn", "published": "2018-12-01T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2018/securing-your-site-like-its-1999/", "topic": "code"}
{"rowid": 264, "title": "Dynamic Social Sharing Images", "contents": "Way back when social media was new, you could be pretty sure that whatever you posted would be read by those who follow you. If you\u2019d written a blog post and you wanted to share it with those who follow you, you could post a link and your followers would see it in their streams. Oh heady days! \nWith so many social channels and a proliferation of content and promotions flying past in everyone\u2019s streams, it\u2019s no longer enough to share content on social media, you have to actively sell it if you want it to be seen. You really need to make the most of every opportunity to catch a reader\u2019s attention if you\u2019re trying to get as many eyes as possible on that sweet, sweet social content.\nOne of the best ways to grab attention with your posts or tweets is to include an image. There\u2019s heaps of research that says that having images in your posts helps them stand out to followers. Reports I found showed figures from anything from 35% to 150% improvement from just having image in a post. Unfortunately, the details were surrounded with gross words like engagement and visual marketing assets and so I had to close the page before I started to hate myself too much.\nSo without hard stats to quote, we\u2019ll call it a rule of thumb. The rule of thumb is that posts with images will grab more attention than those without, so it makes sense that when adding pages to a website, you should make sure that they have social media sharing images associated with them.\nAdding sharing images\nThe process for declaring an image to be used in places like Facebook and Twitter is very simple, and at this point is familiar to many of us. You add a meta tag to the head of the page to point to the location of the image to use. When a link to the page is added to a post, the social network will fetch the page, look for the meta tag and then use the image you specified.\n
\nThere\u2019s a good post on this over at CSS-Tricks if you need to bone up on the details of this and other similar meta tags for social media sharing.\nThis is all fine and well for content that has a very obvious choice of image to go along with it, but what if you don\u2019t necessarily have an image? One approach is to use stock photography, but that\u2019s not going to be right for every situation.\nThis was something we faced with 24 ways in 2017. We wanted to add images to the tweets we post each day announcing a new article. Some articles have images, but not all, and there tended not to be any consistency in terms of imagery from one article to the next. We always have an author photograph, but those don\u2019t usually lend themselves directly to being the main \u2018hero\u2019 image for an article.\nPutting his thinking cap on, Paul came up with a design for an image that used the author photo along with a quote extracted from the article.\nOne of the hand-made sharing images from 2017\nEach day we would pick a quote from the article, and Paul would manually compose an image to be uploaded to the site. The results were great, but the whole process was a bit too labour intensive and relied on an individual (Paul) being available each day to do the work. I thought we could probably improve this.\nHatching a new plan\nOne initial idea I came up with was to script the image editor to dynamically build a new image by pulling content from our database. Sketch has plugins available to pull JSON content into a design, and our CMS can easily output JSON data, so that was one possibility.\nThe more I thought about this and how much I wish graphic design tools worked just a little bit more like CSS, the obvious solution hit me. We should just build it with CSS!\nIn fact, as the author name and image already exist in our CMS, and the visual styling is based on the design of the website, couldn\u2019t this just be another page on the site generated by the CMS?\nBreaking it down, I figured the steps needed would be something like:\n\nCreate the CSS to lay out a component that could be turned into an image\nAdd a new field to articles in the CMS to hold a handpicked quote\nBuild a new article template in the CMS to output the author name and quote dynamically for any article\n\u2026 um \u2026 screenshot?\n\nI thought I\u2019d get cracking and see if I could figure out the final steps later.\nBuilding the page\nThe first thing to tackle was the basic HTML and CSS to lay out the components for our image. That bit was really easy, as I just asked Paul to do it. Everyone should have a Paul.\nPaul\u2019s code uses a fixed dimension container in the HTML, set to 600 \u00d7 315px. This is to make it the correct aspect ratio for Facebook\u2019s recommended image size. It\u2019s useful to remember here that it doesn\u2019t need to be responsive or robust, as the page only needs to lay out correctly for a screenshot and a fixed size in a known browser.\nWith the markup and CSS in place, I turned this into a new template. Our CMS can easily display content through any number of templates, so I created a version of the article template that was totally stripped down. It only included the author details and the quote, along with Paul\u2019s markup.\nI also added the quote as a new field on the article in the CMS, so each \u2018image\u2019 could be quickly and easily customised in the editing process.\nI added a new field to the article template to capture the quote.\nWith very little effort, we quickly had a page to dynamically generate our \u2018image\u2019 right from the CMS. You can see any of them by adding /sharing onto the end of an article URL for any 2018 article.\nOur automatically generated layout direct from the CMS\nIt soon became clear that the elusive Step 4 was going to be the tricky part. I can create a small page on the site that looks like an image, but how should I go about turning it into one? An obvious route is to screenshot the page by hand, but that\u2019s going back to some of the manual steps I was trying to eliminate, and also opens up a possibility for errors to be made. But it did lead me to the thought\u2026 how could I automatically take a screenshot?\nEnter Puppeteer\nPuppeteer is a Node.js library that provides a nice API onto Headless Chrome. What is Headless Chrome, you ask? It\u2019s just a version of the Chrome browser than runs from the command line without ever drawing anything to a user interface window. It loads pages, renders CSS, runs JavaScript, pretty much every normal thing that Chrome on the desktop does, but without a clicky user interface.\nHeadless Chrome can be used for all sorts of things such as running automated tests on front-end code after making changes, or\u2026 get this\u2026 rendering pages that can be used for screenshots. The actual process of writing some code to control Chrome and to take the screenshot is where Puppeteer comes in. Puppeteer puts a friendly layer in front of big old scary Chrome to enable us to interact with it using simple JavaScript code running in Node.\nUsing Puppeteer, I can write a small script that will repeatably turn a URL into an image. So simple is it to do this, that\u2019s it\u2019s actually Puppeteer\u2019s \u2018hello world\u2019 example.\nFirst you install Puppeteer. It downloads a compatible headless browser (actually Chromium) as a dependancy, so you don\u2019t need to worry about installing that. At the command line:\nnpm i puppeteer\nThen save a new file as example.js with this code:\nconst puppeteer = require('puppeteer');\n\n(async () => {\n const browser = await puppeteer.launch();\n const page = await browser.newPage();\n await page.goto('https://example.com');\n await page.screenshot({path: 'example.png'});\n await browser.close();\n})();\nand then run it using Node:\nnode example.js\nThis will output an image file example.png to disk, which contains a screenshot of, in this case https://example.com. The logic of the code is reasonably easy to follow:\n\nLaunch a browser\nOpen up a new page\nGoto a URL\nTake a screenshot\nClose the browser\n\nThe async function and await keywords are a way to have the script pause and wait for normally asynchronous code to return before proceeding. That\u2019s useful with actions like loading a web page that might take some time to complete. They\u2019re used with Promises, and the effect is to make asynchronous code behave as if it\u2019s synchronous. You can read more about async and await at MDN if you\u2019re interested.\nThat\u2019s a good proof-of-concept using the basic Puppeteer example. I can take a screenshot of a URL! But what happens if I put the URL of my new special page in there?\nOur content is up in the corner of the image with lots of empty space.\nThat\u2019s not great. It\u2019s okay, but not great. It looks like that, by default, Puppeteer takes a screenshot with a resolution of 800 \u00d7 600, so we need to find out how to adjust that. Fortunately, the docs aren\u2019t the worst and I was able to find the page.setViewport() method pretty easily.\nconst puppeteer = require('puppeteer');\n\n(async () => {\n const browser = await puppeteer.launch();\n const page = await browser.newPage();\n await page.goto('https://24ways.org/2018/clip-paths-know-no-bounds/sharing');\n await page.setViewport({\n width: 600,\n height: 315\n });\n await page.screenshot({path: 'example.png'});\n await browser.close();\n})();\nThis worked! The screenshot is now 600 \u00d7 315 as expected. That\u2019s exactly what we asked for. Trouble is, that\u2019s a bit low res and it is nearly 2019 after all. While in those docs, I noticed the deviceScaleFactor option that can be passed to page.setViewport(). Setting that to 2 gives us an image of the same area of the screen, but with twice as many pixels.\n await page.setViewport({\n width: 600,\n height: 315,\n deviceScaleFactor: 2\n });\nPerfect! We now have a programmatic way of turning a URL into an image.\nImproving the script\nRather than having a script with a fixed URL in it that outputs an image called example.png, the next step is to make that a bit more dynamic. The aim here is to have a script that we can run with a URL as an argument and have it output an image for that one page. That way we can run it manually, or hook it into part of our site\u2019s build process to automate the generation of the image.\nOur goal is to call the script like this:\nnode shoot-sharing-image.js https://24ways.org/2018/clip-paths-know-no-bounds/\nAnd I want the image to come out with the name clip-paths-know-no-bounds.png. To do that, I need to have my script look for command arguments, and then to split the URL up to grab the slug from it.\n// Get the URL and the slug segment from it\nconst url = process.argv[2];\nconst segments = url.split('/');\n// Get the second-to-last segment (the slug)\nconst slug = segments[segments.length-2];\nWe can then use these variables later in the script, remembering to add sharing back onto the end of the URL to get our dedicated page.\n(async () => {\n const browser = await puppeteer.launch();\n const page = await browser.newPage();\n await page.goto(url + 'sharing');\n await page.setViewport({\n width: 600,\n height: 315,\n deviceScaleFactor: 2\n });\n await page.screenshot({path: slug + '.png'});\n await browser.close();\n})();\nOnce you\u2019re generating the image with Node, there\u2019s all sorts of things you can do with it. An obvious step is to move it to the correct location within your site or project.\nYou can also run optimisations on the file. I\u2019m using imagemin with pngquant to reduce the file size a little.\nconst imagemin = require('imagemin');\nconst imageminPngquant = require('imagemin-pngquant');\n\nawait imagemin([slug + '.png'], 'build', {\n plugins: [\n imageminPngquant({quality: '75-90'})\n ]\n});\n\nYou can see the completed example as a gist.\nIntegrating it with your CMS\nSo we now have a command we can run to take a URL and generate a custom image for that URL. It\u2019s in a format that can be called by any sort of build script, or triggered from a publishing hook in a CMS. Exactly how you do that is going to depend on the way your site is built and the technology stack you\u2019re using, but it\u2019s likely not too hard as long as you can run a command as part of the process.\nFor 24 ways this year, I\u2019ve been running the script by hand once each article is ready. My script adds the file to a git repo and pushes to a deployment remote that is configured to automatically deploy static assets to our server. Along with our theme of making incremental improvements, next year I\u2019ll look to automate this one step further.\nWe may also look at having a few slightly different layouts to choose from, so that each day isn\u2019t exactly the same as the last. Interestingly, we could even try some A/B tests to see if there\u2019s any particular format of image or type of quote that does a better job of grabbing attention. There are lots of possibilities!\n\nBy using a bit of ingenuity, some custom CMS templates, and the very useful Puppeteer project, we\u2019ve been able to reliably produce dynamic social media sharing images for all of our articles. In doing so, we reduced the dependancy on any individual for producing those images, and opened up a world of possibilities in how we use those images.\nI hope you\u2019ll give it a try!", "year": "2018", "author": "Drew McLellan", "author_slug": "drewmclellan", "published": "2018-12-24T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2018/dynamic-social-sharing-images/", "topic": "code"}
{"rowid": 265, "title": "Designing for Perfection", "contents": "Hello, 24 ways readers. I hope you\u2019re having a nice run up to Christmas. This holiday season I thought I\u2019d share a few things with you that have been particularly meaningful in my work over the last year or so. They may not make you wet your santa pants with new-idea-excitement, but in the context of 24 ways I think they may serve as a nice lesson and a useful seasonal reminder going into the New Year. Enjoy!\n\nStory\n\nDespite being a largely scruffy individual for most of my life, I had some interesting experiences regarding kitchen tidiness during my third year at university. \n\nAs a kid, my room had always been pretty tidy, and as a teenager I used to enjoy reordering my CDs regularly (by artist, label, colour of spine \u2013 you get the picture); but by the time I was twenty I\u2019d left most of these traits behind me, mainly due to a fear that I was turning into my mother. The one remaining anally retentive part of me that remained however, lived in the kitchen. For some reason, I couldn\u2019t let all the pots and crockery be strewn across the surfaces after cooking. I didn\u2019t care if they were washed up or not, I just needed them tidied. The surfaces needed to be continually free of grated cheese, breadcrumbs and ketchup spills. Also, the sink always needed to be clear. Always. Even a lone teabag, discarded casually into the sink hours previously, would give me what I used to refer to as \u201ckitchen rage\u201d.\n\nWhilst this behaviour didn\u2019t cause any direct conflicts, it did often create weirdness. We would be happily enjoying a few pre-night out beverages (Jack Daniels and Red Bull \u2013 nice) when I\u2019d notice the state of the kitchen following our round of customized 49p Tesco pizzas. Kitchen rage would ensue, and I\u2019d have to blitz the kitchen, which usually resulted in me having to catch everyone up at the bar afterwards.\n\nOne evening as we were just about to go out, I was stood there, in front of the shithole that was our kitchen with the intention of cleaning it all up, when a realization popped into my head. In hindsight, it was a pretty obvious one, but it went along the lines of \u201cWhat the fuck are you doing? Sort your life out\u201d. I sodded the washing up, rolled out with my friends, and had a badass evening of partying.\n\nAfter this point, whenever I got the urge to clean the kitchen, I repeated that same realization in my head. My tidy kitchen obsession strived for a level of perfection that my housemates just didn\u2019t share, so it was ultimately pointless. It didn\u2019t make me feel that good, either; it was like having a cigarette after months of restraint \u2013 initially joyous but soon slightly shameful.\n\nLesson\n\nNow, around seven years later, I\u2019m a designer on the web and my life is chaotic. It features no planning for significant events, no day-to-day routine or structure, no thought about anything remotely long-term, and I like to think I do precisely what I want. It seems my days at striving for something ordered and tidy, in most parts of my life, are long gone.\n\nFor much of my time as a designer, though, it\u2019s been a different story. I relished industry-standard terms such as \u2018pixel perfection\u2019 and \u2018polished PSDs\u2019, taking them into my stride as I strove to design everything that was put on my plate perfectly. Even down to grids and guidelines, all design elements would be painstakingly aligned to a five-pixel grid. There were no seven-pixel margins or gutters to be found in my design work, that\u2019s for sure. I put too much pride and, inadvertently, too much ego into my work. Things took too long to create, and because of the amount of effort put into the work, significant changes, based on client feedback for example, were more difficult to stomach.\n\nOver the last eighteen months I\u2019ve made a conscious effort to change the way I approach designing for the web. Working on applications has probably helped with this; they seem to have a more organic development than rigid content-based websites. Mostly though, a realization similar to my kitchen rage one came about when I had to make significant changes to a painstakingly crafted Photoshop document I had created. The changes shouldn\u2019t have been difficult or time-consuming to implement, but they were turning out to be. One day, frustrated with how long it was taking, the refrain \u201cWhat the fuck are you doing? Sort your life out\u201d again entered my head. I blazed the rest of the work, not rushing or doing scruffy work, but just not adhering to the insane levels of perfection I had previously set for myself. When the changes were presented, everything went down swimmingly. The client in this case (and I\u2019d argue most cases) cared more about the ideas than the perfect way in which they had been implemented. I had taken myself and my ego out of the creative side of the work, and it had been easier to succeed.\n\nArgument\n\nI know many other designers who work on the web share such aspirations to perfection. I think it\u2019s a common part of the designer DNA, but I\u2019m not sure it really has a place when designing for the web.\n\nFirst, there\u2019s the environment. The landscape in which we work is continually shifting and evolving. The inherent imperfection of the medium itself makes attempts to create perfect work for it redundant. Whether you consider it a positive or negative point, the products we make are never complete. They\u2019re always scaling and changing. \n\nLike many aspects of web design, this striving for perfection in our design work is a way of thinking borrowed from other design industries where it\u2019s more suited. A physical product cannot be as easily altered or developed after it has been manufactured, so the need to achieve perfection when designing is more apt.\n\nDesigners who can relate to anything I\u2019ve talked about can easily let go of that anal retentiveness if given the right reasons to do so. Striving for perfection isn\u2019t a bad thing, but I simply don\u2019t think it can be achieved in such a fast-moving, unique industry. I think design for the web works better when it begins with quick and simple, followed by iteration and polish over time. \n\nTo let go of ego and to publish something that you\u2019re not completely happy with is perhaps the most difficult part of the job for designers like us, but it\u2019s followed by a satisfaction of knowing your product is alive and breathing, whereas others (possibly even competitors) may still be sitting in Photoshop, agonizing over whether a margin should be twenty or forty pixels.\n\nI keep telling myself to stop sitting on those two hundred ideas that are all half-finished. Publish them, clean them up and iterate over time. I\u2019ve been telling myself this for months and, hopefully, writing this article will give me the kick in the arse I need. Hopefully, it will also give someone else the same kick.", "year": "2011", "author": "Greg Wood", "author_slug": "gregwood", "published": "2011-12-17T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2011/designing-for-perfection/", "topic": "process"}
{"rowid": 266, "title": "Collaborative Development for a Responsively Designed Web", "contents": "In responsive web design we\u2019ve found a technique that allows us to design for the web as a medium in its own right: one that presents a fluid, adaptable and ever changing canvas.\n\nUntil this point, we gave little thought to the environment in which users will experience our work, caring more about the aggregate than the individual. The applications we use encourage rigid layouts, whilst linear processes focus on clients signing off paintings of websites that have little regard for behaviour and interactions. The handover of pristine, pixel-perfect creations to developers isn\u2019t dissimilar to farting before exiting a crowded lift, leaving front-end developers scratching their heads as they fill in the inevitable gaps. If you haven\u2019t already, I recommend reading Drew\u2019s checklist of things to consider before handing over a design.\n\nSomehow, this broken methodology has survived for the last fifteen years or so. Even the advent of web standards has had little impact. Now, as we face an onslaught of different devices, the true universality of the web can no longer be ignored.\n\nResponsive web design is just the thin end of the wedge. Largely concerned with layout, its underlying philosophy could ignite a trend towards interfaces that adapt to any number of different variables: input methods, bandwidth availability, user preference \u2013 you name it!\n\nWith such adaptability, a collaborative and iterative process is required. Ethan Marcotte, who worked with the team behind the responsive redesign of the Boston Globe website, talked about such an approach in his book:\n\n\n\tThe responsive projects I\u2019ve worked on have had a lot of success combining design and development into one hybrid phase, bringing the two teams into one highly collaborative group.\n\n\nWhilst their process still involved the creation of desktop-centric mock-ups, these were presented to the entire team early on, where questions about how pages might adapt and behave at different sizes were asked. Mock-ups were quickly converted into HTML prototypes, meaning further decisions could be based on usage rather than guesswork (and endless hours spent in Photoshop).\n\nRegardless of the exact process, it\u2019s clear that the relationship between our two disciplines is more crucial than ever. Yet, historically, it seems a wedge has been driven between us \u2013 perhaps a result of segregation and waterfall-style processes \u2013 resulting in animosity.\n\nSo how can we improve this relationship? Ultimately, we\u2019ll need to adapt, but even within existing workflows we can start to overlap. Simply adjusting our attitude can effect change, and bring design and development teams closer together.\n\n\n\tGood design is constant contact.\n\n\tMark Otto\n\n\nThe way we work needs to be more open and inclusive. For example, ensuring members of the development team attend initial kick-off meetings and design workshops will not only ensure technical concerns are raised, but mean that those implementing our designs better understand the problems we\u2019re trying to solve.\n\nIt can also be useful at this stage to explain how you work and the sort of deliverables you expect to produce. This will give developers a chance to make recommendations on how these can be optimized for their own needs.\n\nYou may even find opportunities to share the load. On a recent project I worked on, our development partners offered to produce the interactive prototypes needed for user testing. This allowed us to concentrate on refining the experience, whilst they were able to get a head start on building the product.\n\nWhile developers should be involved at the beginning of projects, it\u2019s also important that designers are able to review and contribute to a product as it\u2019s being built. Any handover should be done in person, and ideally you\u2019ll have a day set aside to do so. Having additional budget available for follow-up design reviews is also recommended. Learning how to use version control tools like Subversion or Git will allow you to work within the same environment as developers, and allow you to contribute code or graphic assets directly to a project if needed.\n\nDon\u2019t underestimate the benefits of designer and developer sitting next to each other. Subtle nuances can be explored far more easily than if they were conducted over email or phone. As Ethan writes, \u201c\u2018Design\u2019 is the means, not merely the end; the path we walk over the course of a project, the choices we make\u201d.\n\nIt\u2019s from collaboration like this that I\u2019ve become fond of producing visual style guides. These demonstrate typographic treatments for common markup and patterns (blockquotes, lists, pagination, basic form controls and so on). Thinking in terms of components rather than individual pages not only fits in better with how a developer will implement a site, but can also ensure your design works as a coherent whole.\n\nDespite the amount of research and design produced, when it comes to the crunch, there will always be a need for compromise. As the old saying goes, \u2018fast, cheap and good \u2013 pick two.\u2019 It\u2019s important that you know which pieces are crucial to a design and which areas can allow for movement. Pick your battles wisely. Having an agreed set of design principles can be useful when making such decisions, as they help everyone focus on the goals of the project.\n\n\n\tThe best compromises are reached when both sides understand the issues of the other.\n\n\tRichard Rutter\n\n\nUltimately, better collaboration comes through a shared understanding of the different competencies required to build a website. Instead of viewing ourselves in terms of discrete roles, we should instead look to emphasize our range of abilities, and work with others whose skills are complementary.\n\nPerhaps somebody who actively seeks to broaden their knowledge is the mark of a professional. Seek these people out.\n\nThe best developers I\u2019ve worked with have a respect for design, probably having attempted to do some themselves! Having wrangled with a few MySQL databases myself, I certainly believe the obverse is true. While knowing HTML won\u2019t necessarily make you a better designer, it will help you understand the issues being faced by a front-end developer and, more importantly, allow you to offer solutions or alternative approaches.\n\nSo take a moment to think about how you work with developers and how you could improve your relationship with them. What are you doing to ease the path towards our collaborative future?", "year": "2011", "author": "Paul Lloyd", "author_slug": "paulrobertlloyd", "published": "2011-12-05T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2011/collaborative-development-for-a-responsively-designed-web/", "topic": "business"}
{"rowid": 267, "title": "Taming Complexity", "contents": "I\u2019m going to step into my UX trousers for this one. I wouldn\u2019t usually wear them in public, but it\u2019s Christmas, so there\u2019s nothing wrong with looking silly.\n\nAnyway, to business. Wherever I roam, I hear the familiar call for simplicity and the denouncement of complexity. I read often that the simpler something is, the more usable it will be. We understand that simple is hard to achieve, but we push for it nonetheless, convinced it will make what we build easier to use. Simple is better, right?\n\nWell, I\u2019ll try to explore that. Much of what follows will not be revelatory to some but, like all good lessons, I think this serves as a welcome reminder that as we live in a complex world it\u2019s OK to sometimes reflect that complexity in the products we build.\n\nMyths and legends\n\nLess is more, we\u2019ve been told, ever since master of poetic verse Robert Browning used the phrase in 1855. Well, I\u2019ve conducted some research, and it appears he knew nothing of web design. Neither did modernist architect Ludwig Mies van der Rohe, a later pedlar of this worthy yet contradictory notion. Broad is narrow. Tall is short. Eggs are chips. See: anyone can come up with this stuff.\n\nTo paraphrase Einstein, simple doesn\u2019t have to be simpler. In other words, simple doesn\u2019t dictate that we remove the complexity. Complex doesn\u2019t have to be confusing; it can be beautiful and elegant. On the web, complex can be necessary and powerful. A website that simplifies the lives of its users by offering them everything they need in one site or screen is powerful. For some, the greater the density of information, the more useful the site.\n\nIn our decision-making process, principles such as Occam\u2019s razor\u2019s_razor (in a nutshell: simple is better than complex) are useful, but simple is for the user to determine through their initial impression and subsequent engagement. What appears simple to me or you might appear very complex to someone else, based on their own mental model or needs. We can aim to deliver simple, but they\u2019ll be the judge.\n\nAs a designer, developer, content alchemist, user experience discombobulator, or whatever you call yourself, you\u2019re often wrestling with a wealth of material, a huge number of features, and numerous objectives. In many cases, much of that stuff is extraneous, and goes in the dustbin. However, it can be just as likely that there\u2019s a truckload of suggested features and content because it all needs to be there. Don\u2019t be afraid of that weight.\n\nIn the right hands, less can indeed mean more, but it\u2019s just as likely that less can very often lead to, well\u2026 less.\n\nComplexity is powerful\n\nSimple is the ability to offer a powerful experience without overwhelming the audience or inducing information anxiety. Giving them everything they need, without having them ferret off all over a site to get things done, is important.\n\nIt\u2019s useful to ask throughout a site\u2019s lifespan, \u201cdoes the user have everything they need?\u201d It\u2019s so easy to let our designer egos get in the way and chop stuff out, reduce down to only the things we want to see. That benefits us in the short term, but compromises the audience long-term.\n\nThe trick is not to be afraid of complexity in itself, but to avoid creating the perception of complexity. Give a user a flight simulator and they\u2019ll crash the plane or jump out. Give them everything they need and more, but make it feel simple, and you\u2019re building a relationship, empowering people.\n\nThis can be achieved carefully with what some call gradual engagement, and often the sensible thing might be to unleash complexity in carefully orchestrated phases, initially setting manageable levels of engagement and interaction, gradually increasing the inherent power of the product and fostering an empowered community.\n\nThe design aesthetic\n\nHere\u2019s a familiar scenario: the client or project lead gets overexcited and skips most of the important decision-making, instead barrelling straight into a bout of creative direction Tourette\u2019s. Visually, the design needs to be minimal, white, crisp, full of white space, have big buttons, and quite likely be \u201cclean\u201d. Of course, we all like our websites to be clean as that\u2019s more hygienic.\n\nBut what do these words even mean, really? Early in a project they\u2019re abstract distractions, unnecessary constraints. This premature narrowing forces us to think much more about throwing stuff out rather than acknowledging that what we\u2019re building is complex, and many of the components perhaps necessary.\n\nSimple is not a formula. It cannot be achieved just by using a white background, by throwing things away, or by breathing a bellowsful of air in between every element and having it all float around in space. Simple is not a design treatment. Simple is hard. Simple requires deep investigation, a thorough understanding of every aspect of a project, in line with the needs and expectations of the audience.\n\nRecognizing this helps us empathize a little more with those most vocal of UX practitioners. They usually appreciate that our successes depend on a thorough understanding of the user\u2019s mental models and expected outcomes. I personally still consider UX people to be web designers like the rest of us (mainly to wind them up), but they\u2019re web designers that design every decision, and by putting the user experience at the heart of their process, they have a greater chance of finding simplicity in complexity. The visual design aesthetic \u2014 the fa\u00e7ade \u2014 is only a part of that.\n\nDivide and conquer\n\nI\u2019m currently working on an app that\u2019s complex in architecture, and complex in ambition. We\u2019ll be releasing in carefully orchestrated private phases, gradually introducing more complexity in line with the unavoidably complex nature of the objective, but my job is to design the whole, the complete system as it will be when it\u2019s out of beta and beyond.\n\nI\u2019ve noticed that I\u2019m not throwing much out; most of it needs to be there. Therefore, my responsibility is to consider interesting and appropriate methods of navigation and bring everything together logically.\n\nI\u2019m using things like smart defaults, graphical timelines and colour keys to make sense of the complexity, techniques that are sympathetic to the content. They act as familiar points of navigation and reference, yet are malleable enough to change subtly to remain relevant to the information they connect. It\u2019s really OK to have a lot of stuff, so long as we make each component work smartly.\n\nIt\u2019s a divide and conquer approach. By finding simplicity and logic in each content bucket, I\u2019ve made more sense of the whole, allowing me to create key layouts where most of the simplified buckets are collated and sometimes combined, providing everything the user needs and expects in the appropriate places.\n\nI\u2019m also making sure I don\u2019t reduce the app\u2019s power. I need to reflect the scale of opportunity, and provide access to or knowledge of the more advanced tools and features for everyone: a window into what they can do and how they can help. I know it\u2019s the minority who will be actively building the content, but the power is in providing those opportunities for all.\n\nMuch of this will be familiar to the responsible practitioners who build websites for government, local authorities, utility companies, newspapers, magazines, banking, and we-sell-everything-ever-made online shops. Across the web, there are sites and tools that thrive on complexity.\n\nAlas, the majority of such sites have done little to make navigation intuitive, or empower audiences. Where we can make a difference is by striving to make our UIs feel simple, look wonderful, not intimidating \u2014 even if they\u2019re mind-meltingly complex behind that fa\u00e7ade.\n\nEmbrace, empathize and tame\n\nSo, there are loads of ways to exploit complexity, and make it seem simple. I\u2019ve hinted at some methods above, and we\u2019ve already looked at gradual engagement as a way to make sense of complexity, so that\u2019s a big thumbs-up for a release cycle that increases audience power.\n\nPrior to each and every release, it\u2019s also useful to rest on the finished thing for a while and use it yourself, even if you\u2019re itching to release. \u2018Ready\u2019 often isn\u2019t, and \u2018finished\u2019 never is, and the more time you spend browsing around the sites you build, the more you learn what to question, where to add, or subtract. It\u2019s definitely worth building in some contingency time for sitting on your work, so to speak.\n\nOne thing I always do is squint at my layouts. By squinting, I get a sort of abstract idea of the overall composition, and general feel for the thing. It makes my face look stupid, but helps me see how various buckets fit together, and how simple or complex the site feels overall.\n\nI mentioned the need to put our design egos to one side and not throw out anything useful, and I think that\u2019s vital. I\u2019m a big believer in economy, reduction, and removing the extraneous, but I\u2019m usually referring to decoration, bells and whistles, and fluff. I wouldn\u2019t ever advocate the complete removal of powerful content from a project roadmap.\n\nAbove all, don\u2019t fear complexity. Embrace and tame it. Work hard to empathize with audience needs, and you can create elegant, playful, risky, surprising, emotive, delightful, and ultimately simple things.", "year": "2011", "author": "Simon Collison", "author_slug": "simoncollison", "published": "2011-12-21T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2011/taming-complexity/", "topic": "ux"}
{"rowid": 268, "title": "Getting the Most Out of Google Analytics", "contents": "Something a bit different for today\u2019s 24 ways article. For starters, I\u2019m not a designer or a developer. I\u2019m an evil man who sells things to people on the internet. Second, this article will likely be a little more nebulous than you\u2019re used to, since it covers quite a number of points in a relatively short space. \n\nThis isn\u2019t going to be the complete Google Analytics Conversion University IQ course compressed into a single article, obviously. What it will be, however, is a primer on setting up and using Google Analytics in real life, and a great deal of what I\u2019ve learned using Google Analytics nearly every working day for the past six (crikey!) years.\n\nAlso, to be clear, I\u2019ll be referencing new Google Analytics here; old Google Analytics is for loooosers (and those who want reliable e-commerce conversion data per site search term, natch).\n\nYou may have been running your Analytics account for several years now, dipping in and out, checking traffic levels, seeing what\u2019s popular\u2026 and that\u2019s about it. Google Analytics provides so much more than that, but the number of reports available can often intimidate users, and documentation and case studies on their use are minimal at best. \n\nLet\u2019s start! Setting up your Analytics profile\n\nBefore we plough on, I just want to run through a quick checklist that some basic settings have been enabled for your profile. If you haven\u2019t clicked it, click the big cog on the top-right of Google Analytics and we\u2019ll have a poke about.\n\n\n\tIf you have an e-commerce site, e-commerce tracking has been enabled\u2028\n\tIf your site has a search function, site search tracking has been enabled.\n\tQuery string parameters that you do not want tracked as separate pages have been excluded (for example, any parameters needed for your platform to function, otherwise you\u2019ll get multiple entries for the same page appearing in your reports)\n\tFilters have been enabled on your main profile to exclude your office IP address and any IPs of people who frequently access the site for work purposes. In decent numbers they tend to throw data off a tad.\u2028\n\tYou may also find the need to set up multiple profiles prefiltered for specific audience segments. For example, at Lovehoney we have seventeen separate profiles that allow me quick access to certain countries, devices and traffic sources without having to segment first. You\u2019ll also find load time for any complex reports much improved. Use the same filter screen as above to set up a series of profiles that only include, say, mobile visits, or UK visitors, so you can quickly analyse important segments.\n\n\nMatt, what\u2019s a segment?\n\nA segment is a subsection of your visitor base, which you define and then call on in reports to see specific data for that subsection. For example, in this report I\u2019ve defined two segments, the first for IE6 users and the second for IE7.\n\n\n\nSegments are easily created by clicking the Advanced Segments tabs at the top of any report and clicking +New Custom Segment.\n\n\n\nWhat does your site do?\n\nUnderstanding the goals of your site is an oft-covered topic, but it\u2019s necessary not just to form a better understand of your business and prioritize your time. Understanding what you wish visitors to do on your site translates well into a goal-driven analytics package like Google Analytics. \n\nEvery site exists essentially to sell something, either financially through e-commerce, or to sell an idea or impart information, get people to download a CV or enquire about service, or to sell space on that website to advertisers. If the site did not provide a positive benefit to its owners, it would not have a reason for being. \n\nOnce you have understood the reason why you have a site, you can map that reason on to one of the three goal types Google Analytics provides. \n\nE-commerce \n\nThis conversion type registers transactions as part of a sales process which requires a monetary value, what products have been bought, an SKU (stock keeping unit), affiliation (if you\u2019re then attributing the sale to a third party or franchise) and so on.\n\nThe benefit of e-commerce tracking is not only assigning non-arbitrary monetary value to behaviour of visitors on your site, as well as being able to see ancillary costs such as shipping, but seeing product-level information, like which products are preferred from various channels, popular categories, and so on.\n\n\n\nHowever, I find the e-commerce tracking options also useful for non-e-commerce sites. For example, if you\u2019re offering downloads or subscriptions and having an email address or user\u2019s details is worth something to you, you can set up e-commerce tracking to understand how much value your site is bringing. For example, an email address might be worth 20p to you, but if it also includes a name it\u2019s worth 50p. A contact telephone number is worth \u00a32, and so on.\n\nPage goals\n\nPage goals, unsurprisingly, track a visit to a page (often with a sequence of pages leading up to that page). This is what\u2019s referred to as a goal funnel, and is generally used to track how visitors behave in a multistep checkout. \n\n\n\nInterestingly, the page doesn\u2019t have to actually exist. For example, if you have a single page checkout, you can register virtual page views using trackPageview() when a visitor clicks into a particular section of the checkout or other form. If your site is geared towards getting someone to a particular page, but where there isn\u2019t a transaction (for example, a subscription page) this is for you.\n\nThere are also behavioural goals, such as time on site and number of pages viewed, which are geared towards sites that make money from advertising.\n\nBut, going back to the page goals, these can be abstracted using regular expressions, meaning that you can define a funnel based on page type rather than having to set individual folders.\n\n\n\nIn this example, I\u2019ve created regexes for the main page types on my site, so I can create a wide funnel that captures visitors from where they enter through to checkout.\n\nEvents\n\nEvent tracking registers a predefined event, such as playing a video, or some interaction that can trigger JavaScript, such as a Tweet This button. Events can then be triggered using the trackEvent() call. If you want someone to complete watching a video, you would code your player to fire trackEvent() upon completion. \n\nWhile I don\u2019t use events as goals, I use events elsewhere to see how well a video play aids to conversion. This not only helps me justify the additional spend on creating video content, but also quickly highlights which videos are underperforming as sales tools.\n\n\n\nWhat a visitor can tell you\n\n\u2028Now you have some proper goals set up, we can start to see how changes in content (on-site and external) affect those goals. \n\nUltimately, when a visitor comes to your site, they bring information with them:\n\n\n\twhere they came from (a search engine \u2013 including: keyword searched for; a referral; direct; affiliate; or ad campaign)\n\tdemographics (country; whether they\u2019re new or returning, within thirty days)\n\ttechnical information (browser; screen size; device; bandwidth)\n\tsite-specific information (landing page; next click; previous values assigned to them as custom variables*)\n\n\n * A note about custom variables. There\u2019s no hope in hell that I can cover custom variables in this article. Go research them. Custom variables are the single best way to hack Google Analytics and bend it to your will. Custom variables allow you to record anything you want about a visitor, which that visitor will then carry around with them between visits. It\u2019s also great for plugging other services into Google Analytics (as shown by the marvelous way Visual Website Optimizer allows you to track and segment tests within the GA interface). Just make sure not to breach the terms of service, eh?\n\nCSI your website\n\nPolice procedural TV shows are all the same: the investigators are called to a crime and come across a clue; there\u2019s then an autopsy; new evidence leads them to a new location; they find a new clue; they put two and two together; they solve the mystery.\n\nThis is your life now. Exciting!\n\nSo, now you\u2019re gathering a wealth of information about what sort of people visit your site, what they do when they\u2019re there, and what eventually gets them to drive value to you. It\u2019s now your job to investigate all these little clues to see which types of people drive the most value, and what you can change to improve it.\n\nMaybe not that exciting.\n\nHowever, Google Analytics comes pre-armed with extensive reports for you to delve into. As an e-commerce guy (as opposed to a page goal guy) my day pretty much follows the pattern below.\n\n\n\tLook at e-commerce conversion rate by traffic source compared to the same day in the previous week and previous month. As ours is an e-commerce site, we have weekly and monthly trends. A big spike on Sundays and Mondays, and payday towards the end of the month is always good; on the third week of a month there tends to be a lull. Spend time letting your Google Analytics data brew, understand your own trends and patterns, and you\u2019ll start to get a feel for when something isn\u2019t quite right.\n\t\n\t\tTraffic Sources \u2192 Sources \u2192 All Traffic\n\t\n\tLook at the conversion rate by landing page for any traffic source that feels significantly different to what\u2019s expected. Check bounce rates, drill down to likely landing pages and check search keyword or referral site to see if it\u2019s a particular subset of visitor. You can do this by clicking Secondary Dimension and choosing Keyword or Source. If it\u2019s direct, choose Visitor Type to break down by new or returning visitor.\n\t\n\t\tContent \u2192 Site Content \u2192 Landing Pages\n\t\n\tI then tend to flip into Content Drilldown to see what the next clicks were from those landing pages, and whether they changed significantly to the date I\u2019m comparing with. If they have, that\u2019s usually an indicator of changed content (or its relevancy). Remember, if a bunch of people have found their way to your page via a method you\u2019re not expecting (such as a mention on a Spanish radio station \u2013 this actually happened to me once), while the content hasn\u2019t changed, the relevancy of it to the audience may have.\n\t\n\t\tContent \u2192 Site Content \u2192 Content Drilldown\n\t\n\tOnce I have an idea of what content was consumed, and whether it was relevant to the user, I then look at the visitor specifics, such as browser or demographic data, to see again whether the change was limited to a specific subset. Site speed, for example, is normally a good factor towards bounce rate, so compare that with previous data as well.\n\n\nNow, to be investigating at this level you still need a serious amount of data, in order to tell what\u2019s a significant change or not. If you\u2019re struggling with a small number of visitors, you might find reporting on a weekly or fortnightly basis more appropriate. \n\nHowever, once you\u2019ve looked into the basics of why changes happen to the value of your site, you\u2019ll soon find yourself limited by the reports offered in Standard Reporting. So, it\u2019s time to build your own. Hooray!\n\nCustom reporting\n\nGoogle Analytics provides the tools to build reports specific to the types of investigations you frequently perform. \n\n\n\nWelcome to my world.\n\nCustom reports are quite simple to build: first, you determine the metric you want the report to cover (number of visitors, bounce rate, conversion rate, and so on), then choose a set of dimensions that you\u2019d like to segment the report by (say, the source of the traffic, and whether they were new or returning users). You can filter the report, including or excluding particular dimension values, and you can assign the report to any of the profiles you created earlier. \n\nIn the example below, I\u2019ve created a report that shows me visits and conversion rate for any Google traffic that landed directly only on a product page. I can then drill down on each product page to see the complete phrases use to search. I can use this information in two ways:\n\n\n\tI can see which products aren\u2019t converting, which shows me where I need to work harder on merchandising.\n\tI can give this information to my content team, showing them the actual phrases visitors used to reach our product content, helping them write better targeted product descriptions.\n\n\n\n\nThe possibilities here are nearly endless, but here are a few examples of reports I find useful:\n\n\n\tNon-brand inbound search\nBy creating a report that shows inbound search traffic which doesn\u2019t include your brand, you can see more clearly the behaviour of visitors most likely to be unfamiliar with your site and brand values, without having to rely on the clumsy new or returning demographic date.\n\tTraffic/conversion/sales by hour\nThis is pure stats porn, but actually more useful than real-time data. By seeing this data broken down at an hourly level, you can not only compare the current day to previous days, but also see the best performing times for email broadcasts and tweets.\n\tVisits, load time, conversion and sales by page and browser\nPage speed can often kill conversion rates, but it\u2019s difficult to prove the value of focusing on speed in monetary terms. Having this report to hand helps me drive Operation Greenbelt, our effort to get into the sub-1.5 second band in Google Webmaster Tools.\n\n\nUseful things you can\u2019t do in custom reporting\n\nIf you have a search function on your website, then Conversion Rate and Products Bought by Site Search Term is an incredibly useful report that allows you to measure the effectiveness of your site\u2019s search engine at returning products and content related to the search term used. By including the products actually bought by visitors who searched for each term, you can use this information to better searchandise these results, escalating high propensity and high value products to the top of the results.\n\nHowever, it\u2019s not possible to get this information out of new Google Analytics. \n\nTry it, select the following in the report builder:\n\n\n\tMetrics: total unique searches; e-commerce or goal conversion rate\n\tDimensions: search term; product\n\n\nYou\u2019ll see that the data returned is a little nonsensical, though a 2,000% conversion rate would be nice. However, you can get more accurate information using advanced segments. By creating individual segments to define users who have searched for a particular term, you can run the sales performance and product performance reports as normal. It\u2019s laborious, but it teaches a good lesson: data that seems inaccessible can normally be found another way!\n\nReporting infrastructure\n\nNow that you have a series of reports that you can refer to on a daily or weekly basis, it\u2019s time to put together a regular reporting infrastructure. \n\nEven if you\u2019re not reporting to someone, having a set of key performance indicators that you can use to see how your performance is improving over time allows you to set yourself business goals on a monthly and annual basis.\n\nFor my own reporting, I take some high-level metrics (such as visitors, conversion rate and average order value), and segment them by traffic source and, separately, landing page. These statistics I record weekly and report:\n\n\n\tcurrent week compared with previous week\n\tsame week previous year (if available)\n\t4 week average\n\t13 week average\n\t52 week average (if available)\n\n\nThis takes into account weekly, monthly, seasonal and annual trends, and gives you a much clearer view of your performance.\n\nGetting data in other ways\n\nIf you\u2019re using Google Analytics frequently, with any large site you\u2019ll come to a couple of conclusions:\n\n\n\tDoing any kind of practical comparative analysis is unwieldy.\n\tBoy, Google Analytics is slow!\n\n\nAs you work with bigger datasets and put together more complex queries, you\u2019ll see the loading graphic more than you\u2019ll see actual data. So when you reach that level, there are ways to completely bypass the Google Analytics interface altogether, and get data into your own spreadsheet application for manipulation.\n\nData Feed Query Explorer\n\nIf you just want to pull down some quick statistics but still use complex filters and exotic metric and dimension combinations, the Data Feed Query Explorer is the quickest way of doing so. Authenticate with your Google Analytics account, select a profile, and you can start selecting metrics and dimensions to be generated in a handy, selectable tabulated format.\n\nGoogle Analytics API\n\nIf you\u2019re feeling clever, you can bypass having to copy and paste data by pulling in directly into Excel, Google Docs or your own application using the Google Analytics API. There are several scripts and plugins available to do this. I use Automate Analytics Google Docs code (there\u2019s also a paid version that simplifies setup and creates some handy reports for you).\n\nNew shiny things\n\nWell, now that that\u2019s over, I can show you some cool stuff. Well, at least it\u2019s cool to me. Google Analytics is being constantly improved and new functionality is introduced nearly every month. Here are a couple of my favourites.\n\nMultichannel attribution\n\nNot every visitor converts on your site on the first visit. They may not even do so on the second visit, or third. If they convert on the fourth visit, but each time they visit they do so via a different channel (for example, Search PPC, Search Organic, Direct, Email), which channel do you attribute the conversion to? The last channel, or the first? Dilemma! \n\nGoogle now has a Multichannel Attribution report, available in the Conversion category, which shows how each channel assists in converting, the overlap between channels, and where in the process that channel was important. \n\n\n\nFor example, you may have analysed your blog traffic from Twitter and become disheartened that not many people were subscribing after visiting from Twitter links, but instead your high-value subscribers were coming from natural search. On the face of it, you\u2019d spend less time tweeting, but a multichannel report may tell you that visitors first arrived via a Twitter link and didn\u2019t subscribe, but then came back later after searching for your blog name on Google, after which they did. Don\u2019t pack Twitter in yet!\n\nVisitor and goal flow\n\nVisitor and goal flow are amazing reports that help you visualize the flow of traffic through your site and, ultimately, into your checkout funnel or similar goal path. Flow reports are perfect for understanding drop-off points in your process, as well as what the big draws are on each page. \n\n\n\nPreviously, if you wanted to visualize this data you had to set up several abstracted microgoals and chain them together in custom reports. Frankly, it was a pain in the arse and burned through your precious and limited goal allocation.\n\nVisitor flow bypasses all that and produces the report in an interactive flow diagram. While it doesn\u2019t show you the holy grail of conversion likelihood by each path, you can segment visitor flow so that you can see very specifically how different segments of your visitor base behave.\n\nGo play with it now!", "year": "2011", "author": "Matt Curry", "author_slug": "mattcurry", "published": "2011-12-18T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2011/getting-the-most-out-of-google-analytics/", "topic": "business"}
{"rowid": 269, "title": "Adaptive Images for Responsive Designs\u2026 Again", "contents": "When I was asked to write an article for 24 ways I jumped at the chance, as I\u2019d been wanting to write about some fun hacks for responsive images and related parsing behaviours. My heart sank a little when Matt Wilcox beat me to the subject, but it floated back up when I realized I disagreed with his method and still had something to write about.\n\nSo, Matt Wilcox, if that is your real name (and I\u2019m pretty sure it is), I disagree. I see your dirty server-based hack and raise you an even dirtier client-side hack. Evil laugh, etc., etc.\n\nYou guys can stomach yet another article about responsive design, right? Right?\n\nHalf the room gets up to leave\n\nWhoa, whoa\u2026 OK, I\u2019ll cut to the chase\u2026\n\nTL;DR\n\nIn a previous episode, we were introduced to Debbie and her responsive cat poetry page. Well, now she\u2019s added some reviews of cat videos and some images of cats. Check out her new page and have a play around with the browser window. At smaller widths, the images change and the design responds. The benefits of this method are:\n\n\n\tit\u2019s entirely client-side\n\timages are still shown to users without JavaScript\n\tyour media queries stay in your CSS file\n\tno repetition of image URLs\n\tno extra downloads per image\n\tit\u2019s fast enough to work on resize\n\tit\u2019s pure filth\n\n\nWhat\u2019s wrong with the server-side solution?\n\nResponsive design is a client-side issue; involving the server creates a boatload of problems.\n\n\n\tIt sets a cookie at the top of the page which is read in subsequent requests. However, the cookie is not guaranteed to be set in time for requests on the same page, so the server may see an old value or no value at all.\n\tServing images via server scripts is much slower than plain old static hosting.\n\tThe URL can only cache with vary: cookie, so the cache breaks when the cookie changes, even if the change is unrelated. Also, far-future caching is out for devices that can change width.\n\tIt depends on detecting screen width, which is rather messy on mobile devices.\n\tResponding to things other than screen width (such as DPI) means packing more information into the cookie, and a more complicated script at the top of each page.\n\n\nSo, why isn\u2019t this straightforward on the client?\n\nClient-side solutions to the problem involve JavaScript testing user agent properties (such as screen width), looping through some images and setting their URLs accordingly. However, by the time JavaScript has sprung into action, the original image source has already started downloading. If you change the source of an image via JavaScript, you\u2019re setting off yet another request.\n\nImages are downloaded as soon as their DOM node is created. They don\u2019t need to be visible, they don\u2019t need to be in the document.\n\nnew Image().src = url\n\nThe above will start an HTTP request for url. This is a handy trick for quick requests and preloading, but also shows the browser\u2019s eagerness to download images.\n\nHere\u2019s an example of that in action. Check out the network tab in Web Inspector (other non-WebKit development aids are available) to see the image requests.\n\nBecause of this, some client-side solutions look like this:\n\n
\n\nwhere t.gif is a 1\u00d71px tiny transparent GIF.\n\nThis results in no images if JavaScript isn\u2019t available. Dealing with the absence of JavaScript is still important, even on mobile. I was recently asked to make a website work on an old Blackberry 9000. I was able to get most of the way there by preventing that OS parsing any JavaScript, and that was only possible because the site didn\u2019t depend on it.\n\nWe need to delay loading images for JavaScript users, but ensure they load for users without JavaScript. How can we conditionally parse markup depending on JavaScript support?\n\nOh yeah!
!\n\n\n \n\nWhoa! First spacer GIFs and now ? This really is the future! The image above will only load for users without JavaScript support. Now all we need to do is send JavaScript in there to get the textContent of the element, then we can alter the image source before handing it to the DOM for parsing.\n\nHere\u2019s an example of that working \u2026 unless you\u2019re using Internet Explorer.\n\nInternet Explorer doesn\u2019t retain the content of elements. As soon as it\u2019s parsed, it considers it an empty element. FANKS INTERNET EXPLORER. This is why some solutions do this:\n\n\n \n\nso JavaScript can still get at the URL via the data-src attribute. However, repeating stuff isn\u2019t great. Surely we can do better than that.\n\nA dirty, dirty hack\n\nThankfully, I managed to come up with a solution, and by me, I mean someone cleverer than me. Pornel\u2019s solution uses , but surely we don\u2019t need that.\n\nNow, before we look at this, I can\u2019t stress how dirty it is. It\u2019s so dirty that if you\u2019ve seen it, schools will refuse to employ you.\n\n\n example above, we can get the text content of the comment pretty easily.\n\nHurrah! But wait\u2026 Some browsers are sometimes downloading the image, even with JavaScript enabled. Notably Firefox. Huh?\n\nImages are downloaded in comments now? What?\n\nNo. What we\u2019re seeing here is the effect of speculative parsing. Here\u2019s what\u2019s happening:\n\n\n\nWhile the browser is parsing the script, it parses the rest of the document. This is usually a good thing, as it can download subsequent images and scripts without waiting for the script to complete. The problem here is we create an unbalanced tree.\n\n An unbalanced tree, yesterday.\n\nIn this case, the browser must throw away its speculative parsing and reparse from the end of the \n \n\nAnd there we have it. We can now prevent images loading for users with JavaScript, but we can still get at the markup.\n\nWe\u2019re still creating an unbalanced tree and there\u2019s a performance impact in that. However, the parser won\u2019t have got far by the time our script executes, so the impact is small. Unbalanced trees are more of a concern for external scripts; a lot of parsing can happen by the time the script has downloaded and parsed.\n\nUsing dirtiness to create responsive images\n\nNow all we need to do is give each of our dirty scripts a class name, then JavaScript can pick them up, grab the markup from the comment and decide what to do with the images.\n\nThis technique isn\u2019t exclusively useful for responsive images. It could also be used to delay images loading until they\u2019ve scrolled into view. But to do that you\u2019ll need a bulletproof way of detecting when elements are in view. This involves getting the height of the viewport, which is extremely unreliable on mobile devices.\n\nHere\u2019s a hastily thrown together example showing how it can be used for responsive images.\n\nI adjust the end of the image URLs conditionally depending on the result of media queries. This is done on page load, and on resize.\n\nI\u2019m using regular expressions to alter the URLs. Using regex to deal with HTML is usually a sign of insanity, but parsing it with the browser\u2019s DOM parser would trigger the download of images before we change the URLs. My implementation currently requires double-quoted image URLs, because I\u2019m lazy. Wanna fight about it?\n\nMedia querying via JavaScript\n\nJeremy Keith used document.documentElement.clientWidth in his example, which is great as a proof of concept, but unfortunately is rather unreliable across mobile devices.\n\nThankfully, standards are coming to the rescue with window.matchMedia, which lets us provide a media query string and get a boolean result. There\u2019s even a great polyfill for browsers that don\u2019t support it (as long as they support media queries in CSS).\n\nI didn\u2019t go with that for three reasons:\n\n\n\tI\u2019d like to keep media queries in the CSS file, if possible.\n\tI wanted something a little lighter to keep things speedy while resizing.\n\tIt\u2019s just not dirty enough yet.\n\n\nTo make things ultra-dirty, I add a test element to the page with a specific class, let\u2019s say media-test. Then, I control the width of it using media queries in my CSS file:\n\n@media all and (min-width: 640px) {\n .media-test {\n width: 1px;\n }\n}\n@media all and (min-width: 926px) {\n .media-test {\n width: 2px;\n }\n}\n\nThe JavaScript part changes the URL suffix depending on the width of media-test. I\u2019m using a min-width media query, but you can use others such as pixel-ratio to detect high DPI displays. Basically, it\u2019s a hacky way for CSS to set a value that can be picked up by JavaScript. It means the bit that signals changes to the images sits with the rest of the responsive code, without duplication.\n\nAlso, phwoar, dirty!\n\nThe API\n\nI threw a script together to demonstrate the technique. I\u2019m not particularly attached to it, I\u2019m not even sure I like it, but here\u2019s the API:\n\nresponsiveGallery({\n // Class name of dirty script element(s) to target\n scriptClass: 'dirty-gallery-script',\n // Class name for our test element\n testClass: 'dirty-gallery-test',\n // The initial suffix of URLs, the bit that changes.\n initialSuffix: '-mobile.jpg',\n // A map of suffixes, for each width of 'dirty-gallery-test'\n suffixes: {\n '1': '-desktop.jpg',\n '2': '-large-desktop.jpg',\n '3': '-mobile-retina.jpg'\n }\n});\n\nThe API can cover individual images or multiple galleries at once. In the example I gave at the start of the article I make two calls to the API, one for both galleries, and one for the single image above the video reviews. They\u2019re separate calls because they respond slightly differently.\n\nThe future\n\nHopefully, we\u2019ll get a proper solution to this soon. My favourite suggestion is the element that Bruce Lawson covers.\n\n\n \n \n \n \n \n\nUnfortunately, we\u2019re nowhere near that yet, and I\u2019d still rather have my media queries stay in CSS. Perhaps the source elements could be skipped if they\u2019re display:none; then they could have class names and be controlled via CSS. Sigh.\n\nWell, I\u2019m tired of writing now and I\u2019m sure you\u2019re tired of reading. I realize what I\u2019ve presented is a yet another dirty hack to the responsive image problem (perhaps the dirtiest?) and may be completely unfeasible in professional situations. But isn\u2019t that the true spirit of Christmas?\n\nNo.", "year": "2011", "author": "Jake Archibald", "author_slug": "jakearchibald", "published": "2011-12-08T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2011/adaptive-images-for-responsive-designs-again/", "topic": "ux"}
{"rowid": 270, "title": "From Side Project to Not So Side Project", "contents": "In the last article I wrote for 24 ways, back in 2009, I enthused about the benefits of having a pet project, suggesting that we should all have at least one so that we could collaborate with our friends, escape our day jobs, fulfil our own needs, help others out, raise our profiles, make money, and \u2014 most importantly \u2014 have fun. I don\u2019t think I need to offer any further persuasions: it seems that designers and developers are launching their own pet projects left, right and centre. This makes me very happy.\n\nHowever, there still seems to be something of a disconnect between having a side project and turning it into something that is moderately successful; in particular, the challenge of making enough money to sustain the project and perhaps even elevating it from the sidelines so that it becomes something not so on the side at all.\n\nBefore we even begin this, let\u2019s spend a moment talking about money, also known as\u2026\n\nEvil, nasty, filthy money\n\nOver the last couple of years, I\u2019ve started referring to myself as an accidental businessman. I say accidental because my view of the typical businessman is someone who is driven by money, and I usually can\u2019t stand such people. Those who are motivated by profit, obsessed with growth, and take an active interest in the world\u2019s financial systems don\u2019t tend to be folks with whom I share a beer, unless it\u2019s to pour it over them. Especially if they\u2019re wearing pinstriped suits.\n\nThat said, we all want to make money, don\u2019t we? And most of us want to make a relatively decent amount, too. I don\u2019t think there\u2019s any harm in admitting that, is there? Hello, I\u2019m Elliot and I\u2019m a capitalist.\n\nThe key is making money from doing what we love. For most people I know in our community, we\u2019ve already achieved that \u2014 I\u2019m hard-pressed to think of anyone who isn\u2019t extremely passionate about working in our industry and I think it\u2019s one of the most positive, unifying benefits we enjoy as a group of like-minded people \u2014 but side projects usually arise from another kind of passion: a passion for something other than what we do as our day jobs. Perhaps it\u2019s because your clients are driving you mental and you need a break; perhaps it\u2019s because you want to create something that is truly your own; perhaps it\u2019s because you\u2019re sick of seeing your online work disappear so fast and you want to try your hand at print in order to make a more permanent mark.\n\nThe three factors I listed there led me to create 8 Faces, a printed magazine about typography that started as a side project and is now a very significant part of my yearly output and income.\n\nLike many things that prove fruitful, 8 Faces\u2019 success was something of an accident, too. For a start, the magazine was never meant to be profitable; its only purpose at all was to scratch my own itch. Then, after the first issue took off and I realized how much time I needed to spend in order to make the next one decent, it became clear that I would have to cover more than just the production costs: I\u2019d have to take time out from client work as well. Doing this meant I\u2019d have to earn some money. Probably not enough to equate to the exact amount of time lost when I could be doing client work (not that you could ever describe time as being lost when you work on something you love), but enough to survive; for me to feel that I was getting paid while doing all of the work that 8 Faces entailed. The answer was to raise money through partnerships with some cool companies who were happy to be associated with my little project.\n\nA sustainable business model\n\nBusiness model! I can\u2019t believe I just wrote those words! But a business model is really just a loose plan for how not to screw up. And all that stuff I wrote in the paragraph above about partnering with companies so I could get some money in while I put the magazine together? Well, that\u2019s my business model. \n\nIf you\u2019re making any product that has some sort of production cost, whether that\u2019s physical print run expenses or up-front dev work to get an app built, covering those costs before you even release your product means that you\u2019ll be in profit from the first copy you sell. This is no small point: production expenses are pretty much the only cost you\u2019ll ever need to recoup, so having them covered before you launch anything is pretty much the best possible position in which you could place yourself. Happy days, as Jamie Oliver would say.\n\nObtaining these initial funds through partnerships has another benefit. Sure, it\u2019s a form of advertising but, done right, your partners can potentially provide you with great content, too. In the case of 8 Faces, the ads look as nice as the rest of the magazine, and a couple of our partners also provide proper articles: genuinely meaningful, relevant, reader-pleasing articles at that. You\u2019d be amazed at how many companies are willing to become partners and, as the old adage goes, if you don\u2019t ask, you don\u2019t get.\n\nWith profit comes responsibility\n\nDon\u2019t forget about the responsibility you have to your audience if you engage in a relationship with a partner or any type of advertiser: although I may have freely admitted my capitalist leanings, I\u2019m still essentially a hairy hippy, and I feel that any partnership should be good for me as a publisher, good for the partner and \u2014 most importantly \u2014 good for the reader. Really, the key word here is relevance, and that\u2019s where 99.9% of advertising fails abysmally. \n\n(99.9% is not a scientific figure, but you know what I\u2019m on about.)\n\nThe main grey area when a side project becomes profitable is how you share that profit, partly because \u2014 in my opinion, at least \u2014 the transition from non-profitable side project to relatively successful source of income can be a little blurred. Asking for help for nothing when there\u2019s no money to be had is pretty normal, but sometimes it\u2019s easy to get used to that free help even once you start making money. I believe the best approach is to ask for help with the promise that it will always be rewarded as soon as there\u2019s money available. (Oh, god: this sounds like one of those nightmarish client proposals. It\u2019s not, honest.) If you\u2019re making something cool, people won\u2019t mind helping out while you find your feet.\n\nEvents often think that they\u2019re exempt from sharing profit. Perhaps that\u2019s because many event organizers think they\u2019re doing the speakers a favour rather than the other way around (that\u2019s a whole separate article), but it\u2019s shocking to see how many people seem to think they can profit from content-makers \u2014 speakers, for example \u2014 and yet not pay for that content. It was for this reason that Keir and I paid all of our speakers for our Insites: The Tour side project, which we ran back in July. We probably could\u2019ve got away without paying them, especially as the gig was so informal, but it was the right thing to do.\n\nIn conclusion: money as a by-product\n\nLet\u2019s conclude by returning to the slightly problematic nature of money, because it\u2019s the pivot on which your side project\u2019s success can swing, regardless of whether you measure success by monetary gain. I would argue that success has nothing to do with profit \u2014 it\u2019s about you being able to spend the time you want on the project. Unfortunately, that is almost always linked to money: money to pay yourself while you work on your dream idea; money to pay for more servers when your web app hits the big time; money to pay for efforts to get the word out there. The key, then, is to judge success on your own terms, and seek to generate as much money as you see fit, whether it\u2019s purely to cover your running costs, or enough to buy a small country. There\u2019s nothing wrong with profit, as long as you\u2019re ethical about it. (Pro tip: if you\u2019ve earned enough to buy a small country, you\u2019ve probably been unethical along the way.)\n\nThe point at which individuals and companies fail \u2014 in the moral sense, for sure, but often in the competitive sense, too \u2014 is when money is the primary motivation. It should never be the primary motivation. If you\u2019re not passionate enough about something to do it as an unprofitable side project, you shouldn\u2019t be doing it all. \n\nEarning money should be a by-product of doing what you love. And who doesn\u2019t want to spend their life doing what they love?", "year": "2011", "author": "Elliot Jay Stocks", "author_slug": "elliotjaystocks", "published": "2011-12-22T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2011/from-side-project-to-not-so-side-project/", "topic": "business"}
{"rowid": 271, "title": "Creating Custom Font Stacks with Unicode-Range", "contents": "Any web designer or front-end developer worth their salt will be familiar with the CSS @font-face rule used for embedding fonts in a web page. We\u2019ve all used it \u2014 either directly in our code ourselves, or via one of the web font services like Fontdeck, Typekit or Google Fonts.\n\nIf you\u2019re like me, however, you\u2019ll be used to just copying and pasting in a specific incantation of lines designed to get different formats of fonts working in different browsers, and may not have really explored all the capabilities of @font-face properties as defined by the spec.\n\nOne such property \u2014 the unicode-range descriptor \u2014 sounds pretty dull and is easily overlooked. It does, however, have some fairly interesting possibilities when put to use in creative ways.\n\nUnicode-range\n\nThe unicode-range descriptor is designed to help when using fonts that don\u2019t have full coverage of the characters used in a page. By adding a unicode-range property to a @font-face rule it is possible to specify the range of characters the font covers. \n\n@font-face {\n font-family: BBCBengali;\n src: url(fonts/BBCBengali.ttf) format(\"opentype\");\n unicode-range: U+00-FF;\n}\n\nIn this example, the font is to be used for characters in the range of U+00 to U+FF which runs from the unexciting control characters at the start of the Unicode table (symbols like the exclamation mark start at U+21) right through to \u00ff at U+FF \u2013 the extent of the Basic Latin character range.\n\nBy adding multiple @font-face rules for the same family but with different ranges, you can build up complete coverage of the characters your page uses by using different fonts.\n\nWhen I say that it\u2019s possible to specify the range of characters the font covers, that\u2019s true, but what you\u2019re really doing with the unicode-range property is declaring which characters the font should be used for. This becomes interesting, because instead of merely working with the technical constraints of available characters in a given font, we can start picking and choosing characters to use and selectively mix fonts together.\n\nThe best available ampersand\n\nA few years back, Dan Cederholm wrote a post encouraging designers to use the best available ampersand. Dan went on to outline how this can be achieved by wrapping our ampersands in a element with a class applied:\n\n& \n\nA CSS rule can then be written to select the and apply a different font:\n\nspan.amp {\n font-family: Baskerville, Palatino, \"Book Antiqua\", serif;\n}\n\nThat\u2019s a perfectly serviceable technique, but the drawbacks are clear \u2014 you have to add extra markup which is borderline presentational, and you also have to be able to add that markup, which isn\u2019t always possible when working with a CMS.\n\nPerhaps we could do this with unicode-range.\n\nA better best available ampersand\n\nThe Unicode code point for an ampersand is U+26, so the ampersand font stack above can be created like so:\n\n@font-face {\n font-family: 'Ampersand';\n src: local('Baskerville'), local('Palatino'), local('Book Antiqua');\n unicode-range: U+26;\n}\n\nWhat we\u2019ve done here is specify a new family called Ampersand and created a font stack for it with the user\u2019s locally installed copies of Baskerville, Palatino or Book Antiqua. We\u2019ve then limited it to a single character range \u2014 the ampersand. Of course, those don\u2019t need to be local fonts \u2014 they could be web font files, too. If you have a font with a really snazzy ampersand, go for your life.\n\nWe can then use that new family in a regular font stack.\n\nh1 {\n font-family: Ampersand, Arial, sans-serif;\n}\n\nWith this in place, any elements in our page will use the Ampersand family (Baskerville, Palatino or Book Antiqua) for ampersands, and Arial for all other characters. If the user doesn\u2019t have any of the Ampersand family fonts available, the ampersand will fall back to the next item in the font stack, Arial.\n\nYou didn\u2019t think it was that easy, did you?\n\nOh, if only it were so. The problem comes, as ever, with the issue of browser support. The unicode-range property has good support in WebKit browsers (like Safari and Chrome, and the browsers on most popular smartphone platforms) and in recent versions of Internet Explorer. The big stumbling block comes in the form of Firefox, which has no support at all.\n\nIf you\u2019re familiar with how CSS works when it comes to unsupported properties, you\u2019ll know that if a browser encounters a property it doesn\u2019t implement, it just skips that declaration and moves on to the next. That works perfectly for things like border-radius \u2014 if the browser can\u2019t round off the corners, the declaration is skipped and the user sees square corners instead. Perfect.\n\nLess perfect when it comes to unicode-range, because if no range is specified then the default is that the font is applied for all characters \u2014 the whole range. If you\u2019re using a fancy font for flamboyant ampersands, you probably don\u2019t want that applied to all your text if unicode-range isn\u2019t supported. That would be bad. Really bad.\n\nEnsuring good fallbacks\n\nAs ever, the trick is to make sure that there\u2019s a sensible fallback in place if a browser doesn\u2019t have support for whatever technology you\u2019re trying to use. This is where being a super nerd about understanding the spec you\u2019re working with really pays off.\n\nWe can make use of the rules of the CSS cascade to make sure that if unicode-range isn\u2019t supported we get a sensible fallback font. What would be ideal is if we were able to follow up the @font-face rule with a second rule to override it if Unicode ranges aren\u2019t implemented.\n\n@font-face {\n font-family: 'Ampersand';\n src: local('Baskerville'), local('Palatino'), local('Book Antiqua');\n unicode-range: U+26;\n}\n@font-face {\n font-family: 'Ampersand';\n src: local('Arial');\n}\n\nIn theory, this code should make sense for all browsers. For those that support unicode-range the two rules become cumulative. They specify different ranges for the same family, and in WebKit browsers this has the expected result of using Arial for most characters, but Baskerville and friends for the ampersand. For browsers that don\u2019t have support, the second rule should just supersede the first, setting the font to Arial. \n\nUnfortunately, this code causes current versions of Firefox to freak out and use the first rule, applying Baskerville to the entire range. That\u2019s both unexpected and unfortunate. Bad Firefox. On your rug.\n\nIf that doesn\u2019t work, what can we do? Well, we know that if given a unicode-range Firefox will ignore the range and apply the font to all characters. That\u2019s really what we\u2019re trying to achieve. So what if we specified a range for the fallback font, but made sure it only covers some obscure high-value Unicode character we\u2019re never going to use in our page? Then it wouldn\u2019t affect the outcome for browsers that do support ranges.\n\n@font-face {\n font-family: 'Ampersand';\n src: local('Baskerville'), local('Palatino'), local('Book Antiqua');\n unicode-range: U+26;\n}\n@font-face {\n /* Ampersand fallback font */\n font-family: 'Ampersand';\n src: local('Arial');\n unicode-range: U+270C;\n}\n\nBy specifying a range on the fallback font, Firefox appears to correctly override the first based on the cascade sort order. Browsers that do support ranges take the second rule in addition, and apply Arial for that obscure character we\u2019re not using in any of our pages \u2014 U+270C.\n\nSo we get our nice ampersands in browsers that support unicode-range and, thanks to our styling of an obscure Unicode character, the font falls back to a perfectly acceptable Arial in browsers that do not offer support. Perfect!\n\nThat obscure character, my friends, is what Unicode defines as the VICTORY HAND.\n\n\u270c\n\nSo, how can we use this?\n\nAmpersands are a neat trick, and it works well in browsers that support ranges, but that\u2019s not really the point of all this. Styling ampersands is fun, but they\u2019re only really scratching the surface. Consider more involved examples, such as substituting a different font for numerals, or symbols, or even caps. Things certainly begin to get a bit more interesting.\n\nHow do you know what the codes are for different characters? Richard Ishida has a handy online conversion tool available where you can type in the characters and get the Unicode code points out the other end.\n\nOf course, the fact remains that browser support for unicode-range is currently limited, so any application needs to have fallbacks that you\u2019re still happy for a significant proportion of your visitors to see. In some cases, such as dedicated pages for mobile devices in an HTML-based phone app, this is immediately useful as support in WebKit browsers is already very good. In other cases, you\u2019ll have to use your own best judgement based on your needs and audience.\n\nOne thing to keep in mind is that if you\u2019re using web fonts, the entire font will be downloaded even if only one character is used. That said, the font shouldn\u2019t be downloaded if none of the characters within the Unicode range are present in a given page.\n\nAs ever, there are pros and cons to using unicode-range as well as varied but increasing support in browsers. It remains a useful tool to understand and have in your toolkit for when the right moment comes along.", "year": "2011", "author": "Drew McLellan", "author_slug": "drewmclellan", "published": "2011-12-01T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2011/creating-custom-font-stacks-with-unicode-range/", "topic": "code"}
{"rowid": 272, "title": "Crafting the Front-end", "contents": "Much has been spoken and written recently about the virtues of craftsmanship in the context of web design and development. It seems that we as fabricators of the web are finally tiring of seeking out parallels between ourselves and architects, and are turning instead to the fabled specialist artisans.\n\nIdentifying oneself as a craftsman or craftswoman (let\u2019s just say craftsperson from here onward) will likely be a trend of early 2012. In this pre-emptive strike, I\u2019d like to expound on this movement as I feel it pertains to front-end development, and encourage care and understanding of the true qualities of craftsmanship (craftspersonship).\n\nThe core values\n\nI\u2019ll begin by defining craftspersonship. What distinguishes a craftsperson from a technician? Dictionaries tend to define a craftsperson as one who possesses great skill in a chosen field. The badge of a craftsperson for me, though, is a very special label that should be revered and used sparingly, only where it is truly deserved. A genuine craftsperson encompasses a few other key traits, far beyond raw skill, each of which must be learned and mastered.\n\nA craftsperson has: \n\n\n\tAn appreciation of good work, in both the work of others and their own. And not just good as in \u2018hey, that\u2019s pretty neat\u2019, I mean a goodness like a shining purity \u2013 the kind of good that feels right when you see it.\n\tA belief in quality at every level: every facet of the craftsperson\u2019s product is as crucial as any other, without exception, even those normally hidden from view.\n\tVision: an ability to visualize their path ahead, pre-empting the obstacles that may be encountered to plan a route around them.\n\tA preference for simplicity: an almost Bauhausesque devotion to undecorated functionality, with no unjustifiable parts included.\n\tSincerity: producing work that speaks directly to its purpose with flawless clarity.\n\n\nOnly when you become a custodian of such values in your work can you consider calling yourself a craftsperson. Now let\u2019s take a look at some steps we front-end developers can take on our journey of enlightenment toward craftspersonhood.\n\n Speaking of the craftsman\u2019s journey, be sure to watch out for the video of The Standardistas\u2019 stellar talk at the Build 2011 conference titled The Journey, which should be online sometime soon.\n\nBuilding your own toolbox\n\nMy grandfather was a carpenter and trained as a young apprentice under a master. After observing and practising the many foundation theories, principles and techniques of carpentry, he was tasked with creating his own set of woodworking tools, which he would use and maintain throughout his career. By going through the process of having to create his own tools, he would be connected at the most direct level with every piece of wood he touched, his tools being his own creations and extensions of his own skilled hands. The depth of his knowledge of these tools must have surpassed the intricate as he fathered, used, cleaned and repaired them, day in and day out over many years.\n\nAnd so it should be, ideally, with all crafts. We must understand our tools right down to the most fundamental level. I firmly believe that a level of true craftsmanship cannot be reached while there exists a layer that remains not wholly understood between a creator and his canvas. Of course, our tools as front-end developers are somewhat more complex than those of other crafts \u2013 it may seem reasonable to require that a carpenter create his or her own set of chisels, but somewhat less so to ask a front-end developer to code their own CSS preprocessor, or design their own computer.\n\nHowever, it is still vitally important that you understand how your tools work. This is particularly critical when it comes to things like preprocessors, libraries and frameworks which aim to save you time by automating common processes and functions. For the most part, anything that saves you time is a Good Thing\u2122 but it cannot be stressed enough that using tools like these in earnest should be avoided until you understand exactly what they are doing for you (and, to an extent, how they are doing it). \n\nIn particular, you must understand any drawbacks to using your tools, and any shortcuts they may be taking on your behalf. I\u2019m not suggesting that you steer clear of paid work until you\u2019ve studied each of jQuery\u2019s 9,266 lines of JavaScript source code but, all levity aside, it will further you on your journey to look at interesting or relevant bits of jQuery, and any other libraries you might want to use. Such libraries often directly link to corresponding sections of their source code on sites like GitHub from their official documentation. Better yet, they\u2019re almost always written in high level languages (easy to read), so there\u2019s no excuse not to don your pith helmet and go on something of an exploration. Any kind of tangential learning like this will drive you further toward becoming a true craftsperson, so keep an open mind and always be ready to step out of your comfort zone.\n\nDowntime and tool honing\n\nWith any craft, it is essential to keep your tools in good condition, and a good idea to stay up-to-date with the latest equipment. This is especially true on the web, which, as we like to tell anyone who is still awake more than a minute after asking what it is that we do, advances at a phenomenal pace. A tool or technique that could be considered best practice this week might be the subject of haughty derision in a comment thread within six months.\n\nI have little doubt that you already spend a chunk of time each day keeping up with the latest material from our industry\u2019s finest Interblogs and Twittertubes, but do you honestly put aside time to collect bookmarks and code snippets from things you read into a slowly evolving toolbox? At @media in 2009, Simon Collison delivered a candid talk on his \u2018Ultimate Package\u2019. Those of us who didn\u2019t flee the room anticipating a newfound and unwelcome intimacy with the contents of his trousers were shown how he maintained his own toolkit \u2013 a collection of files and folders all set up and ready to go for a new project. By maintaining a toolkit in this way, he has consistency across projects and a dependable base upon which to learn and improve.\n\nThe assembly and maintenance of such a personalized and familiar toolkit is probably as close as we will get to emulating the tool making stage of more traditional craft trades. Keep a master copy of your toolkit somewhere safe, making copies of it for new projects. When you learn of a way in which part of it can be improved, make changes to the master copy.\n\nSimplicity through modularity\n\nI believe that the user interfaces of all web applications should be thought of as being made up primarily of modular components. Modules in this context are patterns in design that appear repeatedly throughout the app. These can be small collections of elements, like a user profile summary box (profile picture, username, meta data), as well as atomic elements such as headings and list items.\n\nWell-crafted front-end architectures have the ability to support this kind of repeating pattern as modules, with as close to no repetition of CSS (or JavaScript) as possible, and as close to no variations in HTML between instances as possible.\n\nOne of the most fundamental and well known tenets of software engineering is the DRY rule \u2013 don\u2019t repeat yourself. It requires that \u201cevery piece of knowledge must have a single, unambiguous, authoritative representation within a system.\u201d \n\nAs craftspeople, we must hold this rule dear and apply it to the modules we have identified in our site designs. The moment you commit a second style definition for a module, the quality of your output (the front-end code) takes a huge hit. There should only ever be one base style definition for each distinct module or component. Keep these in a separate, sacred place in your CSS. I use a _modules.scss Sass include file, imported near the top of my main CSS files.\n\nBe sure, of course, to avoid making changes to this file lightly, as the smallest adjustment can affect multiple pages (hint: keep a structure list of which modules are used on which pages). Avoid the inevitable temptation to duplicate code late in the project. Sticking to this rule becomes more important the more complex the codebase becomes.\n\nIf you can stick to this rule, using sensible class names and consistent HTML, you can reach a joyous, self-fulfilling plateau stage in each project where you are assembling each interface from your own set of carefully crafted building blocks.\n\nOld school markup\n\nLet\u2019s take a step back. Before we fret about creating a divinely pure modular CSS framework, we need to know the site\u2019s design and what it is made of. The best way to gain this knowledge is to go old school. Print out every comp, mockup, wireframe, sketch or whatever you have. If there are sections of pages that are hidden until some user action takes place, or if the page has multiple states, be sure that you have everything that could become visible to the user on paper.\n\nOnce you have your wedge of paper designs, lay out all the pages on the floor, or stick them to the wall if you can, arranging them logically according to the site hierarchy, by user journey, or whatever guidelines make most sense to you. Once you have the site laid out before you, study it for a while, familiarizing yourself with every part of every interface. This will eliminate nasty surprises late in the project when you realize you\u2019ve duplicated something, or left an interface on the drawing board altogether.\n\nNow that you know the site like it\u2019s your best friend, get out your pens or pencils of choice and attack it. Mark it up like there\u2019s no tomorrow. Pretend you\u2019re a spy trying to identify communications from an enemy network hiding their messages in newspapers. Look for patterns and similarities, drawing circles around them. These are your modules. Start also highlighting the differences between each instance of these modules, working out which is the most basic or common type that will become the base definition from which all other representations are extended.\n\nThis simple but empowering exercise will equip you for your task of actually crafting, instead of just building, the front-end. Without the knowledge gained from this kind of research phase, you will be blundering forward, improvising as best you can, but ultimately making quality-compromising mistakes that could have been avoided.\n\nFor more on this theme, read Anna Debenham\u2019s Front-end Style Guides which recommends a similar process, and the sublime idea of extending this into a guide to refer to during development and beyond.\n\nDesign homogeneity\n\nMoving forward again, you now have your modules defined and things are looking good. I mentioned that many instances of these modules will carry minor differences. These differences must be given significant thinking time, and discussion time with your designer(s).\n\nIt should be common knowledge by now that successful software projects are not the product of distinct design and build phases with little or no bidirectional feedback. The crucial nature of the designer-developer relationship has been covered in depth this year by Paul Robert Lloyd, and a joint effort from both teams throughout the project lifecycle is pivotal to your ability to craft and ship successful products.\n\nThis relationship comes into play when you\u2019re well into the development of the site, and you start noticing these differences between instances of modules (they\u2019ll start to stand out very clearly to you and your carefully regimented modular CSS system). Before you start overriding your base styles, question the differences with the designer to work out why they exist. Perhaps they are required and are important to their context, but perhaps they were oversights from earlier design revisions, or simple mistakes.\n\nThe craftsperson\u2019s gland\n\nAs you grow towards the levels of expertise and experience where you can proudly and honestly consider yourself a craftsperson, you will find that you steadily develop what initially feels like a kind of sixth sense. I think of it more as a new hormonal gland, secreting into your bloodstream a powerful messenger chemical that can either reward or punish your brain. This gland is connected directly to your core understanding of what good quality work looks and feels like, an understanding that itself improves with experience. \n\nThis gland will make itself known to you in two ways. First, when you solve a problem in a beautifully elegant way with clean and unobtrusive code that looks good and just feels right, your craftsperson\u2019s gland will ooze something delicious that makes your brain and soul glow from the inside out. You will beam triumphantly at the succinct lines of code on your computer display before bounding outside with a spring in your step to swim up glittering rainbows and kiss soft fluffy puppies.\n\nThe second way that you may become aware of your craftsperson\u2019s gland, though, is somewhat less pleasurable. In an alternate reality, your parallel self is faced with the same problem, but decides to take a shortcut and get around it by some dubious means \u2013 the kind of technical method that the words hack, kludge and bodge are reserved for. As soon as you have done this, or even as you are doing it, your craftsperson\u2019s gland will damn well let you know that you took the wrong fork in the road. As your craftsperson\u2019s gland begins to secrete a toxic pus, you will at first become entranced into a vacant stare at the monstrous mess you are considering unleashing upon your site\u2019s visitors, before writhing in the horrible agony of an itch that can never be scratched, and a feeling of being coated with the devil\u2019s own deep and penetrating filth that no shower will ever cleanse.\n\nPerhaps I exaggerate slightly, but it is no overstatement to suggest that you will find yourself being guided by proverbial angels and demons perched on opposite shoulders, or a whispering voice inside your head. If you harness this sense, sharpening it as if it were another tool in your kit and letting it guide or at least advise your decision making, you will transcend the rocky realm of random trial and error when faced with problems, and tend toward the right answers instinctively.\n\nThis gland can also empower your ability to assess your own work, becoming a judge before whom all your work is cross-examined. A good craftsperson regularly takes a step back from their work, and questions every facet of their product for its precise alignment with their core values of quality and sincerity, and even the very necessity of each component.\n\nThe wrapping\n\nBy now, you may be thinking that I take this kind of thing far too seriously, but to terrify you further, I haven\u2019t even shared the half of it. Hopefully, though, this gives you an idea of the kind of levels of professionalism and dedication that it should take to get you on your way to becoming a craftsperson. It\u2019s a level of accomplishment and ability toward which we all should strive, both for our personal fulfilment and the betterment of the products we use daily. I look forward to seeing your finely crafted work throughout 2012.", "year": "2011", "author": "Ben Bodien", "author_slug": "benbodien", "published": "2011-12-24T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2011/crafting-the-front-end/", "topic": "process"}
{"rowid": 273, "title": "There\u2019s No Formula for Great Designs", "contents": "Before he combined them with fluid images and CSS3 media queries to coin responsive design, Ethan Marcotte described fluid grids \u2014 one of the most enjoyable parts of responsive design. Enjoyable that is, if you like working with math(s). But fluid grids aren\u2019t perfect and, unless we\u2019re careful when applying them, they can sometimes result in a design that feels disconnected.\n\nRecapping fluid grids\n\nIf you haven\u2019t read Ethan\u2019s Fluid Grids, now would be a good time to do that. It centres around a simple formula for converting pixel widths to percentages:\n\n(target \u00f7 context) \u00d7 100 = result\n\nHow does that work in practice? Well, take that Fireworks or Photoshop comp you\u2019re working on (I call them static design visuals, or just visuals.) Of course, everything on that visual \u2014 column divisions, inline images, navigation elements, everything \u2014 is measured in pixels. Now:\n\n\n\tPick something in the visual and measure its width. That\u2019s our target.\n\tTake that target measurement and divide it by the width of its parent (context).\n\tMultiply what you\u2019ve got by 100 (shift two decimal places).\n\tWhat you\u2019re left with is a percentage width to drop into your style sheets.\n\n\nFor example, divide this 300px wide sidebar division by its 948px parent and then multiply by 100: your original 300px is neatly converted to 31.646%.\n\n.content-sub {\nwidth : 31.646%; /* 300px \u00f7 948px = .31646 */ }\n\nThat formula makes it surprisingly simple for even die-hard fixed width aficionados to convert their visuals to percentage-based, fluid layouts.\n\nIt\u2019s a handy formula for those who still design using static visuals, and downright essential for those situations where one person in an organization designs in Fireworks or Photoshop and another develops with CSS. Why?\n\nWell, although I think that designing in a browser makes the best sense \u2014 particularly when designing for multiple devices \u2014 I\u2019ll wager most designers still make visuals in Fireworks or Photoshop and use them for demonstrations and get feedback and sign-off. That\u2019s OK. If you haven\u2019t made the transition to content-out designing in a browser yet, the fluid grids formula helps you carry on pushing pixels a while longer.\n\nYou can carry on moving pixel width measurements from your visuals to your style sheets, too, in the same way you always have. You can be precise to the pixel and even apply a grid image as a CSS background to help you keep everything lined up perfectly.\n\nOnce you\u2019re done, and the fixed width layout in the browser matches your visual, loop back through your style sheets and convert those pixels to percentages using the fluid grids formula. With very little extra work, you\u2019ll have a fluid implementation of your fixed width layout.\n\nThe fluid grids formula is simple and incredibly effective, but not long after I started working responsively I realized that the formula shouldn\u2019t (always) be a one-fix, set-and-forget calculation. I noticed that unless we compensate for problems it sometimes creates, the result can be a disconnected design.\n\nStaying connected\n\nGood design relies on connectedness, a feeling of natural balance between elements and the grid they\u2019re placed on. Give an element greater prominence or position in a visual hierarchy and you can fundamentally alter the balance and sometimes the meaning of a design.\n\nDifferent from a browser\u2019s page zooming feature \u2014 where images, text and overall layout change size by the same ratio \u2014 fluid grids flex a layout in response to a window or device width. Columns expand and contract, and within them fluid media (images and videos) can also change size. This can be one of the most impressive demonstrations of responsive design.\n\nBut not every element within a fluid grid can change size along with the window or device width. For example, type size and leading won\u2019t change along with a column\u2019s width.\n\nWhen columns and elements within them change width, all too easily a visual hierarchy can be broken and along with it the relationship between element sizes and the outer window or viewport. This can happen quickly if you make just one set of fluid grid calculations and use those percentages across every screen width, from smartphones through tablets and up to large desktops.\n\nThe answer? Make several sets of fluid grids calculations, each one at a significant window or device width breakpoint. Then apply those new percentages, when needed, to help keep elements in proportion and maintain balance and connectedness. Here\u2019s how I work.\n\nAvoiding disconnection\n\nI\u2019ve never been entirely happy with grid frameworks such as the 960 Grid System, so I start almost every project by creating a custom grid to inform my layout decisions. Here\u2019s a plain version of a grid from a recent project that I\u2019ll use as an illustration.\n\nThis project\u2019s grid comprises 84px columns and 24px gutters. This creates an odd number of columns at common tablet and desktop widths, and allows for 300px fixed width assets \u2014 useful when I need to fit advertising into a desktop layout\u2019s sidebar.\n\n Showing common advertising sizes (Larger image)\n\nFor this project I chose three 320 and Up breakpoints above 320px and, after placing as many columns as would fit those breakpoint widths, I derived three content widths:\n\n\n\t\t\n\t\t\tBreakpoint \n\t\t\tColumns \n\t\t\tContent width \n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t768px \n\t\t\t 7 \n\t\t\t 732px \n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t992px \n\t\t\t 9 \n\t\t\t 948px \n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t1,382px \n\t\t\t 13 \n\t\t\t 1,380px \n\t\t\n\n\nHere\u2019s my grid again, this time with pixel measurements and breakpoints overlaid.\n\n Showing pixel measurements and breakpoints (Larger image)\n\nNow cast your mind back to the fluid grids calculation I made earlier. I divided a 300px element by 948px and arrived at 31.646%. For some elements it\u2019s possible to use that percentage across all screen widths, but others will feel too small in relation to a narrower 768px and too large inside 1,380px.\n\nTo help maintain connectedness, I make a set of fluid grids calculations based on each of the content widths I established earlier. Now I can shift an element\u2019s percentage width up or down when I switch to a new breakpoint and content width. For example:\n\n\n\t300px is 40.984% of 732px\n\t300px is 31.646% of 948px\n\t300px is 21.739% of 1,380px\n\n\nI\u2019ll add all those fluid grid percentages to my grid image and save it for quick reference.\n\n Showing percentages at all breakpoints (Larger image)\n\nThen I can apply those different percentage widths to elements at each breakpoint using CSS3 media queries. For example, that sidebar division again:\n\n/* 732px, 7-column width */\n\n@media only screen and (min-width: 768px) {\n\n .content-sub {\n width : 40.983%; /* 300px \u00f7 732px = .40983 */ }\n\n}\n\n/* 948px, 9-column width */\n@media only screen and (min-width: 992px) {\n\n .content-sub {\n width : 31.645%; /* 300px \u00f7 948px = .31645 */ }\n\n}\n\n/* 1380px, 13-column width */\n@media only screen and (min-width: 1382px) {\n\n .content-sub {\n width : 21.739%; /* 300px \u00f7 1380px = .21739 */ }\n\n}\n\nThe number of changes you make to a layout at different breakpoints will, of course, depend on the specifics of the design you\u2019re working on. Yes, this is additional work, but the result will be a layout that feels better balanced and within which elements remain in harmony with each other while they respond to new screen or device widths.\n\nPutting the design in responsive web design\n\nUntil now, many of the conversations around responsive web design have been about aspects of technical implementation, rather than design. I believe we\u2019re only beginning to understand what\u2019s involved in designing responsively. In future, we\u2019ll likely be making design decisions not just about proportions but also about responsive typography. We\u2019ll also need to learn how to adapt our designs to device characteristics such as touch targets and more.\n\nSometimes we\u2019ll make decisions to improve function, other times because they make a design \u2018feel\u2019 right. You\u2019ll know when you\u2019ve made a right decision. You\u2019ll feel it.\n\nAfter all, there really is no formula for making great designs.", "year": "2011", "author": "Andy Clarke", "author_slug": "andyclarke", "published": "2011-12-23T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2011/theres-no-formula-for-great-designs/", "topic": "ux"}
{"rowid": 274, "title": "Adaptive Images for Responsive Designs", "contents": "So you\u2019ve been building some responsive designs and you\u2019ve been working through your checklist of things to do:\n\n\n\tYou started with the content and designed around it, with mobile in mind first.\n\tYou\u2019ve gone liquid and there\u2019s nary a px value in sight; % is your weapon of choice now.\n\tYou\u2019ve baked in a few media queries to adapt your layout and tweak your design at different window widths.\n\tYou\u2019ve made your images scale to the container width using the fluid Image technique.\n\tYou\u2019ve even done the same for your videos using a nifty bit of JavaScript.\n\n\nYou\u2019ve done a good job so pat yourself on the back. But there\u2019s still a problem and it\u2019s as tricky as it is important: image resolutions.\n\nHTML has an with an ID.\n\n$(\"#id p\");\n\n$(\"#id\").find(\"p\");\n\nWould it surprise you to learn that the second way can be more than twice as fast as the first? Knowing which selectors outperform others (and why) is a pretty key building block in making sure your code runs well and doesn\u2019t frustrate your users waiting for things to happen.\n\nThere are many different ways to select elements using jQuery, but the most common ways can be basically broken down into five different methods. In order, roughly, from fastest to slowest, these are:\n\n\n\t$(\"#id\"); \nThis is without a doubt the fastest selector jQuery provides because it maps directly to the native document.getElementbyId() JavaScript method. If possible, the selectors listed below should be prefaced with an ID selector in conjunction with jQuery\u2019s .find() method to limit the scope of the page that has to be searched (as in the $(\"#id\").find(\"p\") example shown above).\n\t$(\"p\");, $(\"input\");, $(\"form\"); and so on\nSelecting elements by tag name is also fast, since it maps directly to the native document.getElementsByTagname() method.\n\t$(\".class\"); \nSelecting by class name is a little trickier. While still performing very well in modern browsers, it can cause some pretty significant slowdowns in IE8 and below. Why? IE9 was the first IE version to support the native document.getElementsByClassName() JavaScript method. Older browsers have to resort to using much slower DOM-scraping methods that can really impact performance.\n\t$(\"[attribute=value]\");\nThere is no native JavaScript method for this selector to use, so the only way that jQuery can perform the search is by crawling the entire DOM looking for matches. Modern browsers that support the querySelectorAll() method will perform better in certain cases (Opera, especially, runs these searches much faster than any other browser) but, generally speaking, this type of selector is Slowey McSlowersons.\n\t$(\":hidden\");\nLike attribute selectors, there is no native JavaScript method for this one to use. Pseudo-selectors can be painfully slow since the selector has to be run against every element in your search space. Again, modern browsers with querySelectorAll() will perform slightly better here, but try to avoid these if at all possible. If you must use one, try to limit the search space to a specific portion of the page: $(\"#list\").find(\":hidden\");\n\n\nBut, hey, proof is in the performance testing, right? It just so happens that said proof is sitting right here. Be sure to notice the class selector numbers beside IE7 and 8 compared to other browsers and then wonder how the people on the IE team at Microsoft manage to sleep at night. Yikes.\n\nChaining\n\nAlmost all jQuery methods return a jQuery object. This means that when a method is run, its results are returned and you can continue executing more methods on them. Rather than writing out the same selector multiple times over, just making a selection once allows multiple actions to be run on it.\n\nWithout chaining\n\n$(\"#object\").addClass(\"active\");\n$(\"#object\").css(\"color\",\"#f0f\");\n$(\"#object\").height(300);\n\nWith chaining\n\n$(\"#object\").addClass(\"active\").css(\"color\", \"#f0f\").height(300);\n\nThis has the dual effect of making your code shorter and faster. Chained methods will be slightly faster than multiple methods made on a cached selector, and both ways will be much faster than multiple methods made on non-cached selectors. Wait\u2026 \u201ccached selector\u201d? What is this new devilry? \n\nCaching\n\nAnother easy way to speed up your code that seems to be a mystery to developers is the idea of caching your selectors. Think of how many times you end up writing the same selector over and over again in any project. Every $(\".element\") selector has to search the entire DOM each time, regardless of whether or not that selector had been previously run. Running the selection once and then storing the results in a variable means that the DOM only has to be searched once. Once the results of a selector have been cached, you can do anything with them.\n\nFirst, run your search (here we\u2019re selecting all of the
elements inside ): \n\nvar blocks = $(\"#blocks\").find(\"li\");\n\nNow, you can use the blocks variable wherever you want without having to search the DOM every time.\n\n$(\"#hideBlocks\").click(function() {\n blocks.fadeOut();\n});\n$(\"#showBlocks\").click(function() {\n blocks.fadeIn();\n});\n\nMy advice? Any selector that gets run more than once should be cached. This jsperf test shows just how much faster a cached selector runs compared to a non-cached one (and even throws some chaining love in to boot).\n\nEvent delegation\n\nEvent listeners cost memory. In complex websites and apps it\u2019s not uncommon to have a lot of event listeners floating around, and thankfully jQuery provides some really easy methods for handling event listeners efficiently through delegation.\n\nIn a bit of an extreme example, imagine a situation where a 10\u00d710 cell table needs to have an event listener on each cell; let\u2019s say that clicking on a cell adds or removes a class that defines the cell\u2019s background color. A typical way that this might be written (and something I\u2019ve often seen during code reviews) is like so:\n\n$('table').find('td').click(function() {\n $(this).toggleClass('active');\n});\n\njQuery 1.7 has provided us with a new event listener method, .on(). It acts as a utility that wraps all of jQuery\u2019s previous event listeners into one convenient method, and the way you write it determines how it behaves. To rewrite the above .click() example using .on(), we\u2019d simply do the following:\n\n$('table').find('td').on('click',function() {\n $(this).toggleClass('active');\n});\n\nSimple enough, right? Sure, but the problem here is that we\u2019re still binding one hundred event listeners to our page, one to each individual table cell. A far better way to do things is to create one event listener on the table itself that listens for events inside it. Since the majority of events bubble up the DOM tree, we can bind a single event listener to one element (in this case, the ) and wait for events to bubble up from its children. The way to do this using the .on() method requires only one change from our code above:\n\n$('table').on('click','td',function() {\n $(this).toggleClass('active');\n});\n\nAll we\u2019ve done is moved the td selector to an argument inside the .on() method. Providing a selector to .on() switches it into delegation mode, and the event is only fired for descendants of the bound element (table) that match the selector (td). With that one simple change, we\u2019ve gone from having to bind one hundred event listeners to just one. You might think that the browser having to do one hundred times less work would be a good thing and you\u2019d be completely right. The difference between the two examples above is staggering.\n\n(Note that if your site is using a version of jQuery earlier than 1.7, you can accomplish the very same thing using the .delegate() method. The syntax of how you write the function differs slightly; if you\u2019ve never used it before, it\u2019s worth checking the API docs for that page to see how it works.)\n\nDOM manipulation\n\njQuery makes it very easy to manipulate the DOM. It\u2019s trivial to create new nodes, insert them, remove other ones, move things around, and so on. While the code to do this is simple to write, every time the DOM is manipulated, the browser has to repaint and reflow content which can be extremely costly. This is no more evident than in a long loop, whether it be a standard for() loop, while() loop, or jQuery $.each() loop.\n\nIn this case, let\u2019s say we\u2019ve just received an array full of image URLs from a database or Ajax call or wherever, and we want to put all of those images in an unordered list. Commonly, you\u2019ll see code like this to pull this off:\n\nvar arr = [reallyLongArrayOfImageURLs]; \n $.each(arr, function(count, item) {\n var newImg = ' to the DOM. Each of those insertions is going to be costly, and if our array is quite large then this could lead to a massive slowdown or even the dreaded \u2018A script is causing this page to run slowly\u2019 warning.\n\nvar arr = [reallyLongArrayOfImageURLs],\n tmp = ''; \n$.each(arr, function(count, item) {\n tmp += ' is added to as it\u2019s created. Once our loop has finished iterating, that tmp variable will contain all of our list items in memory, and can be appended to our all in one go. Browsers work much faster when working with objects in memory rather than on screen, so this is a much faster, more CPU-cycle-friendly method of building a list.\n\nWrapping up\n\nThese are far from being the only ways to make your jQuery code run better, but they are among the simplest ones to implement. Though each individual change may only make a few milliseconds of difference, it doesn\u2019t take long for those milliseconds to add up. Studies have shown that the human eye can discern delays of as few as 100ms, so simply making a few changes sprinkled throughout your code can very easily have a noticeable effect on how well your website or app performs. Do you have other jQuery optimization tips to share? Leave them in the comments and help make us all better.\n\nNow go forth and make awesome!", "year": "2011", "author": "Scott Kosman", "author_slug": "scottkosman", "published": "2011-12-13T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2011/your-jquery-now-with-less-suck/", "topic": "code"}
{"rowid": 277, "title": "Raising the Bar on Mobile", "contents": "One of the primary challenges of designing for mobile devices is that screen real estate is often in limited supply. Through the advocacy of Luke W and others, we\u2019ve drawn comfort from the idea that this constraint ends up benefiting users and designers alike, from obvious advantages like portability and reach, to influencing our content strategy decisions through focus and restraint. But that doesn\u2019t mean we shouldn\u2019t take advantage of every last pixel of that screen we can snag!\n\nAs anyone who has designed a website for use on a smartphone can attest, there\u2019s an awful lot of space on mobile screens dedicated to browser functions that would be better off toggled out of view. Unfortunately, the visibility of some of these elements is beyond our control, such as the buttons fixed to the bottom of the viewport in iOS\u2019s Safari and the WebOS browser. However, in many devices, the address bar at the top can be manually hidden, and its absence frees up enough pixel room for a large, impactful heading, a critical piece of navigation, or even just a little more white space to air things out.\n\nSo, as my humble contribution to this most festive of web publications, today I\u2019ll dig into the approach I used to hide the address bar in a browser-agnostic fashion for sites like BostonGlobe.com, and the jQuery Mobile framework.\n\nSurveying the land\n\nFirst, let\u2019s assess the chromes of some popular, current mobile browsers. For example purposes, the following screen-captures feature the homepage of the Boston Globe site, without any address-bar-hiding logic in place.\n\nNote: these captures are just mockups \u2013 actual experience on these platforms may vary.\n\n On the left is iOS5\u2019s Safari (running on iPhone), and on the right is Windows Phone 7 (pre-Mango).\n\n BlackBerry 7 (left), and Android 2.3 (right).\n\n WebOS (left), Opera Mini (middle), and Opera Mobile (right).\n\nSome browsers, such the default browsers on WebOS and BlackBerry 5, hide the bar automatically without any developer intervention, but many of them don\u2019t. Of these, we can only manually hide the address bar on iOS Safari and Android (according to Opera Web Opener, Mike Taylor, some discussion is underway for support in Opera Mini and Mobile as well, which would be great!). This is unfortunate, but iOS and Android are incredibly popular, so let\u2019s direct our focus there.\n\nGreat API, or greatest API?\n\nAs it turns out, iOS and Android not only allow you to hide the address bar, they use the same JavaScript method to do so, too (this shouldn\u2019t be surprising, given that they are both WebKit browsers, but nothing expected happens in mobile). However, the method they use is not exactly intuitive. You might set out looking for a JavaScript API dedicated to this purpose, like, say, window.toolbar.hide(), but alas, to hide the address bar you need to use the window.scrollTo method!\n\nwindow.scrollTo(0, 0);\n\nThe scrollTo method is not new, it\u2019s just this particular use of it that is. For the uninitiated, scrollTo is designed to scroll a document to a particular set of coordinates, assuming the document is large enough to scroll to that spot. The method accepts two arguments: a left coordinate; and a top coordinate. It\u2019s both simple and supported well pretty much everywhere. In iOS and Android, these coordinates are calculated from the top of the browser\u2019s viewport, just below the address bar (interestingly, it seems that some platforms like BlackBerry 6 treat the top of the browser chrome as 0 instead, meaning the page content is closer to 20px from the top).\n\nAnyway, by passing the coordinates 0, 0 to the scrollTo method, the browser will jump to the top of the page and pull the address bar out of view! Of course, if a quick call to scrollTo was all we need to do to hide the address bar in iOS and Android, this article would be pretty short, and nothing new. Unfortunately, the first issue we need to deal with is that this method alone will not usually do the trick: it must be called after the page has finished loading.\n\nThe browser gives us a load event for just that purpose, so we\u2019ll wrap our scrollTo method in it and continue on our merry way! We\u2019ll use the standard, addEventListener method to bind the the load event, passing arguments for event name load, and a callback function to execute when the event is triggered.\n\nwindow.addEventListener(\"load\",function() {\n window.scrollTo(0, 0);\n});\n\nFor the sake of preventing errors in those using browsers that don\u2019t support addEventListener, such as Internet Explorer 8 and under, let\u2019s make sure that method exists before we use it:\n\nif( window.addEventListener ){\n window.addEventListener(\"load\",function() {\n window.scrollTo(0, 0);\n });\n}\n\nNow we\u2019re getting somewhere, but we must also call the method after the load event\u2019s default behavior has been applied. For this, we can use the setTimeout method, delaying its execution to after the load event has run its course.\n\nif( window.addEventListener ){\n window.addEventListener(\"load\",function() {\n setTimeout(function(){\n window.scrollTo(0, 0);\n }, 0);\n });\n}\n\nSweet sugar of Christmas! Hit this demo in iOS and watch that address bar drift up and away!\n\nNot so fast\u2026\n\nWe\u2019ve got a little problem: the approach above does work in iOS but, in some cases, it works a little too well. In the process of applying this behavior, we\u2019ve broken one of the primary tenets of responsible web development: don\u2019t break the browser\u2019s default behaviour. This usability rule of thumb is often violated by developers with even the best of intentions, from breaking the browser\u2019s back button through unrecorded Ajax page refreshes, to fancy momentum touch scrolling scripts that can wreak havoc in all but the most sophisticated of devices. In this case, we\u2019ve prevented the browser\u2019s native support of deep-linking to sections of a page (a hash identifier in the URL matching a page element\u2019s id attribute, for example, http://example.com#contact) from working properly, because our script always scrolls to the top.\n\nTo avoid this collision, we\u2019ll need to detect whether a deep link, or hash, is present in the URL before applying our logic. We can do this by ensuring that the location.hash property is falsey:\n\nif( !window.location.hash && window.addEventListener ){\n window.addEventListener( \"load\",function() {\n setTimeout(function(){\n window.scrollTo(0, 0);\n }, 0);\n });\n}\n\nStill works great! And a quick test using a hash-based URL confirms that our script will not execute when a deep anchor is in play. Now iOS is looking sharp, and we\u2019ve added our feature defensively to avoid conflicts.\n\n\n\nNow, on to Android\u2026\n\nWait. You didn\u2019t expect that we could write code for one browser and be finished, right? Of course you didn\u2019t. I mentioned earlier that Android uses the same method for getting rid of the scrollbar, but I left out the fact that the arguments it prefers vary slightly, but significantly, from iOS. Bah!\n\nDifferering from the earlier logic from iOS, to remove the address bar on Android\u2019s default browser, you need to pass a Y coordinate of 1 instead of 0. Aside from being just plain odd, this is particularly unfortunate because to any other browser on the planet, 1px is a very real, however small, distance from the top of the page!\n\nwindow.scrollTo( 0, 1 );\n\nLooks like we\u2019re going to need a fork\u2026\n\nR UA Android?\n\nAt this point, some developers might decide to simply not support this feature in Android, and more determined devs might decide that a quick check of the User Agent string would be a reliable way to determine the browser and tweak the scroll value accordingly. Neither of those decisions would be tragic, but in the spirit of cross-browser and future-friendly development, I\u2019ll propose an alternative.\n\nBy this point, it should be clear that neither of the implementations above offer a particularly intuitive way to hide an address bar. As such, one might be skeptical that these approaches will stick around very long in their present state in either browser. Perhaps at some point, Android will decide to use 0 like iOS, making our lives a little easier, or maybe some new browser will decide to model their address bar hiding method after one of these implementations. In any case, detecting the User Agent only allows us to apply logic based on the known present, and in the world of mobile, let\u2019s face it, the present is already the past.\n\nWriting a check\n\nIn this next step of today\u2019s technique, we\u2019ll apply some logic to quickly determine the behavior model of the browser we\u2019re using, then capitalize on that model \u2013 without caring which browser it happens to come from \u2013 by applying the appropriate scroll distance.\n\nTo do this, we\u2019ll rely on a fortunate side effect of Android\u2019s implementation, which is when you programatically scroll the page to 1 using scrollTo, Android will report that it\u2019s still at 0 because oddly enough, it is! Of course, any other browser in this situation will report a scroll distance of 1. Thus, by scrolling the page to 1, then asking the browser its scroll distance, we can use this artifact of their wacky implementation to our advantage and scroll to the location that makes sense for the browser in play.\n\nGetting the scroll distance\n\nTo pull off our test, we\u2019ll need to ask the browser for its current scroll distance. The methods for getting scroll distance are not entirely standardized across popular browsers, so we\u2019ll need to use some cross-browser logic. The following scroll distance function is similar to what you\u2019d find in a library like jQuery. It checks the few common ways of getting scroll distance before eventually falling back to 0 for safety\u2019s sake (that said, I\u2019m unaware of any browsers that won\u2019t return a numeric value from one of the first three properties).\n\n// scrollTop getter\nfunction getScrollTop(){\n return scrollTop = window.pageYOffset ||\ndocument.compatMode === \"CSS1Compat\" && document.documentElement.scrollTop ||\ndocument.body.scrollTop || 0;\n}\n\nIn order to execute that code above, the body object (referenced here as document.body) will need to be defined already, or we\u2019ll risk an error. To determine that it\u2019s defined, we can run a quick timer to execute code as soon as that object is defined and ready for use.\n\nvar bodycheck = setInterval(function(){\n if( document.body ){\n clearInterval( bodycheck );\n //more logic can go here!!\n } \n}, 15 );\n\nAbove, we\u2019ve defined a 15 millisecond interval called bodycheck that checks if document.body is defined and, if so, clears itself of running again. Within that if statement, we can extend our logic further to run other code, such as our check for the scroll distance, defined via the variable scrollTop below:\n\nvar scrollTop,\n bodycheck = setInterval(function(){\n if( document.body ){\n clearInterval( bodycheck );\n scrollTop = getScrollTop();\n } \n}, 15 );\n\nWith this working, we can immediately scroll to 1, then check the scroll distance when the body is defined. If the distance reports 1, we\u2019re likely in a non-Android browser, so we\u2019ll scroll back to 0 and clean up our mess.\n\nwindow.scrollTo( 0, 1 );\n\nvar scrollTop,\n bodycheck = setInterval(function(){\n if( document.body ){\n clearInterval( bodycheck );\n scrollTop = getScrollTop();\n window.scrollTo( 0, scrollTop === 1 ? 0 : 1 );\n } \n}, 15 );\n\nCashing in\n\nAll of the pieces are written now, so all we need to do is combine them with our previous logic for scrolling when the window is loaded, and we\u2019ll have a cross-browser solution of which John Resig would be proud. Here\u2019s our combined code snippet, with some formatting updates rolled in as well:\n\n(function( win ){\n\tvar doc = win.document;\n\n\t// If there\u2019s a hash, or addEventListener is undefined, stop here\n\tif( !location.hash && win.addEventListener ){\n\t\t//scroll to 1\n\t\twindow.scrollTo( 0, 1 );\n\t\tvar scrollTop = 1,\n\t\t\tgetScrollTop = function(){\n\t\t\t\treturn win.pageYOffset || doc.compatMode = \"CSS1Compat\" && doc.documentElement.scrollTop || doc.body.scrollTop || 0;\n\t\t\t},\n\t\t\t//reset to 0 on bodyready, if needed\n\t\t\tbodycheck = setInterval(function(){\n\t\t\t\tif( doc.body ){\n\t\t\t\t\tclearInterval( bodycheck );\n\t\t\t\t\tscrollTop = getScrollTop();\n\t\t\t\t\twin.scrollTo( 0, scrollTop = 1 ? 0 : 1 );\n\t\t\t\t}\t\n\t\t\t}, 15 );\n\t\twin.addEventListener( \u201cload\u201d, function(){\n\t\t\tsetTimeout(function(){\n\t\t\t\t\t//reset to hide addr bar at onload\n\t\t\t\t\twin.scrollTo( 0, scrollTop === 1 ? 0 : 1 );\n\t\t\t}, 0);\n\t\t} );\n\t}\n})( this );\nView code example\n\nAnd with that, we\u2019ve got a bunch more room to play with on both iOS and Android.\n\n\n\nBreak out the eggnog\n\n\u2026because we\u2019re not done yet! In the spirit of making our script act more defensively, there\u2019s still another use case to consider. It was essential that we used the window\u2019s load event to trigger our scripting, but on pages with a lot of content, its use can come at a cost. Often, a user will begin interacting with a page, scrolling down as they read, before the load event has fired. In those situations, our script will jump the user back to the top of the page, resulting in a jarring experience.\n\nTo prevent this problem from occurring, we\u2019ll need to ensure that the page has not been scrolled beyond a certain amount. We can add a simple check using our getScrollTop function again, this time ensuring that its value is not greater than 20 pixels or so, accounting for a small tolerance.\n\nif( getScrollTop() < 20 ){\n //reset to hide addr bar at onload\n window.scrollTo( 0, scrollTop === 1 ? 0 : 1 );\n}\n\nAnd with that, we\u2019re pretty well protected! Here\u2019s a final demo.\n\nThe completed script can be found on Github (full source: https://gist.github.com/1183357 ). It\u2019s MIT licensed. Feel free to use it anywhere or any way you\u2019d like!\n\nYour thoughts?\n\nI hope this article provides you with a browser-agnostic approach to hiding the address bar that you can use in your own projects today. Perhaps alternatively, the complications involved in this approach convinced you that doing this well is more trouble than it\u2019s worth and, depending on the use case, that could be a fair decision. But at the very least, I hope this demonstrates that there\u2019s a lot of work involved in pulling off this small task in only two major platforms, and that there\u2019s a real need for standardization in this area.\n\nFeel free to leave a comment or criticism and I\u2019ll do my best to answer in a timely fashion.\n\nThanks, everyone!\n\nSome parting notes\n\nI scream, you scream\u2026\n\nAt the time of writing, I was not able to test this method on the latest Android 4.0 (Ice Cream Sandwich) build. According to Sencha Touch\u2019s browser scorecard, the browser in 4.0 may have a different way of managing the address bar, so I\u2019ll post in the comments once I get a chance to dig into it further.\n\nShort pages get no love\n\nToday\u2019s technique only works when the page is as tall, or taller than, the device\u2019s available screen height, so that the address bar may be scrolled out of view. On a short page, you might work around this issue by applying a minimum height to the body element ( body { min-height: 460px; } ), but given the variety of screen sizes out there, not to mention changes in orientation, it\u2019s tough to find a value that makes much sense (unless you manipulate it with JavaScript).", "year": "2011", "author": "Scott Jehl", "author_slug": "scottjehl", "published": "2011-12-20T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2011/raising-the-bar-on-mobile/", "topic": "design"}
{"rowid": 278, "title": "Going Both Ways", "contents": "It\u2019s that time of the year again: Santa is getting ready to travel the world. Up until now, girls and boys from all over have sent in letters asking for what they want. I hope that Santa and his elves have\u2014unlike me\u2014learned more than just English.\n\nOn the Internet, those girls and boys want to participate in sharing their stories and videos of opening presents and of being with friends and family. Ah, yes, the wonders of user generated content. But more than that, people also want to be able to use sites in the language they know.\n\nWhile you and I might expect the text to read from left to right, not all languages do. Some go from right to left, such as Arabic and Hebrew. (Some also go from top to bottom, but for now, let\u2019s just worry about those first two directions!)\n\nIf we were building a site for girls and boys to send their letters to Santa, we need to consider having the interface in the language and direction that they prefer. On the elves\u2019 side, they may be viewing the site in one direction but reading the user generated content in the other direction. We need to build a site that supports bidirectional (or bidi) text.\n\nLet\u2019s take a look at some things to be aware of when it comes to building bidi interfaces.\n\nSetting the direction of the interface\n\nRight off the bat, we need to tell the browser what direction the text should be going in. To do this, we add the dir attribute to an HTML element and set it to either LTR (for left to right) or RTL (for right to left).\n\n\n\nYou can add the dir attribute to any element and it will set or change the direction for the content within that element. \n\n\n Here is English Content.\n \u0627\u0644\u0645\u0648\u0636\u0648\u0639
\n\n\nYou can also set the direction via CSS.\n\n.rtl {\n direction: rtl;\n }\n\nIt\u2019s generally recommended that you don\u2019t use CSS to set the direction of the text. Text direction is an important part of the content that should be retained even in environments where the CSS may not be available or fails to load.\n\nHow things change with the direction attribute\n\nJust adding the dir attribute tells the browser to render the content within it differently. \n\n\n\nThe text aligns to the right of the page and, interestingly, punctuation appears at the left of the sentence. (We\u2019ll get to that in a little bit.) \n\nScrollbars in most browsers will appear on the left instead of the right. Webkit is the notable exception here which always shows the scrollbar on the right, no matter what the text direction is. Avoid having a design that has an expectation that the scrollbar will be in a specific place (and a specific size).\n\nChanging the order of text mid-way\n\nAs we saw in that previous example, the punctuation appeared at the beginning of the sentence instead of the end, even though the text was English. At Yahoo!, we have an interesting dilemma where the company name has punctuation in it. Therefore, when the name appears in the middle of (for example) Arabic text, the exclamation mark appears at the beginning of the word instead of the end.\n\n\n\nThere are two ways in which this problem can be solved:\n\n1. Use HTML around the left-to-right content, or\n\nTo solve the problem of the Yahoo! name in the midst of Arabic text, we can wrap a span around it and change the direction on that element.\n\n\n\n2. Use a text direction mark in the content.\n\nUnicode has two marks, U+200E and U+200F, that tell the browser that the text is in a particular direction. Placing this right after the punctuation will correct the placement.\n\nUsing the HTML entity:\nYahoo!\u200e\n\nTables\n\nThankfully, the cells of a data table also get reordered from right to left. Equally as nice, if you\u2019re using display:table, the content will still get reordered.\n\n\n\nCSS\n\nSo far, we\u2019ve seen that the dir attribute does a pretty decent job of getting content flowing in the direction that we need it. Unfortunately, there are huge swaths of design that is handled by CSS that the handy dir attribute has zero effect over.\n\nMany properties, like float or absolute positioning with left and right values, are unaffected and must be handled manually. Elements that were floated left must now by floated right. Left margins and paddings must now move to the right and the right margins and paddings must now move to the left.\n\nSince the browser won\u2019t handle this for us, we have a couple approaches that we can use:\n\nCSS Only\n\nWe can take advantage of the attribute selector to target CSS to apply in one direction or another.\n\n[dir=ltr] .module {\n\tfloat: left;\n\tmargin: 0 0 0 20px;\n}\n\n[dir=rtl] .module {\n\tfloat: right;\n\tmargin: 0 20px 0 0;\n}\n\nAs you can see from this example, both of the properties have been modified for the flipped interface. If your interface is rather complicated, you will have to create a lot of duplicate rules to have the site looking good in both directions while serving up a single stylesheet.\n\nCSSJanus\n\nGoogle has a tool called CSSJanus. It\u2019s a Python script that runs over the LTR versions of your CSS files and generates RTL versions. For the RTL version of the site, just serve up those CSS files instead of the LTR versions.\n\nThe script looks for keywords and value combinations and automatically swaps them so you don\u2019t have to. \n\nAt Yahoo!, CSSJanus was a huge help in speeding up our development of a bidi interface. We\u2019ve also made a number of improvements to the script to better handle border radius, background positioning, and gradients. We will be pushing those changes back into the CSSJanus project. \n\n\n\nBackground Images\n\nBackground images, especially for things like CSS sprites, also raise an interesting dilemma. Background images are positioned relative to the left of the element. In a flipped interface, however, we need to position it relative to the right. An icon that would be to the left of some text will now need to appear on the right.\n\n\n\nIf the x position of the background is percentage-based, then it\u2019s fairly easy to swap the values. 0 becomes 100%, 10% becomes 90% and so on. If the x position is pixel-based, then we\u2019re in a bit of a pickle. There\u2019s no way to say that the image should be a certain number of pixels from the right.\n\nTherefore, you\u2019ll need to ensure that any background image that needs to be swapped should be percentage-based. (99.9% of the the time, the background position will need to be 0 so that it can be changed to 100% for RTL.)\n\nIf you\u2019re taking an existing implementation, background positioning will likely be the biggest hurdle you\u2019ll have to overcome in swapping your interface around. If you make sure your x position is always percentage-based from the beginning, you\u2019ll have a much smoother process ahead of you!\n\nFlipping Images\n\nThis is a more subtle point and one where you\u2019ll really want an expert with the region to weigh in on. In RTL interfaces, users may expect certain icons to also be flipped. Pencil icons that skew to the right in LTR interfaces might need to be swapped to skew to the left, instead. Chat bubbles that come from the left will need to come from the right.\n\nThe easiest way to handle this is to create new images. Name the LTR versions with -ltr in the name and name the RTL versions with -rtl in the name. CSSJanus will automatically rename all file references from -ltr to -rtl.\n\nThe Future\n\nThankfully, those within the W3C recognize that CSS should be more agnostic. As a result, they\u2019ve begun introducing new properties that allow the browser to manage the swapping from left to right for us.\n\nThe CSS3 specification for backgrounds allows for the background-position to be relative to other corners other than the top left by specifying keywords before each position.\n\nThis will position the background 5px from the bottom right of the element.\n\nbackground-position: right 5px bottom 5px;\n\nOpera 11.60 is currently the only browser that supports this syntax.\n\nFor margin and padding, we have margin-start and margin-end. In LTR interfaces, margin-start would be the same as margin-left and in RTL interfaces, margin-start would be the same as margin-right. \n\nFirefox and Webkit support these but with vendor prefixes right now:\n\n-webkit-margin-start: 20px;\n-moz-margin-start: 20px;\n\nIn the CSS3 Images working draft specification, there\u2019s an image() property that allows us to specify image fallbacks and whether those fallbacks are for LTR or RTL interfaces.\n\nbackground: image('sprite.png' ltr, 'sprite-rtl.png' rtl);\n\nUnfortunately, no browser supports this yet but it\u2019s nice to be able to dream of how much easier this will be in the future!\n\nHo Ho Ho\n\nHopefully, after all of this, you\u2019re full of cheer knowing that you\u2019re well on your way to creating interfaces that can go both ways!", "year": "2011", "author": "Jonathan Snook", "author_slug": "jonathansnook", "published": "2011-12-19T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2011/going-both-ways/", "topic": "ux"}
{"rowid": 279, "title": "Design the Invisible to Tell Better Stories on the Web", "contents": "For design to be meaningful we need to tell stories. We need to design the invisible, the cues, the messages and the extra detail hidden beneath the aesthetics. It\u2019s all about the story.\n\n\n\nFrom verbal exchanges around the campfire to books, the web and everything in between, storytelling allows us to share, organize and process information more efficiently. It helps us understand our surroundings and make emotional connections to people, places and experiences.\n\nWeb design lends itself perfectly to the conventions of storytelling, a universal process. However, the stories vary because they\u2019re defined by culture, society, politics and religion. All of which need considering if you are to design stories that are relevant to your target audience.\n\nThe benefits of approaching design with storytelling in mind from the very start of the project is that we are creating considered design that allows users to quickly gather meaning from the website. They do this by reading between the lines and drawing on the wealth of knowledge they have acquired about the associations between colours, typyefaces and signs.\n\nWith so much recognition and analysis happening subconsciously you have to consider how design communicates on this level. This invisible layer has a significant impact on what you say, how you say it and who you say it to.\n\nHow can we design something that\u2019s invisible?\n\nBy researching and making conscious decisions about exactly what you are communicating, you can make the invisible visible. As is often quoted, good design is like air, you only notice it when it\u2019s bad. So by designing the invisible the aim is to design stories that the audience receive subliminally, so that they go somewhat unnoticed, like good air.\n\nStorytelling strands\n\nTo share these stories through design, you can break it down into several strands. Each strand tells a story on its own, but when combined they may start to tell a different story altogether. These strands are colour, typefaces, branding, tone of voice and symbols. All are literal and visible but the invisible element is the meaning behind them \u2013 meaning that you can extract and share. In this article I want to focus on colour, typefaces and tone of voice and on how combining story strands can change the meaning.\n\nColour\n\nLet\u2019s start with colour. Red represents emotions such as love but can also signify war. Green is commonly used for all things environmental and purple is a colour that connotes wealth and royalty. These associations between colour and emotion or value have been learned over time and are continually reinforced through media and culture. \n\n\n\nWith this knowledge come expectations from your users. For example, they will expect Valentine\u2019s Day sites to be red and kids\u2019 sites to be bright and colourful. This is true in the same way audiences have expectations of certain genres of film or music. These conventions help savvy audiences decode texts and read between the lines or, rather, to draw meaning from the invisible. It\u2019s practically an innate skill. This is why you need to design the invisible: because users will quickly deduce meaning from your site and fill in the story\u2019s gaps, it\u2019s important to give them as much of that story to begin with. A story relevant to their culture.\n\n\n\nOf all the ways you can tell stories through web design, colour is the most fascinating and important. Not only does it evoke emotions in users but its meaning varies significantly between cultures. In the west, for example, white is a colour associated with weddings, and black is the colour of mourning. This is signified by the traditions of brides wearing white and those in mourning wearing black. In other cultures the meanings are reversed, as black is a colour that represents good luck and white is a colour that signifies mourning. If you assume the same values are true in all cultures then you risk offending the very people you are targeting.\n\nWhen colours combine, the story being told can change. If you design using red, white and blue then it\u2019s going to be difficult to shake off patriotic connotations because this colour combination is so ingrained as being American or British or French thanks largely to their flags. This extends to politics too. Each party has its own representative colour. In the UK, the Conservatives are blue and Labour is red so it would be inappropriate storytelling to design a Labour-related website in blue as there would be a conflict between the content and the design, a conflict that would result in a poor user experience.\n\nConflicts become more of an issue when you start to combine story strands. I once saw a No VAT advert use the symbol on the left:\n\n\n\nThere\u2019s a complete conflict in storytelling here between the sign and its colour. The prohibition sign was used over the word VAT to mean no VAT; that makes sense. But this is a symbol that is used to communicate to people that something is being prohibited or prevented, it mustn\u2019t continue. So to use green contradicts the message of the sign itself; green is used as a colour to say yes, go, proceed, enter. The same would be true if we had a tick in red and a cross in green. Bad design here means the story is flawed and the user experience is compromised.\n\nTypefaces\n\nTypefaces also tell stories. They are so much more than the words that are written with them because they connote different values. Here are a few:\n\n\n\nSerif fonts are more formal and are associated with tradition, sophistication and high-end values. Sans serif fonts, on the other hand, are synonymous with modernity, informality and friendliness. These perceptions are again reinforced through more traditional media such as newspaper mastheads, where the serious news-focused broadsheets have serif titles, and the showbiz and gossip-led tabloids have sans serif titles. This translates to the web as well. With these associations already familiar to users, they may see copy and focus on the words, but if the way that copy is displayed jars with the context then we are back to having conflicting stories like the No VAT sign earlier.\n\nLet\u2019s take official institutions, for example. The White House, the monarchy, 10 Downing Street and other government departments are formal, traditional and important organisations. If the copy on their websites were written in a typeface like Cooper Black, it would erase any authority and respect that they were due. They need people to take them seriously and trust them, and part of the way to do this is to have a typeface that represents those values.\n\nIt works both ways though. If Innocent, Threadless or other fun companies used traditional typefaces, they wouldn\u2019t be accurate reflections of their core values, brand and personality. They are better positioned to use friendly, informal and modern typefaces. But still never Comic Sans.\n\nTone of voice\n\nClosely tied to this is tone of voice, my absolute bugbear on the web. Tone of voice isn\u2019t what is said but, rather, how it is said. When we interact with others in person we don\u2019t just listen to the words they say, but we also draw meaning from their body language, and pitch and tone of voice. Just because the web removes that face-to-face interaction with your audience it doesn\u2019t mean you can\u2019t have a tone of voice. \n\n\n\nInnocent pioneered the informal chatty tone of voice that so many others have since emulated, but unless it is representative of your company, then it\u2019s not appropriate. It works for Innocent because the tone of voice is consistent across all the company\u2019s materials, both online and offline. Ben and Jerry\u2019s takes the same approach, as does Threadless, but maybe you need a more formal or corporate tone of voice. It really depends on what your business or service is and who it is for, and that is why I think LoveFilm has it all wrong. \n\nLoveFilm offers a film and game rental service, something fun for people in their downtime. While they aren\u2019t particularly stuffy, neither is their tone of voice very friendly or informal, which is what I would expect from a service like theirs. The reason they have it wrong is in the language they use and the way their sentences are constructed.\n\nThis is the first time we\u2019ve discussed language because, on the whole, designing the invisible isn\u2019t concerned with language at all. But that doesn\u2019t mean that these strands can\u2019t still elicit an emotional response in users. Jon Tan quoted Dr Mazviita Chirimuuta in his New Adventures in Web Design talk in January 2011:\n\n\n\tAlthough there is no absolute separation between language and emotion, there will still be countless instances where you have emotional response without verbal input or linguistic cognition. In general language is not necessary for emotion.\n\n\nThis is even more pertinent when the emotions evoked are connected to people\u2019s culture, surroundings and way of life. It makes design personal, something that audiences can connect with at more than just face value but, rather, on a subliminal or, indeed, invisible level. \n\nIt also means that when you are asked the inevitable question of why \u2013 why is blue the dominant colour? why have you used that typeface? why don\u2019t we sound like Innocent? \u2013 you will have a rationale behind each design decision that can explain what story you are telling, how you discovered the story and how it is targeted at the core audience.\n\nResearch\n\nThis is where research plays a vital role in the project cycle. If you don\u2019t know and understand your audience then you don\u2019t know what story to design. Every project lends itself to some level of research, but how in-depth and what methods are most appropriate will be dictated by project requirements and budget restrictions \u2013 but do your research. \n\nEven if you think you know your audience, it doesn\u2019t hurt to research and reaffirm that because cultures and society do change, albeit slowly, but they can change. So ask questions at the start of the project during the research phase:\n\n\n\tWhat do different colours mean for your audience\u2019s culture?\n\tDo the typeface and tone of voice appeal to the demographic?\n\tDoes the brand identity represent the values and personality of your service?\n\tAre there any social, political or religious significances associated with your audience that you need to take into consideration so you don\u2019t offend them?\n\n\nAsk questions, understand your audience, design your story based on these insights, and create better user experiences in context that have good, solid storytelling at their heart.\n\nMajor hat tip to Gareth Strange for the beautiful graphics used within this article.", "year": "2011", "author": "Robert Mills", "author_slug": "robertmills", "published": "2011-12-14T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2011/design-the-invisible/", "topic": "design"}
{"rowid": 280, "title": "Conditional Loading for Responsive Designs", "contents": "On the eighteenth day of last year\u2019s 24 ways, Paul Hammond wrote a great article called Speed Up Your Site with Delayed Content. He outlined a technique for loading some content \u2014 like profile avatars \u2014 after the initial page load. This gives you a nice performance boost.\n\nThere\u2019s another situation where this kind of delayed loading could be really handy: mobile-first responsive design.\n\nResponsive design combines three techniques:\n\n\n\ta fluid grid\n\tflexible images\n\tmedia queries\n\n\nAt first, responsive design was applied to existing desktop-centric websites to allow the layout to adapt to smaller screen sizes. But more recently it has been combined with another innovative approach called mobile first.\n\nRather then starting with the big, bloated desktop site and then scaling down for smaller devices, it makes more sense to start with the constraints of the small screen and then scale up for larger viewports. Using this approach, your layout grid, your large images and your media queries are applied on top of the pre-existing small-screen design. It\u2019s taking progressive enhancement to the next level.\n\nOne of the great advantages of the mobile-first approach is that it forces you to really focus on the core content of your page. It might be more accurate to think of this as a content-first approach. You don\u2019t have the luxury of sidebars or multiple columns to fill up with content that\u2019s just nice to have rather than essential.\n\nBut what happens when you apply your media queries for larger viewports and you do have sidebars and multiple columns? Well, you can load in that nice-to-have content using the same kind of Ajax functionality that Paul described in his article last year. The difference is that you first run a quick test to see if the viewport is wide enough to accommodate the subsidiary content. This is conditional delayed loading.\n\nConsider this situation: I\u2019ve published an article about cats and I\u2019d like to include relevant cat-related news items in the sidebar \u2026but only if there\u2019s enough room on the screen for a sidebar.\n\nI\u2019m going to use Google\u2019s News API to return the search results. This is the ideal time to use delayed loading: I don\u2019t want a third-party service slowing down the rendering of my page so I\u2019m going to fire off the request after my document has loaded.\n\nHere\u2019s an example of the kind of Ajax function that I would write:\n\nvar searchNews = function(searchterm) {\n\tvar elem = document.createElement('script');\n\telem.src = 'http://ajax.googleapis.com/ajax/services/search/news?v=1.0&q='+searchterm+'&callback=displayNews';\n\tdocument.getElementsByTagName('head')[0].appendChild(elem);\n};\n\nI\u2019ve provided a callback function called displayNews that takes the JSON result of that Ajax request and adds it an element on the page with the ID newsresults:\n\nvar displayNews = function(news) {\n\tvar html = '',\n\titems = news.responseData.results,\n\ttotal = items.length;\n\tif (total>0) {\n\t\tfor (var i=0; i';\n\t\t\thtml+= '';\n\t\t\thtml+= ''+item.titleNoFormatting+' ';\n\t\t\thtml+= ' ';\n\t\t\thtml+= '';\n\t\t\thtml+= item.content;\n\t\t\thtml+= '
';\n\t\t\thtml+= '';\n\t\t}\n\t\tdocument.getElementById('newsresults').innerHTML = html;\n\t}\n};\n\nNow, I can call that function at the bottom of my document:\n\n\n\nIf I only want to run that search when there\u2019s room for a sidebar, I can wrap it in an if statement:\n\n\n\nIf the browser is wider than 640 pixels, that will fire off a search for news stories about cats and put the results into the newsresults element in my markup:\n\n\n \n
\n\nThis works pretty well but I\u2019m making an assumption that people with small-screen devices wouldn\u2019t be interested in seeing that nice-to-have content. You know what they say about assumptions: they make an ass out of you and umptions. I should really try to give everyone at least the option to get to that extra content:\n\n\n\nSee the result\n\nVisitors with small-screen devices will see that link to the search results; visitors with larger screens will get the search results directly.\n\nI\u2019ve been concentrating on HTML and JavaScript, but this technique has consequences for content strategy and information architecture. Instead of thinking about possible page content in a binary way as either \u2018on the page\u2019 or \u2018not on the page\u2019, conditional loading introduces a third \u2018it\u2019s complicated\u2019 option.\n\nThis was just a simple example but I hope it illustrates that conditional loading could become an important part of the content-first responsive design approach.", "year": "2011", "author": "Jeremy Keith", "author_slug": "jeremykeith", "published": "2011-12-02T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2011/conditional-loading-for-responsive-designs/", "topic": "ux"}
{"rowid": 281, "title": "Nine Things I've Learned", "contents": "I\u2019ve been a professional graphic designer for fourteen years and for just under four of those a professional web designer. Like most designers I\u2019ve learned a lot in my time, both from a design point of view and in business as freelance designer. A few of the things I\u2019ve learned stick out in my mind, so I thought I\u2019d share them with you. They\u2019re pretty random and in no particular order.\n\n1. Becoming the designer you want to be\n\nWhen I started out as a young graphic designer, I wanted to design posters and record sleeves, pretty much like every other young graphic designer. The problem is that the reality of the world means that when you get your first job you\u2019re designing the back of a paracetamol packet or something equally weird. I recently saw a tweet that went something like this: \u201cYou\u2019ll never become the designer you always dreamt of being by doing the work you never wanted to do\u201d. This is so true; to become the designer you want to be, you need to be designing the things you\u2019re passionate about designing. This probably this means working in the evenings and weekends for little or no money, but it\u2019s time well spent. Doing this will build up your portfolio with the work that really shows what you can do! Soon, someone will ask you to design something based on having seen this work. From this point, you\u2019re carving your own path in the direction of becoming the designer you always wanted to be.\n\n2. Compete on your own terms\n\nAs well as all being friends, we are also competitors. In order to win new work we need a selling point, preferably a unique selling point. Web design is a combination of design disciplines \u2013 user experience design, user interface Design, visual design, development, and so on. Some companies will sell themselves as UX specialists, which is fine, but everyone who designs a website from scratch does some sort of UX, so it\u2019s not really a unique selling point. Of course, some people do it better than others.\n\nOne area of web design that clients have a strong opinion on, and will judge you by, is visual design. It\u2019s an area in which it\u2019s definitely possible to have a unique selling point. Designing the visual aesthetic for a website is a combination of logical decision making and a certain amount of personal style. If you can create a unique visual style to your work, it can become a selling point that\u2019s unique to you.\n\n3. How much to charge and staying motivated\n\nWhen you\u2019re a freelance designer one of the hardest things to do is put a price on your work and skills. Finding the right amount to charge is a fine balance between supplying value to your customer and also charging enough to stay motivated to do a great job. It\u2019s always tempting to offer a low price to win work, but it\u2019s often not the best approach: not just for yourself but for the client as well.\n\nA client once asked me if I could reduce my fee by \u00a31,000 and still be motivated enough to do a good job. In this case the answer was yes, but it was the question that resonated with me. I realized I could use this as a gauge to help me price projects. Before I send out a quote I now always ask myself the question \u201cIs the amount I\u2019ve quoted enough to make me feel motivated to do my best on this project?\u201d I never send out a quote unless the answer is yes. In my mind there\u2019s no point in doing any project half-heartedly, as every project is an opportunity to build your reputation and expand your portfolio to show potential clients what you can do. Offering a client a good price but not being prepared to put everything you have into it, isn\u2019t value for money. \n\n4. Supplying the right design\n\nWhen I started out as a graphic designer it seemed to be the done thing to supply clients with a ton of options for their logo or brochure designs. In a talk given by Dan Rubin, he mentioned that this was a legacy of agencies competing with each other in a bid to create the illusion of offering more value for money. Over the years, I\u2019ve realized that offering more than one solution makes no sense. The reason a client comes to you as a designer is because you\u2019re the person than can get it right. If I were to supply three options, I\u2019d be knowingly offering my client at least two options that I didn\u2019t think worked.\n\nTo this day I still get asked how many homepage design options I\u2019ll supply for the quoted amount. The answer is one. Of course, I\u2019m more than happy to iterate upon the design to fine-tune it and, on the odd occasion, I do revisit a design concept if I just didn\u2019t nail the design first time around. Your time is much better spent refining the right design option than rushing out three substandard designs in the same amount of time.\n\n5. Colour is key\n\nThere are many contributing factors that go into making a good visual design, but one of the simplest ways to do this is through the use of colour. The colour palette used in a design can have such a profound effect on a visual design that it almost feels like you\u2019re cheating. It\u2019s easy to add more and more subtle shades of colour to add a sense of sophistication and complexity to a design, but it dilutes the overall visual impact. When I design, I almost have a rule that only allows me to use a very limited colour palette. I don\u2019t always stick to it, but it\u2019s always in mind and something I\u2019m constantly reviewing through my design process.\n\n6. Creative thinking is central to good or boundary-pushing web design\n\nWhen we think of creativity in web design we often link this to the visual design, as there is an obvious opportunity to be creative in this area if the brief allows it. Something that I\u2019ve learnt in my time as a web designer is that there\u2019s a massive need for creative thinking in the more technical aspects of web design. The tools we use for building websites are there to be manipulated and used in creative ways to design exciting and engaging user experiences. Great developers are constantly using their creativity to push the boundaries of what can be done with CSS, jQuery and JavaScript. \n\nBeing creative and creative thinking are things we should embrace as an industry and they are qualities that can be found in anyone, whether they be a visual designer or Rails developer.\n\n7. Creative block: don\u2019t be afraid to get things wrong\n\nCreative block can be a killer when designing. It\u2019s often applied to visual design, which is more subjective. I suffer from creative block on a regular basis. It\u2019s hugely frustrating and can screw up your schedule. Having thought about what creative block actually is, I\u2019ve come to the conclusion that it\u2019s actually more of a lack of direction than a lack of ideas. You have ideas and solutions in mind but don\u2019t feel committed to any of them. You\u2019re scared that whatever direction you take, it\u2019ll turn out to be wrong. I\u2019ve found that the best remedy for this is to work through this barrier. It\u2019s a bit like designing with a blindfold on \u2013 you don\u2019t really know where you\u2019re going. If you stick to your guns and keep pressing forward I find that, nine times out of ten, this process leads to a solution. As the page begins to fill, the direction you\u2019re looking for slowly begins to take shape.\n\n8. You get better at designing by designing\n\nI often get emails asking me what books someone can read to help them become a better designer. There are a lot of good books on subjects like HTML5, CSS, responsive web design and the like, that will really help improve anyone\u2019s web design skills. But, when it comes to visual design, the best way to get better is to design as much as possible. You can\u2019t follow instructions for these things because design isn\u2019t following instructions. A large part of web design is definitely applying a set of widely held conventions, but there\u2019s another part to it that is invention and the only way to get better at this is to do it as much as possible.\n\n9. Self-belief is overrated\n\nThroughout our lives we\u2019re told to have self-belief. Self-belief and confidence in what we do, whatever that may be. The problem is that some people find it easier than others to believe in themselves. I\u2019ve spent years trying to convince myself to believe in what I do but have always found it difficult to have complete confidence in my design skills. Self-doubt always creeps in.\n\nI\u2019ve realized that it\u2019s ok to doubt myself and I think it might even be a good thing! I\u2019ve realized that it\u2019s my self-doubt that propels me forward and makes me work harder to achieve the best results. The reason I\u2019m sharing this is because I know I\u2019m not the only designer that feels this way. You can spend a lot of time fighting self-doubt only to discover that it\u2019s your body\u2019s natural mechanism to help you do the best job possible.", "year": "2011", "author": "Mike Kus", "author_slug": "mikekus", "published": "2011-12-11T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2011/nine-things-ive-learned/", "topic": "business"}
{"rowid": 282, "title": "Front-end Style Guides", "contents": "We all know that feeling: some time after we launch a site, new designers and developers come in and make adjustments. They add styles that don\u2019t fit with the content, use typefaces that make us cringe, or chuck in bloated code. But if we didn\u2019t leave behind any documentation, we can\u2019t really blame them for messing up our hard work.\n\nTo counter this problem, graphic designers are often commissioned to produce style guides as part of a rebranding project. A style guide provides details such as how much white space should surround a logo, which typefaces and colours a brand uses, along with when and where it is appropriate to use them.\n\nDesign guidelines\n\nSome design guidelines focus on visual branding and identity. The UK National Health Service (NHS) refer to theirs as \u201cbrand guidelines\u201d. They help any designer create something such as a trustworthy leaflet for an NHS doctor\u2019s surgery. Similarly, Transport for London\u2019s \u201cdesign standards\u201d ensure the correct logos and typefaces are used in communications, and that they comply with the Disability Discrimination Act.\n\nSome guidelines go further, encompassing a whole experience, from the visual branding to the messaging, and the icon sets used. The BBC calls its guidelines a \u201cGlobal Experience Language\u201d or GEL. It\u2019s essential for maintaining coherence across multiple sites under the same BBC brand.\n\n\nThe BBC\u2019s Global Experience Language.\n\nDesign guidelines may be brief and loose to promote creativity, like Mozilla\u2019s \u201cbrand toolkit\u201d, or be precise and run to many pages to encourage greater conformity, such as Apple\u2019s \u201cHuman Interface Guidelines\u201d.\n\nWhatever name or form they\u2019re given, documenting reusable styles is invaluable when maintaining a brand identity over time, particularly when more than one person (who may not be a designer) is producing material.\n\nCode standards documents\n\nWe can make a similar argument for code. For example, in open source projects, where hundreds of developers are submitting code, it makes sense to set some standards. Drupal and Wordpress have written standards that make editing code less confusing for users, and more maintainable for contributors.\n\nEach community has nuances: Drupal requests that developers indent with two spaces, while Wordpress stipulates a tab. Whatever the rules, good code standards documents also explain why they make their recommendations.\n\nThe front-end developer\u2019s style guide\n\nDesign style guides and code standards documents have been a successful way of ensuring brand and code consistency, but in between the code and the design examples, web-based style guides are emerging. These are maintained by front-end developers, and are more dynamic than visual design guidelines, documenting every component and its code on the site in one place.\n\nHere are a few examples I\u2019ve seen in the wild:\n\nNatalie Downe\u2019s pattern portfolio\n\nNatalie created the pattern portfolio system while working at Clearleft. The phrase describes a single HTML page containing all the site\u2019s components and styles that can act as a deliverable.\n\n\nPattern portfolio by Natalie Downe for St Paul\u2019s School, kept up to date when new components are added. The entire page is about four times the length shown.\n\nEach different item within a pattern portfolio is a building block or module. The components are decoupled from the layout, and linearized so they can slot into anywhere on a page.\n\n\n\tThe pattern portfolio expresses every component and layout structure in the smallest number of documents. It sets out how the markup and CSS should be, and is used to illustrate the project\u2019s shared vocabulary.\n\n\tNatalie Downe\n\n\nBy developing a system, rather than individual pages, the result is flexible when the client wants to add more pages later on.\n\nPaul Lloyd\u2019s style guide\n\nPaul Lloyd has written an extremely comprehensive style guide for his site. Not only does it feature every plausible element, but it also explains in detail when it\u2019s appropriate to use each one.\n\n\nPaul\u2019s style guide is also great educational material for people learning to write code.\n\nOli Studholme\u2019s style guide\n\nEven though Oli\u2019s style guide is specific to his site, he\u2019s written it as though it\u2019s for someone else. It\u2019s exhaustive and gives justifications for all his decisions. In some places, he links to browser bug tickets and makes recommendations for cross-browser compatibility.\n\n\nOli has released his style guide under a Creative Commons Attribution Share-alike license, and encourages others to create their own versions.\n\nJeremy Keith\u2019s pattern primer\n\nFront-end style guides may have comments written in the code, annotations that appear on the page, or they may list components alongside their code, like Jeremy\u2019s pattern primer.\n\n\nYou can watch or fork Jeremy\u2019s pattern primer on Github.\n\n\n\nLinearizing components like this resembles a kind of mobile first approach to development, which Jeremy talks about on the 5by5 podcast: The Web Ahead 3.\n\nThe benefits of maintaining a front-end style guide\n\nIf you still need convincing that producing documentation like this for every project is worth the effort, here are a few nice side-effects to working this way:\n\nEasier to test\n\nA unified style guide makes it easier to spot where your design breaks. It\u2019s simple to check how components adapt to different screen widths, test for browser bugs and develop print style sheets when everything is on the same page. When I worked with Natalie, she\u2019d resize the browser window and bump the text size up and down during development to see if anything would break.\n\nBetter workflow\n\nThe approach also forces you to think how something works in relation to the whole site, rather than just a specific page, making it easier to add more pages later on. Starting development by creating a style guide makes a lot more sense than developing on a page-by-page basis.\n\nShared vocabulary\n\nNatalie\u2019s pattern portfolio in particular creates a shared vocabulary of names for components (teaser, global navigation, carousel\u2026), so a team can refer to different regions of the site and have a shared understanding of its meaning.\n\nUseful reference\n\nA combined style guide also helps designers and writers to see the elements that will be incorporated in the site and, therefore, which need to be designed or populated. A boilerplate list of components for every project can act as a reminder of things that may get missed in the design, such as button states or error messages. \n\nCreating your front-end style guide\n\nAs you\u2019ve seen, there are plenty of variations on the web style guide. Which method is best depends on your project and workflow. Let\u2019s say you want to show your content team how blockquotes and asides look, when it\u2019s appropriate to use them, and how to create them within the CMS. In this case, a combination of Jeremy\u2019s pattern primer and Paul\u2019s descriptive style guide \u2013 with the styled component alongside a code snippet and a description of when to use it \u2013 may be ideal. \n\nStart work on your style guide as soon as you can, preferably during the design stage:\n\n\n\tSimply presenting flat image comps is by no means enough\u2009-\u2009it\u2019s only the start\u2026 As layouts become more adaptable, flexible and context-specific, so individual components will become the focus of our design. It is therefore essential to get the foundational aspects of our designs right, and style guides allow us to do that.\n\n\tPaul Lloyd on Style guides for the Web \n\n\n\n\tPrint out the designs and label the unique elements and components you\u2019ll need to add to your style guide. Make a note of the purpose of each component. While you\u2019re doing this, identify the main colours used for things like links, headings and buttons.\nI draw over the print-outs on to tracing paper so I can make more annotations. Here, I\u2019ve started annotating the widths from the designer\u2019s mockup so I can translate these into percentages.\n\tStart developing your style guide with base styles that target core elements: headings, links, tables, blockquotes, ordered lists, unordered lists and forms. For these elements, you could maintain a standard document to reuse for every project.\n\tNext, add the components that override the base styles, like search boxes, breadcrumbs, feedback messages and blog comments. Include interaction styles, such as hover, focus and visited state on links, and hover, focus and active states on buttons.\n\tNow start adding layout and begin slotting the components into place. You may want to present each layout as a separate document, or you could have them all on the same page stacked beneath one another.\n\n\nDocument code practices\n\nCode can look messy when people use different conventions, so note down a standard approach alongside your style guide. For example, Paul Stanton has documented how he writes CSS.\n\nThe gift wrapping\n\nPresenting this documentation to your client may be a little overwhelming so, to be really helpful, create a simple page that links together all your files and explains what each of them do.\n\n\nThis is an example of a contents page that Clearleft produce for their clients. They\u2019ve added date stamps, subversion revision numbers and written notes for each file.\n\nEncourage participation\n\nThere\u2019s always a risk that the person you\u2019re writing the style guide for will ignore it completely, so make your documentation as user-friendly as possible. Justify why you do things a certain way to make it more approachable and encourage similar behaviour.\n\nAs always, good communication helps. Working with the designer to put together this document will improve the site. It\u2019s often not practical for designers to provide a style for everything, so drafting a web style guide and asking for feedback gives designers a chance to make sure any default styles fit in.\n\nIf you work in a team with other developers, documenting your code and development decisions will not only be useful as a deliverable, but will also force you to think about why you do things a certain way.\n\nFuture-friendly\n\nThe roles of designer and developer are increasingly blurred, yet all too often we work in isolation. Working side-by-side with designers on web style guides can vastly improve the quality of our work, and the collaborative approach can spark discussions like \u201chow would this work on a smaller screen?\u201d\n\nSometimes we can be so focused on getting the site ready and live, that we lose sight of what happens after it\u2019s launched, and how it\u2019s going to be maintained. A simple web style guide can make all the difference.\n\nIf you make your own style guide, I\u2019d love to add it to my stash of examples so please share a link to it in the comments.", "year": "2011", "author": "Anna Debenham", "author_slug": "annadebenham", "published": "2011-12-07T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2011/front-end-style-guides/", "topic": "process"}
{"rowid": 283, "title": "CSS3 Patterns, Explained", "contents": "Many of you have probably seen my CSS3 patterns gallery. It became very popular throughout the year and it showed many web developers how powerful CSS3 gradients really are. But how many really understand how these patterns are created? The biggest benefit of CSS-generated backgrounds is that they can be modified directly within the style sheet. This benefit is void if we are just copying and pasting CSS code we don\u2019t understand. We may as well use a data URI instead.\n\nImportant note\n\nIn all the examples that follow, I\u2019ll be using gradients without a vendor prefix, for readability and brevity. However, you should keep in mind that in reality you need to use all the vendor prefixes (-moz-, -ms-, -o-, -webkit-) as no browser currently implements them without a prefix. Alternatively, you could use -prefix-free and have the current vendor prefix prepended at runtime, only when needed.\n\nThe syntax described here is the one that browsers currently implement. The specification has since changed, but no browser implements the changes yet. If you are interested in what is coming, I suggest you take a look at the dev version of the spec.\n\nIf you are not yet familiar with CSS gradients, you can read these excellent tutorials by John Allsopp and return here later, as in the rest of the article I assume you already know the CSS gradient basics:\n\n\n\tCSS3 Linear Gradients\n\tCSS3 Radial Gradients\n\n\nThe main idea\n\nI\u2019m sure most of you can imagine the background this code generates:\n\nbackground: linear-gradient(left, white 20%, #8b0 80%);\n\nIt\u2019s a simple gradient from one color to another that looks like this:\n\n See this example live\n\nAs you probably know, in this case the first 20% of the container\u2019s width is solid white and the last 20% is solid green. The other 60% is a smooth gradient between these colors. Let\u2019s try moving these color stops closer to each other:\n\nbackground: linear-gradient(left, white 30%, #8b0 70%);\n\n See this example live\n\nbackground: linear-gradient(left, white 40%, #8b0 60%);\n\n See this example live\n\nbackground: linear-gradient(left, white 50%, #8b0 50%);\n\n See this example live\n\nNotice how the gradient keeps shrinking and the solid color areas expanding, until there is no gradient any more in the last example. We can even adjust the position of these two color stops to control where each color abruptly changes into another:\n\nbackground: linear-gradient(left, white 30%, #8b0 30%);\n\n See this example live\n\nbackground: linear-gradient(left, white 90%, #8b0 90%);\n\n See this example live\n\nWhat you need to take away from these examples is that when two color stops are at the same position, there is no gradient, only solid colors. Even without going any further, this trick is useful for a number of different use cases like faux columns or the effect I wanted to achieve in my homepage or the -prefix-free page where the background is only shown on one side and hidden on the other:\n\n\n\nCombining with background-size\n\nWe can do wonders, however, if we combine this with the CSS3 background-size property:\n\nbackground: linear-gradient(left, white 50%, #8b0 50%);\nbackground-size: 100px 100px;\n\n See this example live\n\nAnd there it is. We just created the simplest of patterns: (vertical) stripes. We can remove the first parameter (left) or replace it with top and we\u2019ll get horizontal stripes. However, let\u2019s face it: Horizontal and vertical stripes are kinda boring. Most stripey backgrounds we see on the web are diagonal. So, let\u2019s try doing that.\n\nOur first attempt would be to change the angle of the gradient to something like 45deg. However, this results in an ugly pattern like this: \n\n See this example live\n\nBefore reading on, think for a second: why didn\u2019t this produce the desired result? Can you figure it out?\n\nThe reason is that the gradient angle rotates the gradient inside each tile, not the tiled background as a whole. However, didn\u2019t we have the same problem the first time we tried to create diagonal stripes with an image? And then we learned that every stripe has to be included twice, like so:\n\n\n\nSo, let\u2019s try to create that effect with CSS gradients. It\u2019s essentially what we tried before, but with more color stops:\n\nbackground: linear-gradient(45deg, white 25%,\n #8b0 25%, #8b0 50%, \n white 50%, white 75%, \n #8b0 75%);\nbackground-size:100px 100px;\n\n See this example live\n\nAnd there we have our stripes! An easy way to remember the order of the percentages and colors it is that you always have two of the same in succession, except the first and last color.\n\nNote: Firefox for Mac also needs an additional 100% color stop at the end of any pattern with more than two stops, like so: ..., white 75%, #8b0 75%, #8b0). The bug was reported in February 2011 and you can vote for it and track its progress at Bugzilla.\n\nUnfortunately, this is essentially a hack and we will realize that if we try to change the gradient angle to 60deg:\n\n See this example live\n\nNot that maintainable after all, eh? Luckily, CSS3 offers us another way of declaring such backgrounds, which not only helps this case but also results in much more concise code:\n\nbackground: repeating-linear-gradient(60deg, white, white 35px, #8b0 35px, #8b0 70px);\n\n See this example live\n\nIn this case, however, the size has to be declared in the color stop positions and not through background-size, since the gradient is supposed to cover the entire container. You might notice that the declared size is different from the one specified the previous way. This is because the size of the stripes is measured differently: in the first example we specify the dimensions of the tile itself; in the second, the width of the stripes (35px), which is measured diagonally.\n\nMultiple backgrounds\n\nUsing only one gradient you can create stripes and that\u2019s about it. There are a few more patterns you can create with just one gradient (linear or radial) but they are more or less boring and ugly. Almost every pattern in my gallery contains a number of different backgrounds. For example, let\u2019s create a polka dot pattern:\n\nbackground: radial-gradient(circle, white 10%, transparent 10%),\nradial-gradient(circle, white 10%, black 10%) 50px 50px;\nbackground-size:100px 100px;\n\n See this example live\n\nNotice that the two gradients are almost the same image, but positioned differently to create the polka dot effect. The only difference between them is that the first (topmost) gradient has transparent instead of black. If it didn\u2019t have transparent regions, it would effectively be the same as having a single gradient, as the topmost gradient would obscure everything beneath it.\n\nThere is an issue with this background. Can you spot it?\n\nThis background will be fine for browsers that support CSS gradients but, for browsers that don\u2019t, it will be transparent as the whole declaration is ignored. We have two ways to provide a fallback, each for different use cases. We have to either declare another background before the gradient, like so:\n\nbackground: black;\nbackground: radial-gradient(circle, white 10%, transparent 10%),\nradial-gradient(circle, white 10%, black 10%) 50px 50px;\nbackground-size:100px 100px;\n\nor declare each background property separately:\n\nbackground-color: black;\nbackground-image: radial-gradient(circle, white 10%, transparent 10%),\nradial-gradient(circle, white 10%, transparent 10%);\nbackground-size:100px 100px;\nbackground-position: 0 0, 50px 50px;\n\nThe vigilant among you will have noticed another change we made to our code in the last example: we altered the second gradient to have transparent regions as well. This way background-color serves a dual purpose: it sets both the fallback color and the background color of the polka dot pattern, so that we can change it with just one edit. Always strive to make code that can be modified with the least number of edits. You might think that it will never be changed in that way but, almost always, given enough time, you\u2019ll be proved wrong.\n\nWe can apply the exact same technique with linear gradients, in order to create checkerboard patterns out of right triangles:\n\nbackground-color: white;\nbackground-image: linear-gradient(45deg, black 25%, transparent 25%, transparent 75%, black 75%), \nlinear-gradient(45deg, black 25%, transparent 25%, transparent 75%, black 75%);\nbackground-size:100px 100px;\nbackground-position: 0 0, 50px 50px;\n\n See this example live\n\nUsing the right units\n\nDon\u2019t use pixels for the sizes without any thought. In some cases, ems make much more sense. For example, when you want to make a lined paper background, you want the lines to actually follow the text. If you use pixels, you have to change the size every time you change font-size. If you set the background-size in ems, it will naturally follow the text and you will only have to update it if you change line-height.\n\nIs it possible?\n\nThe shapes that can be achieved with only one gradient are:\n\n\n\tstripes\n\tright triangles\n\tcircles and ellipses\n\tsemicircles and other shapes formed from slicing ellipses horizontally or vertically\n\n\nYou can combine several of them to create squares and rectangles (two right triangles put together), rhombi and other parallelograms (four right triangles), curves formed from parts of ellipses, and other shapes.\n\nJust because you can doesn\u2019t mean you should\n\nTechnically, anything can be crafted with these techniques. However, not every pattern is suitable for it. The main advantages of this technique are:\n\n\n\tno extra HTTP requests\n\tshort code\n\thuman-readable code (unlike data URIs) that can be changed without even leaving the CSS file.\n\n\nComplex patterns that require a large number of gradients are probably better left to SVG or bitmap images, since they negate almost every advantage of this technique:\n\n\n\tthey are not shorter\n\tthey are not really comprehensible \u2013 changing them requires much more effort than using an image editor\n\n\nThey still save an HTTP request, but so does a data URI.\n\nI have included some very complex patterns in my gallery, because even though I think they shouldn\u2019t be used in production (except under very exceptional conditions), understanding how they work and coding them helps somebody understand the technology in much more depth.\n\nAnother rule of thumb is that if your pattern needs shapes to obscure parts of other shapes, like in the star pattern or the yin yang pattern, then you probably shouldn\u2019t use it. In these patterns, changing the background color requires you to also change the color of these shapes, making edits very tedious.\n\nIf a certain pattern is not practicable with a reasonable amount of CSS, that doesn\u2019t mean you should resort to bitmap images. SVG is a very good alternative and is supported by all modern browsers.\n\nBrowser support\n\nCSS gradients are supported by Firefox 3.6+, Chrome 10+, Safari 5.1+ and Opera 11.60+ (linear gradients since Opera 11.10). Support is also coming in Internet Explorer when IE10 is released. You can get gradients in older WebKit versions (including most mobile browsers) by using the proprietary -webkit-gradient(), if you really need them.\n\nEpilogue\n\nI hope you find these techniques useful for your own designs. If you come up with a pattern that\u2019s very different from the ones already included, especially if it demonstrates a cool new technique, feel free to send a pull request to the github repo of the patterns gallery. Also, I\u2019m always fascinated to see my techniques put in practice, so if you made something cool and used CSS patterns, I\u2019d love to know about it!\n\nHappy holidays!", "year": "2011", "author": "Lea Verou", "author_slug": "leaverou", "published": "2011-12-16T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2011/css3-patterns-explained/", "topic": "code"}
{"rowid": 284, "title": "Subliminal User Experience", "contents": "The term \u2018user experience\u2019 is often used vaguely to quantify common elements of the interaction design process: wireframing, sitemapping and so on. UX undoubtedly involves all of these principles to some degree, but there really is a lot more to it than that.\n\nGood UX is characterized by providing the user with constant feedback as they step through your interface. It means thinking about and providing fallbacks and error resolutions in even the rarest of scenarios. It\u2019s about omitting clutter to make way for the necessary, and using the most fundamental of design tools to influence a user\u2019s path. It means making no assumptions, designing right down to the most distinct details and going one step further every single time. In many cases, good UX is completely subliminal.\n\nThere are simple tools and subtleties we can build into our products to enhance the overall experience but, in order to do so, we really have to step beyond where we usually draw the line on what to design.\n\nThe purpose of this article is not to provide technical how-tos, as the functionality is, in most cases, quite simple and could be implemented in a myriad of ways. Rather, it will present a handful of ideas for enhancing the experience of an interface at a deeper level of design without relying on the container.\n\nWe\u2019ll cover three elements that should get you thinking in the right mindset:\n\n\n\tprogress activity and post-active states\n\tpseudo-class preloading\n\tbuttons and their (mis)behaviour\n\n\nProgress activity and the post-active state\n\nWe\u2019ve long established that we can\u2019t control the devices our products are viewed on, which browser they\u2019ll run in or what connection speed will be used to access them. We accept this all as factual, so why is it so often left to the browser to provide feedback to the user when an event is triggered or an error encountered? The browser isn\u2019t part of the interface \u2014 it\u2019s merely a container. A simple, visual recognition of your users\u2019 activity may be all it takes to make or break the product.\n\nLet\u2019s begin with a commonly overlooked case: progress activity.\n\nA user moves their cursor over a hyperlink or button, which is clearly defined as one by the visual language of your content. Upon doing so, they trigger the :hover state to confirm this element is indeed interactive. So far, so good. What happens next is where it starts to fall apart: the user hits this link, presumably triggering an :active state, which is then returned to the normal state upon release. And then what?\n\n\n\nFrom this point on, your user is in limbo. The link has fallen back to either its regular or :visited state. You\u2019ve effectively abandoned them and are relying entirely on the browser they\u2019re using to communicate that something is happening. This poses quite a few problems:\n\n\n\tThe user may lose focus of what they were doing.\n\tThere is little consistency between progress indication in browsers.\n\tThe user may not even notice that their action has been acknowledged.\n\n\nHow many times have one or more of these events happened to you due to a lack of communication from the interface?\n\nThink about the differences between Safari and Chrome in this area \u2014 two browsers that, when compared to each other, are relatively similar in nature, though this basic feature differs in execution.\n\n\n\nLike all aspects of designing the user experience, there is no one true way to fix this problem, but we can introduce details that many users will unconsciously appreciate.\n\nConsider the basic loading indicator. It\u2019s nothing new \u2014 in fact, some would argue it\u2019s quite a clich\u00e9. However, whether using a spinning wheel or a progress bar, a gif or JavaScript, or something more sophisticated, these simple tools create an illusion of movement, progress and activity. Depending on the implementation, progress indication graphics can significantly increase a user\u2019s perception of the speed in which an event is taking place. Combine this with a cursor change and a lock over the element to prevent double-clicking or reloading, and your chances of keeping your user\u2019s valuable attention have significantly increased.\n\nDemo: Progress activity and the post-active state\n\nThis same logic applies to all aspects of defaulting in a browser, from micro-elements like this up to something as simple as a 404 page. The difference in a user\u2019s reaction to hitting the default Apache 404 and a hand-crafted, branded page are phenomenal and there are no prizes for guessing which one they\u2019re more likely to exit from.\n\nPseudo-class preloading\n\nAnother detail that it pays well to look after is the use and abuse of the :hover element and, more importantly, the content revealed by it. Chances are you\u2019re using the :hover pseudo-class somewhere in almost every screen you create. If content is being revealed on :hover and that content takes some time to load, there will inevitably be a delay the first time it is initiated. It appears tacky and half-finished when a tooltip or drop-down loads instantly, only to have its background or supporting elements follow through a second or two later. So, let\u2019s preload the elements we know we\u2019ll need.\n\nA very simple application of this would be to load each file into the default state of a visible element and offset them by a large number. This ensures our elements have loaded and are ready if and when they need to be displayed.\n\nelement {\n background: url(path/to/image.jpg) -9999em -9999em no-repeat;\n }\nelement .tooltip {\n display: none;\n }\nelement:hover .tooltip {\n display: block;\n background: url(path/to/image.jpg) 0 0;\n }\n\nBackground images are just one example. Of course, the same logic can apply to any form of revealed content. Using a sprite graphic can also be a clever \u2014 albeit tedious \u2014 method for achieving the same goal, so if you\u2019re using a sprite, preloading in this way may not be necessary\n\nThe differences between preloading and not can only be visualized properly with an actual demonstration.\n\nDemo: Preloading revealed content\n\nButtons and their (mis)behaviour\n\nAlmost all of the time, a button serves just one purpose: to be clicked (or tapped). When a button\u2019s pressed, therefore, if anything other than triggering the desired event occurs, a user naturally becomes frustrated. I often get funny looks when talking about this, but designing the details of a button is something I consider essential.\n\nIt goes without saying that a button should always visually recognise :hover and :active states. We can take that one step further and disable some actions that get in the way of pressing the button.\n\nIt\u2019s rare that a user would ever want to select and use the text on a button, so let\u2019s cleanly disable it:\n\nelement {\n -moz-user-select: -moz-none;\n -webkit-user-select: none;\n user-select: none;\n }\n\nIf the button is image-based or contains an image, we could also disable user dragging to make sure the image element stays locked to the button:\n\nelement {\n -moz-user-drag: -moz-none;\n -webkit-user-drag: none;\n user-drag: none;\n }\n\nDemo: A more usable button\n\nDisabling global features like this should be done with utmost caution as it\u2019s very easy to cross the line between enhancement and friction. Cases where this is acceptable are very rare, but it\u2019s a good trick to keep in mind nevertheless. Both Apple\u2019s iCloud and Metalab\u2019s Flow applications use these tools appropriately and to great extent.\n\nYou could argue that the visual feedback of having the text selected or image dragged when a user mis-hits the button is actually a positive effect, informing the user that their desired action did not work. However, covering for human error should be a designer\u2019s job, not that of our users. We can (almost) ensure it does work for them by accommodating for errors like this in most cases.\n\nFinal thoughts\n\nDesigning to this level of detail can seem obsessive, but as a designer and user of many interfaces and applications, I believe it can be the difference between a good user experience and a great one.\n\nThe samples you\u2019ve just seen are only a fraction of the detail we can design for. Keep in mind that the demonstrations, code and methods above outline just one way to do this. You may not agree with all of these processes or have the time and desire to consider them, but one fact remains: it\u2019s not the technology, or the way it\u2019s done that\u2019s important \u2014 it\u2019s the logic and the concept of designing everything.", "year": "2011", "author": "Chris Sealey", "author_slug": "chrissealey", "published": "2011-12-03T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2011/subliminal-user-experience/", "topic": "ux"}
{"rowid": 285, "title": "Composing the New Canon: Music, Harmony, Proportion", "contents": "Ohne Musik w\u00e4re das Leben ein Irrtum\n\u2014Friedrich NIETZSCHE, G\u00f6tzen-D\u00e4mmerung, Spr\u00fcche und Pfeile 33, 1889\n\n\nSomehow, music is hardcoded in human beings. It is something we understand and respond to without prior knowledge. Music exercises the emotions and our imaginative reflex, not just our hearing. It behaves so much like our emotions that music can seem to symbolize them, to bear them from one person to another. Not surprisingly, it conjures memories: the word music derives from Greek \u03bc\u03bf\u03c5\u03c3\u03b9\u03ba\u03ae (mousike), art of the Muses, whose mythological mother was Mnemosyne, memory. But it can also summon up the blood, console the bereaved, inspire fanaticism, bolster governments and dissenters alike, help us learn, and make web designers dance. And what would Christmas be without music?\n\nMusic moves us, often in ways we can\u2019t explain. By some kind of alchemy, music frees us from the elaborate nuisance and inadequacy of words. Across the world and throughout recorded history \u2013 and no doubt well before that \u2013 people have listened and made (and made out to) music.\n\n\n\t[I]t appears probable that the progenitors of man, either the males or females or both sexes, before acquiring the power of expressing their mutual love in articulate language, endeavoured to charm each other with musical notes and rhythm.\n\u2014Charles DARWIN, The Descent of Man, and Selection in Relation to Sex, 1871\n\n\nIt\u2019s so integral to humankind, we\u2019ve sent it into space as a totem for who we are. (Who knows? It might be important.) Music is essential, a universal compulsion; as Nietzsche wrote, without music life would be a mistake.\n\nMusic, design and web design\n\nThere are some obvious and notable similarities between music and visual design. Both can convey mood and evoke emotion but, even under close scrutiny, how they do that remains to a great extent mysterious. Each has formal qualities or parts that can be abstracted, analysed and discussed, often using the same terminology: composition, harmony, rhythm, repetition, form, theme; even colour, texture and tone.\n\nA possible reason for these shared aspects is that both visual design and music are means to connect with people in deep and lasting ways. Furthermore, I believe the connections to be made can complement direct emotional appeal. Certain aesthetic qualities in music work on an unconscious and, it could be argued, universal level. Using musical principles in our designs, then, can help provide the connectedness between content, device and user that we now seek as web designers.\n\nYet, when we talk about music and web design, the conversation is almost always about the music designers listen to while working, a theme finding its apotheosis in Designers.MX. Sometimes, articles in that dreary list format seek inspiration from music industry websites. There\u2019s even a service offering pre-templated web designs for bands, and at least one book surveyed the landscape back in 2006. Occasionally, discussions broaden somewhat into whether and how different kinds of music can inspire and influence the design work we produce.\n\nSuch enquiries, it seems to me, are beside the point. Do I really design differently when I listen to Bach rather than Bacharach? Will the barely restrained energy of Count Basie\u2019s The Kid from Red Bank mean I choose a lively colour palette, and rural, autumnal shades when inspired by Fleet Foxes? Mahler means a thirteen-column layout? Gillian Welch leads to distressed black and white photography? While reflecting the importance we place in music and how it seems to help us in our work, surveys on musical taste and lists of favourite artists fail to recognize that some of the fundamental aesthetic characteristics of music can be adapted and incorporated into modern web design.\n\nAntiphonal geometry\n\nOver recent years, web designers have embraced grid systems as powerful tools to help create good-looking and intuitive user experiences. With the advent of responsive design, these grids and their contents must adapt to the different screen sizes and properties of all kinds of user devices. Finding and using grid values that can scale well and retain or enhance their proportions and relationships while making the user experience meaningful in several different contexts is more important than ever.\n\nIn print, this challenge has always started with the dimensions and proportions of the page. Content can thereby be made to belong inside the page and be bound to it. And music has been used for centuries to further this aim. As Robert Bringhurst says in The Elements of Typographical Style:\n\n\n\tIndeed, one of the simplest of all systems of page proportions is based on the familiar intervals of the diatonic scale. Pages that embody these basic musical proportions have been in common use in Europe for more than a thousand years.\n\n\nVery well. But while he goes on to list (from the full chromatic scale, rather than just diatonic) the proportions and the musical intervals they\u2019re based on, Bringhurst fails to mention what they\u2019re ratios of or their potential effects. Shame. In his favour, however, he later touches on how proportions in print might be considered to work:\n\n\n\tThe page is a piece of paper. It is also a visible and tangible proportion, silently sounding the thoroughbass of the book. On it lies the textblock, which must answer to the page. The two together \u2013 page and textblock \u2013 produce an antiphonal geometry. That geometry alone can bond the reader to the book. Or conversely, it can put the reader to sleep, or put the reader\u2019s nerves on edge, or drive the reader away.\n\n\nSo what does Bringhurst mean by antiphonal geometry, a phrase that marries the musical to the spatial? By stating that the textblock \u201cmust answer to the page\u201d, the implication is that the relationship between the proportions of the page and the shape of the textblock printed on it embodies a spatial (geometrical) call-and-response (antiphony) that can be appealing or not.\n\nBoulton\u2019s new canon\n\nBut, as Mark Boulton has pointed out, on the web \u201cthere are no edges. There are no \u2018pages\u2019. We\u2019ve made them up.\u201d So, what is to be done? In January 2011 at the New Adventures in Web Design conference, Boulton presented his vision of a new canon of web design, a set of principles to guide us as we design the web. There are three overlapping tenets:\n\n\n\tdesign from the content out\n\tcreate connectedness between the different content elements\n\tbind the content to the web device\n\n\nRather than design from the edges in, we need to design layout systems from the content out. To this end, Boulton asserts that grid system design should begin with a constraint, and he suggests we use the size of a fixed content element, such as an advertising unit or image, as a starting point for online grid calculations. Khoi Vinh advocates the same approach in his book, Ordering Disorder: Grid Principles for Web Design.\n\nBoulton\u2019s second and third tenets, however, are more complex and overlap significantly with each other. Connecting the different parts of the content and binding the content to the device share many characteristics and solutions:\n\n\n\tadopting ems and percentages as units of size for layout elements\n\taltering text size, line length and line height for different viewport dimensions\n\tproviding higher resolution images for devices with greater pixel densities\n\tfluid layout grids, flexible images and responsive design\n\n\nAll can help relate the presentation of the content to its delivery in a certain context.\n\nBut how do we determine the relationship between one element of a layout and another? How can we avoid making arbitrary decisions about the relative sizes of parts of our designs? What can we use to connect the parts of our design to one another, and how can we bind the presentation of the content to the user\u2019s device?\n\nTim Brown\u2019s application of modular typographic scales hints at an answer. In the very useful tool he created for calculating such scales, Brown includes two musical ratios: the perfect fifth (2:3); and the perfect fourth (3:4). Why? Where do they come from? And what do they mean?\n\nHarmonies musical and visual\n\nFundamental to music are rhythm and harmony.\n\nAs any drummer will tell you, without rhythm there is no music. Even when there\u2019s no regular beat, any tune follows a rhythm, however irregular, simply because a change of note is a point of change in the music. Although rhythm, timing and pacing are all relevant to interaction design, right now it\u2019s harmony we\u2019re interested in.\n\nSometimes harmony is called the vertical aspect of music, and melody the horizontal. But this conceit overlooks the fact that harmony is both vertical and horizontal. A single melodic line, as it is played, implies various sets of harmonies on which it is grounded, whether or not those harmonies are played. So, harmony doesn\u2019t just sit vertically beneath the horizontal melody, but moves horizontally as well, through harmonic progression.\n\nTo stretch this arrangement pixel-thin, we could argue that in onscreen design melody is the content, and the layout and arrangement of the content is the harmony. We sometimes say a design is harmonious when the interplay of different elements of a design is pleasing or balanced or in proportion, and the content (the melody) is set off or conveyed well by or appropriate to the design.\n\nWe seem to know instinctively whether a layout is harmonious\u2026\n\nIn the design of The Great Discontent, the relationships between different elements combine to form a balanced whole.\n\n\u2026or not.\n\nThere\u2019s no harmony in the Department for Education\u2019s website because the different parts of the content don\u2019t feel related to one another.\n\nWhat is it that makes one design harmonious and another dissonant? It\u2019s not just whether things line up, though that\u2019s a start. I believe there are much deeper aesthetic forces at work, forces we can tap into in our onscreen designs. Now, I\u2019m not going start a difficult discussion about aesthetics. For our purposes, we just need to know that it\u2019s the branch of philosophy dealing with the nature of beauty, and the creation and perception of beauty. And among the key components in the perception of beauty are harmony and proportion. These have been part of traditional western aesthetics since Plato (about 2,500 years).\n\nOne of the ways we appreciate the beauty of music is through the harmonic intervals we hear. A musical interval is a combination of two notes and it describes the distance between the two pitches. For example, the distance between C and the G above it (if we take C as the tonic or root) is called a perfect fifth.\n\nLeft: C to G, a perfect fifth. Right: C and G, not a perfect fifth.\n\n \n\nAnd, to get superficially scientific for a moment, each musical interval can be expressed as a ratio of the wavelength frequencies of the notes; for our perfect fifth, with every two wavelengths of C, there are three of G. And what is a ratio, if not a proportion of one thing to another?\n\nSo, simple musical harmony (using what\u2019s known as just intonation1) affords us a set of proportions, expressed as ratios. Where better to apply these ideas of harmony and proportion from music in web design, than grid systems?\n\nA digression: whither \u03c6?\n\nQuite often in our discussions of pure design and aesthetics, we mention the golden ratio and regurgitate the same justifications for its use: roots in antiquity; embodied in classical and Renaissance architecture and art; occurrence in nature; the New Twitter, and so forth (oh, really?).\n\nYet the ratios of musical intervals from just intonation are equally venerable and much more widespread: described by Pythagorus; employed in Palladian architecture, and printing, books and art from the Renaissance onwards; in modern times, film and television dimensions; standard international paper sizes (ISO 216, the A and B series); and, again and again, screen dimensions \u2013 chances are that screen you\u2019re probably looking at right now has the proportions 2:3 (iPhone and iPod Touch), 3:4 (iPad and Kindle), 3:5 (many smartphones), 5:8 or 16:9 (many widescreen monitors), all ratios of musical intervals.\n\nBack to our theme\u2026\n\nMusical interval ratios\n\nLet\u2019s take a look at most of the ratios within a couple of octaves and crunch some numbers to generate some percentages and other values that we can use in our designs. First, the intervals and their ratios in just intonation and expressed as ratios of one:\n\n\n\t\t\n\t\t\tName \n\t\t\tInterval in C \n\t\t\tRatio \n\t\t\tRatio (1:x) \n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t unison \n\t\t\t C\u2192C \n\t\t\t 1:1 \n\t\t\t 1:1 \n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t minor second \n\t\t\t C\u2192D\u266d \n\t\t\t 15:16 \n\t\t\t 1:1.067 \n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t major second \n\t\t\t C\u2192D \n\t\t\t 8:9 \n\t\t\t 1:1.125 \n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t minor third \n\t\t\t C\u2192E\u266d \n\t\t\t 5:6 \n\t\t\t 1:1.2 \n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t major third \n\t\t\t C\u2192E \n\t\t\t 4:5 \n\t\t\t 1:1.25 \n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t perfect fourth \n\t\t\t C\u2192F \n\t\t\t 3:4 \n\t\t\t 1:1.333 \n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t augmented fourth \nor diminished fifth \n\t\t\t C\u2192F\u266f/G\u266d \n\t\t\t 1:\u221a2 \n\t\t\t 1:1.414 \n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t perfect fifth \n\t\t\t C\u2192G \n\t\t\t 2:3 \n\t\t\t 1:1.5 \n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t minor sixth \n\t\t\t C\u2192A\u266d \n\t\t\t 5:8 \n\t\t\t 1:1.6 \n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t major sixth \n\t\t\t C\u2192A \n\t\t\t 3:5 \n\t\t\t 1:1.667 \n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t minor seventh \n\t\t\t C\u2192B\u266d \n\t\t\t 9:16 \n\t\t\t 1:1.778 \n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t major seventh \n\t\t\t C\u2192B \n\t\t\t 8:15 \n\t\t\t 1:1.875 \n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t octave \n\t\t\t C\u2192C\u2191 \n\t\t\t 1:2 \n\t\t\t 1:2 \n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t major tenth \n\t\t\t C\u2192E\u2191 \n\t\t\t 2:5 \n\t\t\t 1:2.5 \n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t major eleventh \n\t\t\t C\u2192F\u2191 \n\t\t\t 3:8 \n\t\t\t 1:2.667 \n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t major twelfth \n\t\t\t C\u2192G\u2191 \n\t\t\t 1:3 \n\t\t\t 1:3 \n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t double octave \n\t\t\t C\u2192C\u2191 \n\t\t\t 1:4 \n\t\t\t 1:4 \n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\tName \n\t\t\tInterval in C \n\t\t\tRatio \n\t\t\tRatio (1:x) \n\t\t\n\n\nAnd now as percentages, of both the larger and smaller values in the ratios:\n\n\n\t\t\n\t\t\tName \n\t\t\tRatio \n\t\t\t% of larger value \n\t\t\t% of smaller value \n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t unison \n\t\t\t 1:1 \n\t\t\t 100% \n\t\t\t 100% \n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t minor second \n\t\t\t 15:16 \n\t\t\t 93.75% \n\t\t\t 106.667% \n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t major second \n\t\t\t 8:9 \n\t\t\t 88.889% \n\t\t\t 112.5% \n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t minor third \n\t\t\t 5:6 \n\t\t\t 83.333% \n\t\t\t 120% \n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t major third \n\t\t\t 4:5 \n\t\t\t 80% \n\t\t\t 125% \n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t perfect fourth \n\t\t\t 3:4 \n\t\t\t 75% \n\t\t\t 133.333% \n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t augmented fourth \nor diminished fifth \n\t\t\t 1:\u221a2 \n\t\t\t 70.711% \n\t\t\t 141.421% \n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t perfect fifth \n\t\t\t 2:3 \n\t\t\t 66.667% \n\t\t\t 150% \n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t minor sixth \n\t\t\t 5:8 \n\t\t\t 62.5% \n\t\t\t 160% \n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t major sixth \n\t\t\t 3:5 \n\t\t\t 60% \n\t\t\t 166.667% \n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t minor seventh \n\t\t\t 9:16 \n\t\t\t 56.25% \n\t\t\t 177.778% \n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t major seventh \n\t\t\t 8:15 \n\t\t\t 53.333% \n\t\t\t 187.5% \n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t octave \n\t\t\t 1:2 \n\t\t\t 50% \n\t\t\t 200% \n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t major tenth \n\t\t\t 2:5 \n\t\t\t 40% \n\t\t\t 250% \n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t major eleventh \n\t\t\t 3:8 \n\t\t\t 37.5% \n\t\t\t 266.667% \n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t major twelfth \n\t\t\t 1:3 \n\t\t\t 33.333% \n\t\t\t 300% \n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t double octave \n\t\t\t 1:4 \n\t\t\t 25% \n\t\t\t 400% \n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\tName \n\t\t\tRatio \n\t\t\t% of larger value \n\t\t\t% of smaller value \n\t\t\n\n\nAs you can see, the simple musical intervals are expressed as ratios of small whole numbers (integers). We can then normalize them as ratios of one, as well as derive percentage values, both in terms of the smaller value to the larger, and vice versa. These are the numbers we can incorporate into our designs. If you\u2019ve ever written something like body { font: 100%/1.5 \"Museo Sans\", Helvetica, sans-serif; } in your CSS, you\u2019re already using a musical ratio: the perfect fifth.\n\nModular scales allow us to generate a set of numbers based on a musical interval that can be used for all kinds of typographic and layout decisions to create harmony in a visual design for the web. As Tim Brown said at the 2010 Build conference:\n\n\n\tI think that from that most atomic unit \u2013 type \u2013 whole experiences can resonate, whole experiences can be harmonious. And whole experiences can have a purpose suited to our design intentions.\n\n\nOnce more, with feeling: connectedness\n\nAs well as modular scales, there are other methods of incorporating musical interval ratios into our work. Setting the ratio of font size to line height in CSS is one such example. We could also create a typographic hierarchy using the same principle and combining several ratios that we know harmonize well musically in a chord:\n\nbody { font-size: 75%; } /* =12px = base size or tonic */\n\nh1 { font-size: 32px; font-size: 2.667rem; }\n /* =32px = 3:8 = major eleventh (C\u2192F\u2191) */\n\nh2 { font-size: 24px; font-size: 2rem; }\n /* =24px = 1:2 = octave (C\u2192C\u2191) */\n\nh3 { font-size: 20px; font-size: 1.667rem; }\n /* =20px = 3:5 = major sixth (C\u2192A) */\n\nfigcaption, small { font-size: 9px; font-size : 0.75rem }\n /* =9px = 3:4 = perfect fourth (C\u2192F) */\n\nWhoa! Hold your reindeer, Santa! How can we know what interval combinations work well together to form chords? Well, I\u2019m a classically trained musician, so perhaps I have an advantage. To avoid a long, technically complex digression into musical harmony, here are a few basic combinations of intervals that are harmonious in one way or another:\n\n\n\tunison; major third; perfect fifth; octave\n\tunison; perfect fourth; major sixth; octave\n\tunison; minor third; minor sixth; octave\n\tunison; minor third; diminished fifth; major sixth; octave\n\n\nThis isn\u2019t to say that other combinations can\u2019t be used to interesting effect and particular purpose \u2013 they surely can \u2013 but I have to make sure there\u2019s something left for you to experiment with in the wee small hours over the holiday. Bear in mind, though, were I to play you two notes from the same scale to form a minor second, for example, you\u2019d probably say it was dissonant and maybe that quality of the 15:16 ratio would be translated to the design.\n\n \n\nIn the typographic hierarchy above, you\u2019ll notice I used an interval in the higher octave, which affords a broader range of ratios while retaining the harmony. Thus, a perfect fifth (2:3) becomes a major twelfth (1:3), or a major sixth (3:5) becomes a major thirteenth (3:10).\n\nThe harmonic ratios can obviously be used as proportions for layout as well, in several different ways:\n\n\n\timage width and height (for example, 450\u00d7800px = 9:16 = minor seventh)\n\tmain content to page width (67%:100% = 2:3 = perfect fifth)\n\tpage width to viewport width (80%:100% = 4:5 = major third)\n\n\nOne great benefit of using such ratios in web design work is that they can be applied in responsive web design. Proportional values, based on percentages or equivalent em units, will scale with changing viewports, so your layout and image proportions can be maintained or deliberately changed, as we\u2019re about to find out, across devices.\n\nSmall speakers, tall speakers: binding to the device\n\nThe musical interval ratios also provide an opportunity, not only to create connectedness between the parts of a layout, but to bind the content to a device \u2013 that elusive antiphonal geometry. Just as a textblock and page resonate together, so too can web content and the screen. Earlier, I mentioned that several common screen aspect ratios match musical interval ratios. It would seem, then, that we have a set of proportions that we can use in different ways to establish and retain a sense of harmony that can be based on and change with those contexts. Using musical interval ratios, we can bind the display of our content to the device it\u2019s displayed on.\n\nIf you haven\u2019t met already, let me introduce you to the device-aspect-ratio property of CSS media queries.\n\n@media only screen and (device-aspect-ratio: 3/4) { }\n@media only screen and (device-aspect-ratio: 480/640) { }\n@media only screen and (device-aspect-ratio: 600/800) { }\n@media only screen and (device-aspect-ratio: 768/1024) { }\n\nRegardless of the precise pixel values, each of these media queries would apply to devices whose display area has an aspect ratio of 3:4. It works by comparing the device-width with the device-height. (It\u2019s not to be confused with aspect-ratio, which is defined by the width and height of the browser within the device.) The values in the media query are always presented as width/height, with portrait being the default orientation for smartphones and tablets; that is, to match an iPhone screen, you\u2019d use device-aspect-ratio: 2/3, not 3/2, which won\u2019t work.\n\nHere\u2019s a table of the musical intervals with their corresponding screens.\n\n\n\t\t\n\t\t\tName \n\t\t\tdevice-aspect-ratio \n\t\t\tScreens \n\t\t\tCommon resolutions (pixels) \n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t major third \n\t\t\t 5/4 \n\t\t\t TFT LCD computer screens \n\t\t\t 1,280\u00d71,024 \n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t perfect fourth \n\t\t\t 3/4 or 4/3 \n\t\t\t iPad, Kindle and other tablets, PDAs \n\t\t\t 320\u00d7240, 768\u00d71,024 \n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t perfect fifth \n\t\t\t 2/3 \n\t\t\t iPhone, iPod Touch \n\t\t\t 320\u00d7480, 640\u00d7960 \n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t minor sixth \n\t\t\t 8/5 (16/10) \n\t\t\t Many widescreens \n\t\t\t 1,152\u00d7720, 1,440\u00d7900, 1,920\u00d71,200 \n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t major sixth \n\t\t\t 3/5 \n\t\t\t Many smartphones \n\t\t\t 240\u00d7400, 480\u00d7800 \n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t minor seventh \n\t\t\t 16/9 or 9/16 \n\t\t\t Many widescreens and some smartphones \n\t\t\t 720\u00d71,280, 1,366\u00d7768, 1,920\u00d71,080, 2,560\u00d71,440 \n\t\t\n\n\n[You might argue that I\u2019m playing fast and loose with the ratios. I suppose, mathematically speaking, 9:16 is not the same as 16:9: I\u2019m no expert. But let\u2019s not throw the baby out with the bath water, particularly at Christmas.]\n\nWith this in mind, we can begin to write media queries that will influence various typographic and layout values in line with the aspect ratios of specific screens and in combination with em-based min-width queries that work from smaller, mobile screens to larger, desktop screens.\n\nHere\u2019s a very simple demo page with only some text, an image with a caption and a little basic layout: no seasonal overindulgence here.\n\nDemo: Sample page using device-aspect-ratio media queries based on musical interval ratios\n\nOur initial styles for all devices are based on the perfect fifth, with the major third and octave rounding things out into a harmonious whole, whether or not media queries are supported. For example:\n\nhtml { font-size: 100%; line-height: 1.5; }\n /* font-size:line-height = 16:24 = 2:3 = perfect fifth */\n\nh1 { font-size: 32px; font-size: 2rem; line-height: 1.25; }\n /* font-size:line-height = 32:40 = 4:5 = major third\n body:h1 = 16:32 = 1:2 = octave */\n\nWhile we should really consider methods of delivering images appropriate to the screen size, let\u2019s just stick to a single image for all devices. But why don\u2019t we change its aspect ratio from 4:3 to 3:2, to fit with our harmonic scheme? It\u2019s easy enough to do with overflow:hidden on the element to hide a part of the image, and a negative margin fudge:\n\nfigure img { margin: -8.5% 0 0 0; width: 100%; max-width: 100%; }\n\nOur first break point targets devices 320 pixels wide with an aspect ratio of 2:3, namely the iPhone and iPod Touch:\n\n/* 320px = 20\u00d716 */\n@media only screen and (min-width: 20em) and (device-aspect-ratio: 2/3) { }\n\nWe\u2019re actually already there, of course, as the intervals we\u2019ve chosen resonate with this aspect ratio \u2013 the content is already bound to the device.\n\nOur next media query, then, will make some changes to match a different ratio, the major sixth (3:5), which is same as that of many smartphones:\n\n/* 480px = 30\u00d716 */\n@media only screen and (min-width: 30em) and (device-aspect-ratio: 3/5) { }\n\nA different aspect ratio might require a change in harmony. For devices with these proportions, we\u2019ll now use the perfect fourth (3:4) and the major sixth (3:5) along with the octave we already have to create a new resonating harmony. For instance, a slightly wider screen means we can increase the line-height to aid the legibility of longer lines:\n\nhtml { line-height: 1.667; }\n /* font-size:line-height = 16:26.672 = 3:5 = major sixth */\n\nh1 { font-size: 32px; font-size: 2rem; line-height: 1.667; }\n /* font-size:line-height = 32:53.333 = 3:5 = major sixth\n body:h1 = 16:32 = 1:2 = octave */\n\nand we can remove the negative margin to display our 4:3 image in its entirety.\n\nEach screen displays content styled using relationships related to its own proportions. On the left, an iPhone 4 (2:3); on the right, a Samsung Nexus S (3:5). Your mileage may vary.\n\nAnother device, another media query. At 768 pixels, screens are wide enough to add columns. The ratios we\u2019ve used for the 3:5 screens include the perfect fourth (3:4) so we don\u2019t need to change any of the font measurements, but we can base the proportions of the columns on the major sixth interval:\n\narticle { float: left; width: 56%; }\n /* width of main column 3:5 (60% of 100%, major sixth)\n incorporating gutter width */\n\naside { float : right; width : 36%; }\n\nOn devices with a 3:4 aspect ratio, this works even better in landscape orientation.\n\nWhile not every screen over 768 pixels wide will have 3:4 proportions, the range of intervals informing the design ensure harmonious relationships between the different parts of the layout.\n\nFor wide screens proper (break point at 1,280 pixels) we can employ a new set of harmonious intervals. Many laptop and desktop screens have a 16:10 aspect ratio, which boils down to 8:5, equivalent to the minor sixth (5:8). Combined with a minor third (5:6) and the octave (1:2), this creates a new harmony appropriate to these devices. Let\u2019s increase the font size and change the image\u2019s aspect ratio to match:\n\nhtml { font-size: 120%; line-height: 1.6; }\n /* font-size increased for wider screens from 16px to 19.2px\n (5:6 = minor third)\n font-size:line-height = 19.2:30.72 = 5:8 = minor sixth */\n\nfigure img { margin: -12.5% 0 0 ; }\t\n /* using -ve margin combined with overflow:hidden\n on the figure element\n to crop the image from 4:3 to 8:5 = minor sixth */\n\nA wide screen with a 8:5 (16:10) aspect ratio and an image to match.\n\nWith more pixels at our disposal, we can also now use the musical interval ratios to determine the width of the layout, and change the column proportions as well:\n\nsection { margin: 0 auto; width: 83.333%; }\n /* content width:screen width = 5:6 = minor third */\n\narticle { width: 60%; }\n /* width of main column 5:8 (62.5% of 100%, minor sixth)\n incorporating gutter width */\n\naside { width: 35%; }\n\nWith some carefully targeted media queries, we can begin to reach towards fulfilling the second and third tenets of Boulton\u2019s new canon for web design: connecting the parts of content through relationships embodied in the layout design; and binding the content to the devices people use to access it.\n\nCoda\n\nMusical interval ratios and screen aspect ratios reveal more than convenient correspondence. These proportions work on a deep aesthetic level. Much is claimed for the golden ratio \u03c6, but none of the screens pervading our lives use it. Perhaps that\u2019s an accident of technology, but can making screens to \u03c6\u2019s proportions be more difficult or expensive than 2:3 or 3:4 or 16:10? Here, then, is not just one but a set of proportions with a uniquely human focus, originating in nature, recognized in antiquity, fundamental still.\n\nWe find music to be an art steeped with meaning, yet, unlike literary and representational arts, purely instrumental music has no obvious semantic content. It boasts an ability to express emotions while remaining an abstract art in some sense, which makes it very like design. These days, we\u2019re rightly encouraged to design for emotion, to make our users\u2019 experience meaningful, seductive, delightful. Using musical ideas and principles in our designs can help achieve those ends.\n\nLet\u2019s not be na\u00efve, of course; designing web pages is even less like composing music than it\u2019s like designing for print. In visual design, the eye will always be sovereign to the ear; following these principles will only get us so far. We cannot truly claim that a carefully composed web page layout will have the same qualities and effect as any musical patterns that inform it. In music, a set of intervals is always harmonious in relation to other sets of intervals: music rarely stands still. What aspect ratios will future screens take? Already today there is great variation in devices and support for media queries (and within that, support for device-aspect-ratio). And what of non-western musical traditions? Or rhythm, form, tempo and dynamics? What I\u2019ve demonstrated above is only a suggestion, a tentative exploration of one possible way forward.\n\nBut as our discipline matures and we become more articulate about what we do, we must look longer and deeper into areas of human endeavour already rich with value. Music is a fertile ground to explore and has the potential to yield up new approaches for web design.\n\nFootnotes\n\n \n Just intonation is a system of tuning that uses small integers to describe the musical intervals, based initially on the perfect fifth, that most consonant of intervals. Simple instruments such as vibrating strings and natural horns, as well as unaccompanied voices, tend to fall into just intonation naturally.", "year": "2011", "author": "Owen Gregory", "author_slug": "owengregory", "published": "2011-12-09T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2011/composing-the-new-canon/", "topic": "design"}
{"rowid": 286, "title": "Defending the Perimeter Against Web Widgets", "contents": "On July 14, 1789, citizens of Paris stormed the Bastille, igniting a revolution that toppled the French monarchy. On July 14 of this year, there was a less dramatic (though more tweeted) takedown: The Deck network, which delivers advertising to some of the most popular web design and culture destinations, was down for about thirty minutes. During this period, most partner sites running ads from The Deck could not be viewed as result.\n\nA few partners were unaffected (aside from not having an ad to display). Fortunately, Dribbble, was one of them. In this article, I\u2019ll discuss outages like this and how to defend against them. But first, a few qualifiers: The Deck has been rock solid \u2013 this is the only downtime we\u2019ve witnessed since joining in June. More importantly, the issues in play are applicable to any web widget you might add to your site to display third-party content.\n\nDown and out\n\nYour defense is only as good as its weakest link. Web pages are filled with links, some of which threaten the ability of your page to load quickly and correctly. If you want your site to work when external resources fail, you need to identify the weak links on your site. In this article, we\u2019ll talk about web widgets as a point of failure and defensive JavaScript techniques for handling them.\n\nWidgets 101\n\nImagine a widget that prints out a Pun of the Day on your site. A simple technique for both widget provider and consumer is for the provider to expose a URL:\n\nhttp://widgetjonesdiary.com/punoftheday.js\n\nwhich returns a JavaScript file like this:\n\ndocument.write(\"The Pun of the Day Where do frogs go for beers after work? Hoppy hour!
\");\n\nThe call to document.write() injects the string passed into the document where it is called. So to display the widget on your page, simply add an external script tag where you want it to appear:\n\n\n \n \n
\n\nThis approach is incredibly easy for both provider and consumer. But there are implications\u2026\n\ndocument.write()\u2026 or wrong?\n\nAs in the example above, scripts may perform a document.write() to inject HTML. Page rendering halts while a script is processed so any output can be inlined into the document. Therefore, page rendering speed depends on how fast the script returns the data. If an external JavaScript widget hangs, so does the page content that follows. It was this scenario that briefly stalled partner sites of The Deck last summer.\n\nThe elegant solution\n\nTo make our web widget more robust, calls to document.write() should be avoided. This can be achieved with a technique called JSONP (AKA JSON with padding). In our example, instead of writing inline with document.write(), a JSONP script passes content to a callback function:\n\npublishPun(\"Pun of the Day Where do frogs go for beers after work? Hoppy hour!
\");\n\nThen, it\u2019s up to the widget consumer to implement a callback function responsible for displaying the content. Here\u2019s a simple example where our callback uses jQuery to write the content into a target :\n\n\n
\n\n\u2026\n\n\n
\nfunction publishPun(content) {\n $(‘.punoftheday’).html(content); // Writes content display location
\n}
\n\n\n\n\nView Example 1\n\nEven if the widget content appears at the top of the page, our script can be included at the bottom so it\u2019s non-blocking: a slow response leaves page rendering unaffected. It simply invokes the callback which, in turn, writes the widget content to its display destination.\n\nThe hack\n\nBut what to do if your provider doesn\u2019t support JSONP? This was our case with The Deck. Returning to our example, I\u2019m reminded of computer scientist David Wheeler\u2019s statement, \u201cAll problems in computer science can be solved by another level of indirection\u2026 Except for the problem of too many layers of indirection.\u201d\n\nIn our case, the indirection is to move the widget content into position after writing it to the page. This allows us to place the widget \n
Pun of the Day \n
Where do frogs go for beers after work? Hoppy hour!
\n
now includes the widget content, albeit hidden from view (if we\u2019ve styled the \u2018hidden\u2019 class with display: none). There\u2019s just one more step: move the content to its display destination. This line of jQuery (from above) does the trick:\n\n$('.punoftheday').append($('.loading-dock').children(':gt(0)'));\n\nThis selects all child elements in the \u2018loading-doc\u2019
except the first \u2013 the widget \n \n\n\n
\n \n \n\n \n\n\n\nAs you can see, this is very readable. Especially if you ignore the JavaScript that is used to create the maze. A-Frame (with A-Frame Extras) gives you a lot of power with relatively little to learn. We start with an
which is the container for everything that is going to show up on the screen. There are a few which can be compared to as they are essentially non-semantic containers, able to be used for any purpose. The attributes are used to define functionality, for example the camera attribute sets the entity to function as a camera and kinematic-body makes it collide instead of go through objects. Attributes are also used to set position and sizes, often using JavaScript to dynamically define them.\nStyling\nNow we\u2019ve got the HTML written, we need to style it. To do this we add A-Frame compatible attributes such as color and material. I recommend playing around, you can get some quite impressive effects fairly easily. Originally I wanted a light snowy maze but it ended up being dark and foggy, as I really liked the feeling it gave.\nNote, you will probably need a server running for images to work. You can do this by running python -m \"SimpleHTTPServer\" in the folder where the code is, then go to localhost:8000 in browser.\nTextures\nUnless you are going for a cartoony style, you probably want to find some textures. I found some on textures.com, one image worked well for the walls and the other for the floor.\n
\n \nThe
is used to define (as well as preload and cache) all assets, including images, audio and video. As you can see, images in the Asset Management System just use normal img tags. The ids are important here as we can use them later for using the textures. \nTo apply a texture to an object, you create a material. For a simple material where it just shows the image, you set the src to the id selector of the image.\nReplace: \n entity or by attaching a light attribute to any other entity. If there are no lights defined then A-Frame adds some by default so that the scene is always lit.\nTo start with I wanted to light up the scene with a general light, type=\"ambient\", so that the whole game felt slightly dark. I chose to set the light to a reddish colour #92455E. After playing around with intensity I chose 0.4, it added enough light to get the feeling I wanted without it being overly red. I also added a blue skybox (), as it looked a bit odd with a white sky.\n with type=exponential so it looks thicker the further away it is and a mid intensity, so you feel a bit lost but can still see.\n\nI was very happy with this result. It took a lot of playing around with colours and values, which is fun in itself. I highly recommend you take the code (or write your own) and play around with the numbers.\nMovement\nOne of the reasons I decided to use aframe-extras is that it has a few different camera controls built in. As you saw earlier, I am using the universal-controls which gives WASD (keyboard) controls by default. I wanted to make it automatically move in the direction that you\u2019re looking, but I wasn\u2019t quite sure how without rewriting the controls. So I asked Don McCurdy for advice and he very nicely gave me a small snippet of code to get it working.\nAFRAME.registerComponent('automove-controls', {\n init: function () {\n this.speed = 0.1;\n this.isMoving = true;\n this.velocityDelta = new THREE.Vector3();\n },\n isVelocityActive: function () {\n return this.isMoving;\n },\n getVelocityDelta: function () {\n this.velocityDelta.z = this.isMoving ? -speed : 0;\n return this.velocityDelta.clone();\n }\n});\nReplace:\nuniversal-controls\nWith:\nuniversal-controls=\"movementControls: automove, gamepad, keyboard\"\nThis works by creating a component automove-controls that adds auto-move to the player without overriding movement completely. It doesn\u2019t even touch direction, it just checks if isMoving is true then moves the player by the set speed. Components can be creating for adding all kinds of functionality with relative ease. It makes it very powerful for people of all difficulty levels.\nBuilding a map\nCurrently the maze is created randomly, which is great but means there will often be walls that overlap or the player gets trapped with nowhere to go. So to solve this, I decided to use a map editor (Tiled) so that we can create the mazes ourselves. This is a great start towards one of the stretch goals, levels.\nI made the maze in Tiled by finding a random tileset online (we don\u2019t need to actually show the images), I used one tile for the wall and another for the player. Then I exported as a JavaScript file and modified it in my text editor to get rid of everything I didn\u2019t need. I made it so 0 is the path, 1 is the wall and 2 is the player. I then added the script to the HTML, as a separate file so it\u2019s easy to update in the future. \nvar map =\n{\n \"data\":[1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 2, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1],\n \"height\":10,\n \"width\":10\n}\n\nAs you can see, this gives a simple 10x10 maze with some dead ends. The player starts in the bottom right corner (my choice, could be anywhere). I rewrote the random platforms code (from Don\u2019s example) to instead loop over the map data and place walls where it is 1 and position the player where data is 2. I set the position so that the origin of the map would be 0,1.5,0. The y axis is in this case the height (ground being 0), but if a wall is positioned at 0 by its centre then some of it is underground. So the y needed to be the height divided by 2.\ndocument.querySelector('a-scene').addEventListener('render-target-loaded', function () {\n var WALL_SIZE = 5,\n WALL_HEIGHT = 3;\n var el = document.querySelector('#walls');\n var wall;\n\n for (var x = 0; x < map.height; x++) {\n for (var y = 0; y < map.width; y++) {\n\n var i = y*map.width + x;\n var position = (x-map.width/2)*WALL_SIZE + ' ' + 1.5 + ' ' + (y-map.height/2)*WALL_SIZE;\n if (map.data[i] === 1) {\n // Create wall\n wall = document.createElement('a-box');\n el.appendChild(wall);\n wall.setAttribute('color', '#fff');\n wall.setAttribute('material', 'src: #texture-wall;');\n wall.setAttribute('width', WALL_SIZE);\n wall.setAttribute('height', WALL_HEIGHT);\n wall.setAttribute('depth', WALL_SIZE);\n wall.setAttribute('position', position);\n wall.setAttribute('static-body', ');\n }\n\n if (map.data[i] === 2) {\n // Set player position\n document.querySelector('#player').setAttribute('position', position);\n }\n\n }\n }\n console.info('Walls added.');\n});\n\nWith this added, it makes it nice and easy to change around the map as well as to add new features. Perhaps you want monsters or objects. Just set the number in the map data and add an if statement to the loop. In the future you could add layers, so multiple things can be in the same position. Or perhaps even make the maze go up the y axis too, with ramps or staircases. There\u2019s a lot you can do with relative ease. As you can see, A-Frame really does reduce the learning curve of 3D and VR on the web.\nIt\u2019s Not All Fun And Games\nA lot of examples of virtual reality are games, including this one. So it is understandable to think that VR is for gaming, but actually that\u2019s just a tiny subset. There are all sorts of applications for VR, including story telling, data visualisation and even meditation.\nThere have been a number of cases where it has been shown virtual reality can help as a tool for therapies:\n\nOxford study finds virtual reality can help treat severe paranoia\nVirtual Reality Therapy for Phobias at the Duke Faculty Practice\nBravemind: Virtual Reality Exposure Therapy at the University of Southern California\n\nThese are just a few examples of where virtual reality is being used around the world to help people feel better and get through some very tough times. There have also been examples of it being used for simulating war zones or medical situations, both as a teaching and journalism tool.\nWrapping Up\nTen years ago, on this very site, Cameron Moll wrote an article explaining the mobile web. He explained how mobile phones with data plans were becoming increasingly common, that WAP 2.0 included the XHTML Mobile Profile meaning it would be familiar with web folk. \u201cThe mobile web is rapidly becoming an XHTML environment, and thus you and I can apply our existing \u201cdesktop web\u201d skills to understand how to develop content for it.\u201d\nWe can look at that and laugh a little, we have come a very long way in the last decade. Even people in developing countries with very little money have mobile phones with access to a web that is far more capable than the \u201cdesktop web\u201d Cameron was referring to.\nSo while I am not saying virtual reality is going to change the world or replace our phones, who knows! We can use our skills as web folk to dabble, we don\u2019t need to learn any new languages. If on the 2026 edition of 24 ways, somebody references this article and looks at how far we have come\u2026 well, let\u2019s hope we have used our skills well and made the world just that little bit better. And if VR is a fad? Well it\u2019s fun\u2026 have a go anyway.", "year": "2016", "author": "Shane Hudson", "author_slug": "shanehudson", "published": "2016-12-11T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2016/first-steps-in-vr/", "topic": "code"}
{"rowid": 299, "title": "What the Heck Is Inclusive Design?", "contents": "Naming things is hard. And I don\u2019t just mean CSS class names and JSON properties. Finding the right term for what we do with the time we spend awake and out of bed turns out to be really hard too.\nI\u2019ve variously gone by \u201cfront-end developer\u201d, \u201cuser experience designer\u201d, and \u201caccessibility engineer\u201d, all clumsy and incomplete terms for labeling what I do as an\u2026 erm\u2026 see, there\u2019s the problem again.\nIt\u2019s tempting to give up entirely on trying to find the right words for things, but this risks summarily dispensing with thousands of years spent trying to qualify the world around us. So here we are again.\nRecently, I\u2019ve been using the term \u201cinclusive design\u201d and calling myself an \u201cinclusive designer\u201d a lot. I\u2019m not sure where I first heard it or who came up with it, but the terminology feels like a good fit for the kind of stuff I care to do when I\u2019m not at a pub or asleep.\nThis article is about what I think \u201cinclusive design\u201d means and why I think you might like it as an idea.\nIsn\u2019t \u2018inclusive design\u2019 just \u2018accessibility\u2019 by another name?\nNo, I don\u2019t think so. But that\u2019s not to say the two concepts aren\u2019t related. Note the \u2018design\u2019 part in \u2018inclusive design\u2019 \u2014 that\u2019s not just there by accident. Inclusive design describes a design activity; a way of designing things.\nThis sets it apart from accessibility \u2014 or at least our expectations of what \u2018accessibility\u2019 entails. Despite every single accessibility expert I know (and I know a lot) recommending that accessibility should be integrated into design process, it is rarely ever done. Instead, it is relegated to an afterthought, limiting its effect.\nThe term \u2018accessibility\u2019 therefore lacks the power to connote design process. It\u2019s not that we haven\u2019t tried to salvage the term, but it\u2019s beginning to look like a lost cause. So maybe let\u2019s use a new term, because new things take new names. People get that.\nThe \u2018access\u2019 part of accessibility is also problematic. Before we get ahead of ourselves, I don\u2019t mean access is a problem \u2014 access is good, and the more accessible something is the better. I mean it\u2019s not enough by itself.\nImagine a website filled with poorly written and lackadaisically organized information, including a bunch of convoluted and confusing functionality. To make this site accessible is to ensure no barriers prevent people from accessing the content. \nBut that doesn\u2019t make the content any better. It just means more people get to suffer it. \nWhoopdidoo.\nAccess is certainly a prerequisite of inclusion, but accessibility compliance doesn\u2019t get you all the way there. It\u2019s possible to check all the boxes but still be left with an unusable interface. And unusable interfaces are necessarily inaccessible ones. Sure, you can take an unusable interface and make it accessibility compliant, but that only placates stakeholders\u2019 lawyers, not users. Users get little value from it.\nSo where have we got to? Access is important, but inclusion is bigger than access. Inclusive design means making something valuable, not just accessible, to as many people as we can.\nSo inclusive design is kind of accessibility + UX?\nCloser, but there are some problems with this definition.\nUX is, you will have already noted, a broad term encompassing activities ranging from conducting research studies to optimizing the perceived affordance of interface elements. But overall, what I take from UX is that it\u2019s the pursuit of making interfaces understandable.\nAs it happens, WCAG 2.0 already contains an \u2018Understandable\u2019 principle covering provisions such as readability, predictability and feedback. So you might say accessibility \u2014 at least as described by WCAG \u2014 already covers UX.\nUnfortunately, the criteria are limited, plus some really important stuff (like readability) is relegated to the AAA level; essentially \u201cbonus points if you get the time (you won\u2019t).\u201d\nSo better to let UX folks take care of this kind of thing. It\u2019s what they do. Except, therein lies a danger. UX professionals don\u2019t tend to be well versed in accessibility, so their \u2018solutions\u2019 don\u2019t tend to work for that many people. My friend Billy Gregory coined the term SUX, or \u201cSome UX\u201d: if it doesn\u2019t work for different users, it\u2019s only doing part of the job it should be. \nSUX won\u2019t do, but it\u2019s not just a disability issue. All sorts of user circumstances go unchecked when you\u2019re shooting straight for what people like, and bypassing what people need: device type, device settings, network quality, location, native language, and available time to name just a few.\nIn short, inclusive design means designing things for people who aren\u2019t you, in your situation. In my experience, mainstream UX isn\u2019t very good at that. By bolting accessibility onto mainstream UX we labor under the misapprehension that most people have a \u2018normal\u2019 experience, a few people are exceptions, and that all of the exceptions pertain to disability directly.\nSo inclusive design isn\u2019t really about disability?\nIt is about disability, but not in the same way as accessibility. Accessibility (as it is typically understood, anyway) aims to make sure things work for people with clinically recognized disabilities. Inclusive design aims to make sure things work for people, not forgetting those with clinically recognized disabilities. A subtle, but not so subtle, difference.\nLet\u2019s go back to discussing readability, because that\u2019s a good example. Now: everyone benefits from readable text; text with concise sentences and widely-understood words. It certainly helps people with cognitive impairments, but it doesn\u2019t hinder folks who have less trouble with comprehension. In fact, they\u2019ll more than likely be thankful for the time saved and the clarity. Readable text covers the whole gamut. It\u2019s \u2014 you\u2019ve got it \u2014 inclusive.\nLegibility is another one. A clear, well-balanced typeface makes the reading experience less uncomfortable and frustrating for all concerned, including those who have various forms of visual dyslexia. Again, everyone\u2019s happy \u2014 so why even contemplate a squiggly, sketchy typeface? Leave well alone.\nContrast too. No one benefits from low contrast; everyone benefits from high contrast. Simple. There\u2019s no more work involved, it just entails better decision making. And that\u2019s what design is really: decision making.\nHow about zoom support? If you let your users pinch zoom on their phones they can compensate for poor eyesight, but they can also increase the touch area of controls, inspect detail in images, and compose better screen shots. Unobtrusively supporting options like zoom makes interfaces much more inclusive at very little cost.\nAnd when it comes to the underlying HTML code, you\u2019re in luck: it has already been designed, from the outset, to be inclusive. HTML is a toolkit for inclusion. Using the right elements for the job doesn\u2019t just mean the few who use screen readers benefit, but keyboard accessibility comes out-of-the-box, you can defer to browser behavior rather than writing additional scripts, the code is easier to read and maintain, and editors can create content that is effortlessly presentable. \nWait\u2026 are you talking about universal design?\nHmmm. Yes, I guess some folks might think of \u201cuniversal design\u201d and \u201cinclusive design\u201d as synonymous. I just really don\u2019t like the term universal in this context. \nThe thing is, it gives the impression that you should be designing for absolutely everyone in the universe. Though few would adopt a literal interpretation of \u201cuniversal\u201d in this context, there are enough developers who would deliberately misconstrue the term and decry universal design as an impossible task. I\u2019ve actually had people push back by saying, \u201cwhat, so I\u2019ve got to make it work for people who are allergic to computers? What about people in comas?\u201d\nFor everyone\u2019s sake, I think the term \u2018inclusive\u2019 is less misleading. Of course you can\u2019t make things that everybody can use \u2014 it\u2019s okay, that\u2019s not the aim. But with everything that\u2019s possible with web technologies, there\u2019s really no need to exclude people in the vast numbers that we usually are. \nAccessibility can never be perfect, but by thinking inclusively from planning, through prototyping to production, you can cast a much wider net. That means more and happier users at very little if any more effort.\nIf you like, inclusive design is the means and accessibility is the end \u2014 it\u2019s just that you get a lot more than just accessibility along the way.\nConclusion\nThat\u2019s inclusive design. Or at least, that\u2019s a definition for a thing I think is a good idea which I identify as inclusive design. I\u2019ll leave you with a few tips.\nInvolve code early\nWeb interfaces are made of code. If you\u2019re not working with code, you\u2019re not working on the interface. That\u2019s not to say there\u2019s anything wrong with sketching or paper prototyping \u2014 in fact, I recommend paper prototyping in my book on inclusive design. Just work with code as soon as you can, and think about code even before that. Maintain a pattern library of coded solutions and omit any solutions that don\u2019t adhere to basic accessibility guidelines.\nRespect conventions\nYour content should be fresh, inventive, radical. Your interface shouldn\u2019t. Adopt accepted conventions in the appearance, placement and coding of interface elements. Users aren\u2019t there to experience interface design; they\u2019re there to use an interface. In other words: stop showing off (unless, of course, the brief is to experiment with new paradigms in interface design, for an audience of interface design researchers).\nDon\u2019t be exact\n\u201cPerfection is the enemy of good\u201d. But the pursuit of perfection isn\u2019t just to be avoided because nothing ever gets finished. Exacting design also makes things inflexible and brittle. If your design depends on elements retaining precise coordinates, they\u2019ll break easily when your users start adjusting font settings or zooming. Choose not to position elements exactly or give them fixed, \u201cmagic number\u201d dimensions. Make less decisions in the interface so your users can make more decisions for it.\nEnforce simplicity\nThe virtue of simplicity is difficult to overestimate. The simpler an interface is, the easier it is to use for all kinds of users. Simpler interfaces require less code to make too, so there\u2019s an obvious performance advantage. There are many design decisions that require user research, but keeping things simple is always the right thing to do. Not simplified or simple-seeming or simplistic, but simple. \nDo a little and do it well, for as many people as you can.", "year": "2016", "author": "Heydon Pickering", "author_slug": "heydonpickering", "published": "2016-12-07T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2016/what-the-heck-is-inclusive-design/", "topic": "process"}
{"rowid": 300, "title": "Taking Device Orientation for a Spin", "contents": "When The Police sang \u201cDon\u2019t Stand So Close To Me\u201d they weren\u2019t talking about using a smartphone to view a panoramic image on Facebook, but they could have been. For years, technology has driven relentlessly towards devices we can carry around in our pockets, and now that we\u2019re there, we\u2019re expected to take the thing out of our pocket and wave it around in front of our faces like a psychotic donkey in search of its own dangly carrot.\nBut if you can\u2019t beat them, join them.\nA brave new world\nA couple of years back all sorts of specs for new HTML5 APIs sprang up much to our collective glee. Emboldened, we ran a few tests and found they basically didn\u2019t work in anything and went off disheartened into the corner for a bit of a sob.\nTurns out, while we were all busy boohooing, those browser boffins have actually being doing some work, and lo and behold, some of these APIs are even half usable. Mostly literally half usable\u2014we\u2019re still talking about browsers, after all.\nNow, of course they\u2019re all a bit JavaScripty and are going to involve complex methods and maths and science and probably about a thousand dependancies from Github that will fall out of fashion while we\u2019re still trying to locate the documentation, right? Well, no! \nSo what if we actually wanted to use one of these APIs, say to impress our friends with our ability to make them wave their phones in front of their faces (because no one enjoys looking hapless more than the easily-technologically-impressed), how could we do something like that? Let\u2019s find out.\nThe Device Orientation API\nThe phone-wavy API is more formally known as the DeviceOrientation Event Specification. It does a bunch of stuff that basically doesn\u2019t work, but also gives us three values that represent orientation of a device (a phone, a tablet, probably not a desktop computer) around its x, y and z axes. You might think of it as pitch, roll and yaw if you like to spend your weekends wearing goggles and a leather hat.\nThe main way we access these values is through an event listener, which can inform our code every time the value changes. Which is constantly, because you try and hold a phone still and then try and hold the Earth still too.\nThe API calls those pitch, roll and yaw values alpha, beta and gamma. Chocks away:\nwindow.addEventListener('deviceorientation', function(e) {\n console.log(e.alpha);\n console.log(e.beta);\n console.log(e.gamma);\n});\nIf you look at this test page on your phone, you should be able to see the numbers change as you twirl the thing around your body like the dance partner you never had. Wrist strap recommended.\nOne important note\nLike may of these newfangled APIs, Device Orientation is only available over HTTPS. We\u2019re not allowed to have too much fun without protection, so make sure that you\u2019re working on a secure line. I\u2019ve found a quick and easy way to share my local dev environment over TLS with my devices is to use an ngrok tunnel.\nngrok http -host-header=rewrite mylocaldevsite.dev:80\nngrok will then set up a tunnel to your dev site with both HTTP and HTTPS URL options. You, of course, want the HTTPS option.\nRight, where were we?\nMake something to look at\nIt\u2019s all well and good having a bunch of numbers, but they\u2019re no use unless we do something with them. Something creative. Something to inspire the generations. Or we could just build that Facebook panoramic image viewer thing (because most of us are familiar with it and we\u2019re not trying to be too clever here). Yeah, let\u2019s just build one of those.\nOur basic framework is going to be similar to that used for an image carousel. We have a container, constrained in size, and CSS overflow property set to hidden. Into this we place our wide content and use positioning to move the content back and forth behind the \u2018window\u2019 so that the part we want to show is visible.\nHere it is mocked up with a slider to set the position. When you release the slider, the position updates. (This actually tests best on desktop with your window slightly narrowed.)\nThe details of the slider aren\u2019t important (we\u2019re about to replace it with phone-wavy goodness) but the crucial part is that moving the slider results in a function call to position the image. This takes a percentage value (0-100) with 0 being far left and 100 being far right (or \u2018alt-nazi\u2019 or whatever).\nvar position_image = function(percent) {\n var pos = (img_W / 100)*percent;\n img.style.transform = 'translate(-'+pos+'px)'; \n};\nAll this does is figure out what that percentage means in terms of the image width, and set the transform: translate(\u2026); CSS property to move the image. (We use translate because it might be a bit faster to animate than left/right positioning.)\nOk. We can now read the orientation values from our device, and we can programatically position the image. What we need to do is figure out how to convert those raw orientation values into a nice tidy percentage to pass to our function and we\u2019re done. (We\u2019re so not done.)\nThe maths bit\nIf we go back to our raw values test page and make-believe that we have a fascinating panoramic image of some far-off beach or historic monument to look at, you\u2019ll note that the main value that is changing as we swing back and forth is the \u2018alpha\u2019 value. That\u2019s the one we want to track.\nAs our goal here is hey, these APIs are interesting and fun and not let\u2019s build the world\u2019s best panoramic image viewer, we\u2019ll start by making a few assumptions and simplifications:\n\nWhen the image loads, we\u2019ll centre the image and take the current nose-forward orientation reading as the middle.\nMoving left, we\u2019ll track to the left of the image (lower percentage).\nMoving right, we\u2019ll track to the right (higher percentage).\nIf the user spins round, does cartwheels or loads the page then hops on a plane and switches earthly hemispheres, they\u2019re on their own.\n\nNose-forward\nWhen the page loads, the initial value of alpha gives us our nose-forward position. In Safari on iOS, this is normalised to always be 0, whereas most everywhere else it tends to be bound to pointy-uppy north. That doesn\u2019t really matter to us, as we don\u2019t know which direction the user might be facing in anyway \u2014 we just need to record that initial state and then use it to compare any new readings.\nvar initial_position = null;\n\nwindow.addEventListener('deviceorientation', function(e) {\n if (initial_position === null) {\n initial_position = Math.floor(e.alpha);\n };\n\n var current_position = initial_position - Math.floor(e.alpha);\n});\n(I\u2019m rounding down the values with Math.floor() to make debugging easier - we\u2019ll take out the rounding later.)\nWe get our initial position if it\u2019s not yet been set, and then calculate the current position as a difference between the new value and the stored one.\nThese values are weird\nOne thing you need to know about these values, is that they range from 0 to 360 but then you also get weird left-of-zero values like -2 and whatever. And they wrap past 360 back to zero as you\u2019d expect if you do a forward roll.\nWhat I\u2019m interested in is working out my rotation. If 0 is my nose-forward position, I want a positive value as I turn right, and a negative value as I turn left. That puts the awkward 360-tipping point right behind the user where they can\u2019t see it.\nvar rotation = current_position;\nif (current_position > 180) rotation = current_position-360;\nWhich way up?\nSince we\u2019re talking about orientation, we need to remember that the values are going to be different if the device is held in portrait on landscape mode. See for yourself - wiggle it like a steering wheel and you get different values. That\u2019s easy to account for when you know which way up the device is, but in true browser style, the API for that bit isn\u2019t well supported. The best I can come up with is:\nvar screen_portrait = false;\nif (window.innerWidth < window.innerHeight) {\n screen_portrait = true;\n}\nIt works. Then we can use screen_portrait to branch our code:\nif (screen_portrait) {\n if (current_position > 180) rotation = current_position-360;\n} else {\n if (current_position < -180) rotation = 360+current_position;\n}\nHere\u2019s the code in action so you can see the values for yourself. If you change screen orientation you\u2019ll need to refresh the page (it\u2019s a demo!).\nLimiting rotation\nNow, while the youth of today are rarely seen without a phone in their hands, it would still be unreasonable to ask them to spin through 360\u00b0 to view a photo. Instead, we need to limit the range of movement to something like 60\u00b0-from-nose in either direction and normalise our values to pan the entire image across that 120\u00b0 range. -60 would be full-left (0%) and 60 would be full-right (100%).\nIf we set max_rotation = 60, that code ends up looking like this:\nif (rotation > max_rotation) rotation = max_rotation;\nif (rotation < (0-max_rotation)) rotation = 0-max_rotation;\n\nvar percent = Math.floor(((rotation + max_rotation)/(max_rotation*2))*100);\nWe should now be able to get a rotation from -60\u00b0 to +60\u00b0 expressed as a percentage. Try it for yourself.\nThe big reveal\nAll that\u2019s left to do is pass that percentage to our image positioning function and would you believe it, it might actually work.\nposition_image(percent);\nYou can see the final result and take it for a spin. Literally.\nSo what have we made here? Have we built some highly technical panoramic image viewer to aid surgeons during life-saving operations using only JavaScript and some slightly questionable mathematics? No, my friends, we have not. Far from it. \nWhat we have made is progress. We\u2019ve taken a relatively newly available hardware API and a bit of simple JavaScript and paired it with existing CSS knowledge and made something that we didn\u2019t have this morning. Something we probably didn\u2019t even want this morning. Something that if you take a couple of steps back and squint a bit might be a prototype for something vaguely interesting. But more importantly, we\u2019ve learned that our browsers are just a little bit more capable than we thought.\nThe web platform is maturing rapidly. There are new, relatively unexplored APIs for doing all sorts of crazy thing that are often dismissed as the preserve of native apps. Like some sort of app marmalade. Poppycock. \nThe web is an amazing, exciting place to create things. All it takes is some base knowledge of the fundamentals, a creative mind and a willingness to learn. We have those! So let\u2019s create things.", "year": "2016", "author": "Drew McLellan", "author_slug": "drewmclellan", "published": "2016-12-24T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2016/taking-device-orientation-for-a-spin/", "topic": "code"}